Tech Direct issue 15

order online SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
call 0845 006 6000
CallLocal08450066000Issue15
Product & Service Know-How
0845 006 6000
Issue15
Your quick guide to our
PRODUCTS & SERVICES
Tools, Safety
& Maintenance
Flow
Control
Sealing &
Polymer
Fluid Power,
Transfer &
Control
Power
Transmission
Bearings
TechDirect

Your product journey
with ERIKS
ONE
CONVERSATION
to unlock
COUNTLESS
SOLUTIONS...
ERIKS’ understanding of the environment in
which a transmission system must work, the
stresses it has to handle, and the results it has
to produce, enables us to engineer a solution
you can rely on - for increased efficiency,
extended life, minimum maintenance and
maximum productivity.
Power
Transmission
Belt & Chain Drives | Motors |
Couplings | Gearboxes I Inverters
Pages 33-78
ERIKS offers you fast, cost-effective access
to an extensive range of world-leading brands.
Our exceptional product know-how, coupled
with our range of
in-house application engineers, means that
we are ideally positioned to provide solutions
based on a true understanding of your needs.
Fluid Power,
Transfer & Control
Pneumatics | Hydraulics |
Filtration | Industrial Hose
Pages 79-146
ERIKS Tools, Safety and Maintenance provide
brand leaders in all of its 3 main product
areas – Safety, Tooling and Consumables.
Choosing the right tools safety and
maintenance equipment is not just about
getting the job done more efficiently; it is also
about protecting employees from the risk of
injury.
Tools, Safety &
Maintenance
Tools | Spill Control | PPE |
Lubricants | Adhesives
Pages 201-248
ERIKS Flow Control have the know-how to
ensure your plant runs efficiently, keeping
expensive downtime to a minimum.
Whether you need a solution for Pumps or
Valves ERIKS have the engineering capability,
technical experience and supply chain you
can rely on, year in year out!
Flow Control
Pumps | Valves & Automation
Pages 171-200
Our Technology Centre has sealing all
wrapped up. With products, materials,
processes, application know-how and
resources all available 24/7 - ERIKS really
does offer a complete sealing solution
package.
Sealing & Polymer
Industrial Seals | Gaskets
Pages 147-170
Pages 1-32
ERIKS offers over £5 million of bearing stock
available the same day with a further £150
million of stock available next day.
As an authorised distributor for the key global
bearing brands, ERIKS has integrated logistic
links with all key manufacturers delivering the
most reliable supply service.
Bearings
Bearings | Fitting Tools |
Condition Monitoring
You only have to ask ERIKS, to get all the answers
you need. That’s because it only takes one con-
versation to unlock countless solutions, for all your
industrial product, service, supply and support
needs. In fact, there’s no simpler way to get things
done than talking to ERIKS.

Sealing &
Polymer
Our extensive
PRODUCT
RANGE has the
DEPTH and
BREADTH
you need
£22m of stock
with access to
over 1.3m
product lines
Tools, Safety &
Maintenance
Flow
Control
Fluid
Power, Transfer
& Control
Power
Transmission
Bearings &
Lubrication
For most ERIKS customers, that conversation starts with
products. And since ERIKS is the European market leader
for Industrial Products and Services, why wouldn’t it? The
company has over £23m of mechanical and electrical
engineering components in stock, all manufactured with
care to the highest quality. So one conversation with
ERIKS can unlock a huge range of product solutions,
across:
 Bearings and lubrication
 Power transmission
 Fluid power, transfer and control
 Sealing and polymer
 Flow control
 Tools, safety and maintenance
But products alone are only the start of what makes
ERIKS unique.
Our engineering know-how is decades of technical
experience
It’s engineers with real expertise gained and applied in
real-life situations, where minimising downtime, optimising
productivity and maximising safety are part and parcel of
any project. It’s also a deep understanding of customers’
industries and product applications, so that product issues
can be quickly and accurately identified, and effectively
solved, prevented or mitigated.
From
APPLICATION
toCUSTOMISED
andENGINEERED
solutions,wedo
what’sRIGHT
forYOU
ADD to that what
we CAN DO with
our unrivalled technical
KNOW-HOW
More TLC less
TCO with our
PRODUCT LIFE
CYCLE
management
PRODUCTS are
only the START, we
MONITOR, MAINTAIN,
REPAIR or UPGRADE
to keep your plant running
EFFICIENTLY
A thorough understanding of applications also makes it
easier for ERIKS to provide customised and engineered
solutions, where off-the-shelf won’t do. Unique problems
demand unique solutions, and ERIKS has the skills and
resources to engineer them.
However, ERIKS’ know-how doesn’t end with providing a
product solution, whether ready-made or custom-built. In
fact, that’s only the beginning.
Life-support for products
ERIKS understand that the most forward-looking
customers don’t judge a product’s performance on its
price tag. After all, any savings on the initial purchase
can soon be wiped out by the costs of excessive
maintenance, unforeseen repairs, or a shorter than
expected service life.

That’s why ERIKS promise to supply products which
provide long-term solutions and reliable, sustainable,
energy-efficient operation – for a longer, more cost-
effective life.
Every single product supplied by ERIKS is then supported
by ERIKS. This TLC for your products throughout
their lifecycle – including Condition Monitoring, Asset
Management and On-Site Maintenance – means a lower
TCO in the long-run. And the company can also commit
to repairing, upgrading, and replacing at the end of the
product’s service life, to ensure you maintain optimum
efficiency and productivity.
All of which helps to put into perspective investing a few
extra pennies on a price tag at the start.
People make Solutions
Whether they’re product specialists or van drivers,
switchboard operators or maintenance engineers, sales
staff or accountants, everyone at ERIKS works in customer
service. So ERIKS people make products into solutions, by
combining customer service that’s consistently great with
insight and solutions that deliver performance at the best
TCO.
ERIKS’ aim is to work with you in a true partnership. One
that makes it hard to tell where your team ends and ERIKS’
begins. By adding an extra layer of knowledge – without
adding an extra layer of complexity – working with ERIKS
is seamless, complementary, efficient and effective. Again,
the statistics speak for themselves: ERIKS can save your
engineers’ time, and already delivers a total of £2m every
month in signed-off cost-savings for customers.
That’s not just for now, but for the future too.
ERIKS invest heavily in internal training, continued
professional development and apprenticeship and graduate
schemes, to bring on board then develop new talent
ready to meet new challenges. The industrial engineering
workforce may be ageing and shrinking, but ERIKS is ready
to fill the gap.
It’s our GREAT
PEOPLE that
MAKE IT WORK
each and EVERY
DAY
Investing in SKILLS
for TODAY and
TOMORROW
ZERO
accident
policy
We can SAVE
10-15% of
your engineers
TIME

All backed up by a
ROBUST and
EFFICIENT
LOGISTICS
infrastructure
99.6%
on time
DELIVERY
RATE
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
purchasing power
at your
FINGERTIPS
Full STOCK
MANAGEMENT
through our
INTEGRATED
or ONSITE
solution
There for you
LOCALLY through
our network of HUBS
and SERVICE
CENTRES
Many businesses trust ERIKS to help them achieve their
KPIs and meet their SLAs. Others simply rely on them
to help keep their production running at its optimum, by
providing condition monitoring and predictive maintenance
solutions. Or timely repair, replace or upgrade advice. By
helping them keep up to date with new products, new
technology and new legislation. And of course, by providing
the right products at the right time.
For those customers who need ERIKS people on site, the
ERIKS Zero Accidents policy is highly reassuring. As a
health and safety goal, it makes the company safer to work
for and safer to work with. It also means that your own
safety record won’t be compromised by ERIKS’ engineers
or other teams, because you can be sure they’re as safety
conscious as you are.
Solutions at your fingertips
Even the best and most appropriate product solution is no
use to you unless it’s readily available and quickly, efficiently
and reliably delivered. So it’s reassuring to know that even
the largest companies, which depend absolutely on a
robust supply chain, depend absolutely on ERIKS.
As a major global business, ERIKS can guarantee continuity
of supply. And as a business, with long-term partnerships
with many manufacturers, they can also remove the risk of
inadvertently purchasing counterfeit products.
In fact, many products supplied by ERIKS have been
developed as a result of these partnerships. ERIKS’
application know-how has informed the manufacturer’s
design expertise, to produce a high-quality and highly
efficient end result.
Even ordering is made easier with ERIKS, thanks to the
availability of a sophisticated ecommerce solution which
can be integrated into your own ERP system. There’s also
a national network of ERIKS Service Centres and Regional
Hubs, ensuring products and expertise are always within
quick and easy reach. The statistics speak for themselves:
99.6% on-time delivery means less downtime and less lost
production.
Or if you want the products you need, exactly where you
need them, ERIKS’ stock management, integrated or on-
site solutions – taking ownership of your MRO supply chain
– mean stock is always on site and always on time.
Talk is cheap
It’s easy to talk about the great products, great services and
great people you’ll find at ERIKS. It’s harder to prove it’s all
true.
However, all it takes is one conversation to find out for
yourself.
Talk to ERIKS about your product requirements.
About a tricky application. About avoiding un-
planned maintenance. About saving energy. About
any one of the countless challenges you face every
day.
ERIKS...
making it
SIMPLE to
get things
DONE

With ERIKS, exceptional service isn’t something
you have to search for. It’s there when you
need it, wherever you are. From our high-level
Technology Centres, to our Regional Hubs in
your area, and our Integrated Service Centres
on your site, ERIKS exceptional service is at
your service.
Exceptional service
at every level
Parts warehouse
Carries a significant stock of
factory fresh key parts and
consumables profiles to the local
industry across the full ERIKS
product range, these parts, all
from leading brands are fully
traceable and are backed
by continuity of supply.
Product Customisation Cells
Able to produce customised
assemblies and solutions in moments,
these flexible cells respond to orders
within moments of receiving the
request. Located next to the
component parts stores, they can call
off, build and test assemblies and
systems faster than most companies
can acknowledge your enquiry.
Engineering
Covering both mechanical and electrical
(LV and HV) disciplines, the facilities have
initial inspection and cleaning areas, repair
bays staffed by time served specialists with
years of expertise supported by machining
cells able to produce hard to find or long
lead-time components and dedicated
equipment to aid the speed and quality of
repairs from burnout ovens and balancing
machines to winding machines

Demonstration and
Training
A live learning area designed
and equipped to help
maintenance and supply chain
professionals learn about the
latest best practice, techniques
and innovative products.
Technical Support
Our technical specialists can
help with everything from a
simple parts selection to a full
turnkey product and everything
between including customisation,
subassemblies and application
engineering across all nine of
our core product areas.
Maintenance Engineering
The ERIKS maintenance
engineering team cover both
workshop based facilities and
mobile customer site based
team as well as technical
support functions.
Site Services
The ERIKS site services team
are on hand to support you install,
commission and maintain many
parts of your plant, trained to the
highest standard and with the
latest tools and technologies to
keep your equipment performing
as you need.
Technology Centre
Home of a Product Business Unit (the new name to replace Core
Competence Centre or CCC) undertaking product design,
innovation and development often in conjunction with key brands
and supply partners, building and managing supplier agreements
and relationships, engineering turnkey solutions for large projects,
developing line side supply for volume manufacturers, supporting
and developing technical knowhow for all ERIKS operations.
Regional Hubs
Strengthens ERIKS local knowhow operating as a complete and
comprehensive business unit supporting local service centres,
integrated and onsites along with their own customers with
engineering capability, parts customisation, commercial
knowhow, application engineering and logistics across the
complete ERIKS core product and service offering.
Technical Service Centres
Service centres with additional areas of capability such as
engineering/repair or customisation in specific product areas
such as gasket cutting or hose assembly with the supporting
application engineering anchor points. These sites will be located
in areas with high demand for specific capabilities required by
local industry.
Service Centres
Support and service the ERIKS broad customer base calling on
specific support from Regional Hubs or Technical service centres
as and when required, these teams have the strongest
relationship with our customers helping them achieve their
specific goals and objectives.
Onsite Service Centre
Located on a customer’s site to support the selection and
specification of core products with support from technical
specialists and the logistics operations of ERIKS.
Integrated Service Centre
Located on a customer’s site owning some or all of the indirect
supply chain; from specification, purchasing, stores, asset
management and technical/application support directly
integrated with the customers systems and procedures.
Customer Service
The customer service team
make sure you are up to date
with all activity on the go, from
checking a price and availability to
a progress report on a new build,
repair or requesting a site visit
by one of the ERIKS site
engineering service crew.

BEARING
Technology
Quick reference
ERIKS offers over £5 million of bearing
stock available the same day with a
further £150 million of stock available
next day.
As an authorised distributor for the key global
bearing brands, ERIKS has integrated logistic
links with all key manufacturers delivering the
most reliable supply service.
1
Spherical Roller Bearings 4-5
Deep Groove Ball Bearings 6
Y-Bearings 7
Linear Motion and Actuation 8
Split Roller Bearings 9
Radial Ball Bearings 10
SNT Split Plummer Blocks 11
Housed Units 12-13
Tapered Roller Bearings 14
Linear Bearings 16
Rotary Bearings 17
Cylindrical Roller Bearings 18
Super Precision Bearings 19-21
Self-Lube®
Bearings 22
Housings 23
Ball Busings 24
Needle Roller Bearings 25
Lubricators 26
Condition monitoring 27-28, 32
Bearing Fitting Tools 29
Test and Measurement Tools 29-31
Quick Product Reference
4-8, 28-29 9-14 15-18 19-23
2524 26 30-31
smart technologies
Visit us at www.eriks.co.uk

Bearings
SUPERIOR Performance
BEARING Solutions
Authorised Distributors for all the top global brands. Stock
and logistics excellence with 5 million of stock available
same day and 150 million next day. Real bearing know-how
from our Application, Project and Design Engineers.
ERIKS are not just a supplier; we are a leader in condition based monitoring
(CM), bearing fitting and gearbox repairs. Our bearing engineering
‘know-how’ can produce significant reductions in downtime and
maintenance costs while helping you increase productivity. We can help you
to positively impact the total cost of your bearings.
2
WHY USE AN AUTHORISED
DISTRIBUTOR?
Short answer, total peace of mind with
full manufacture back up, warranty and
guaranteed genuine products.
n Full traceability
n Avoid fake bearings
n Availability
n Full technical support
n Access to the latest technologies
Product Range
n Ball and Roller Bearings
n Bearing Housings, Units and Split Bearings
n Plain Bearings, Bushes and Rod Ends
n Linear Bearings
n Linear Actuators
n Bearing Tools
n Lubricants and Lubricators
Services
n Fitting
n Sealing
n Lubrication Selection and dDelivery
n Preventative Maintenance
n Repair and Refurbishment
n Sub-assembly
n Kitting
n Bespoke Bearing and Housing Design
INNOVATIVE NEW
PRODUCTS
n SKF Explorer Upgrade
n NSK Molded Oil
n Timken Blue Brute
Specialist Technical Centres
Know-How

TOTAL FAN SOLUTIONS
Industrial fans play a key backstage role
in a variety of operations, from delivering
process gases to extracting dangerous
fumes. But their ‘behind the scenes’ nature
means they are often ignored.
So understanding the most common issues
they suffer – and how to overcome them –
can help you minimise unplanned downtime
and maximise equipment productivity.
n Premature failure
n Excessive noise
n Excessive vibration
n High temperatures
n Poor access, poor maintenance
To discover how
we can help you
improve reliability
and efficiency of
these crucial -
often overlooked
assets - request
a copy of our
latest Fan
Solutions
brochure.
BEARING TECHNOLOGY
10 POINT PLAN FOR GETTING THE MOST FROM
YOUR BEARINGS
Select the Correct Bearing
Choosing the right bearing at the design stage
is critical to the safe, consistent, efficient running
of your machine. Consider all the operating
parameters such as space, speed, load direction
as well as material, lubrication and shock-load.
Get What you Paid For
Counterfeit bearings are on the rise - and can
be difficult to spot - making it more important
than ever to deal with authorised sources in
the purchasing stage. The implications can be
extensive, resulting in catastrophic failure.
Store Bearings Correctly
Keep bearings in their original, unopened packaging
until mounting, to prevent corrosion and ingress
of contaminants. Beware of the shelf-life of pre-
greased bearings which can range from 3-5 years.
Prepare for Installation
Take care when removing existing bearings as
damage to components can significantly delay the
fitting and performance of the new ones. Check
you have the right equipment to hand and select
the correct fitting method, before you begin.
Fit and Align
16% of premature failures result from incorrect
fitting, damage from hammer blows can ruin the
bearings, before they even run. Adhere to correct
fitting practices and you can help extend the
bearing’s service life and reduce costs over time.
3
Correct Sealing Arrangement
The correct seal can reduce premature failures
by 14%. Even a tiny amount of contamination can
adversely affect the bearing operating life - which
is why adequate sealing arrangements are key.
Maintain Lubrication
Despite the availability of ‘sealed for life’ bearings,
36% of premature bearing failures occur as
a result of incorrect lubricant specification or
inadequate application.
Monitor Bearing Condition
Regular interval checks for bearings are ideal,
even if it’s just visual, temperature and noise
checks. Condition monitoring techniques such as
vibration analysis can be used to determine
bearing status, enabling companies to address
any issues early on and before any downtime
occurs.
Plan for Replacement
No matter how much you care for your bearings,
they will need to be replaced at some point,
condition monitoring can help you to plan for that
replacement. Ensuring you can plan for the right
people, components and tools to be available
when you need them.
Upgrade for Savings
When it comes to replacement, don’t just settle
for like-for-like; consider upgrades to sealing,
materials or different fittings - all of which can help
you improve performance further.

4
Know-How
Bearings
Spherical Roller Bearings and Housings
Open bearing Sealed bearing
Competitor bearings
L10m SKF rating life
L10 Basic rating life
SKF Explorer
Bearing life

5
Bearings
SKF Explorer Spherical Roller Bearings
All SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings have
been upgraded to a new level of performance,
featuring a combination of high-quality steel and
an improved heat treatment process.
Combining the clean and homogenous high-
quality steel used in the original SKF Explorer
bearings with an improved heat treatment
process the upgraded bearings provide longer
service life, particularly under difficult operating
conditions where bearings are subjected to
contamination or poor lubrication.
SKF Spherical Roller Bearings for
Vibratory Applications
SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings for
vibrating screens (VA405) are proven to
last twice as long as other screen bearings
and operate at much cooler temperatures,
which helps:
nn Lower maintenance and repair costs
nn Reduce downtime
nn Improve safety
SKF Explorer spherical bearings (VA406) provide all the same
benefits as VA405 bearings, plus they feature a PTFE coated bore
which virtually eliminates fretting corrosion between the shaft and the
bearing bore. This helps:
nn Extend maintenance intervals
nn Reduce associated labour costs
The SKF Three-Barrier Solution
For highly contaminated environments, SKF
recommends the SKF Three-barrier solution, as
contaminants must pass through three barriers to
reach the bearing.
The SKF Three-barrier solution extends bearing
service life without the use of large quantities of
grease to purge contamination.
nn Sealed SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings
nn SKF split block housings
nn Standard SKF L or S-type seals for SNL housings
nn SKF LGGB2 biodegradable or LGEP2 as the barrier grease
11 22 33
SKF Housing Kits
Place a single SKF Housing Kit order and receive one package
containing a high-quality SKF Explorer bearing, housing and all of the
components needed to create a high performing bearing system.
Sealed SKF Explorer Spherical Roller Bearings
The sealed bearings can significantly increase
bearing service life in contaminated environments.
The bearings are pre-lubricated with a specially
formulated grease and sealed with highly effective
contact seals.
In many applications, these bearings can be
considered lubricated for the life of the bearing.
By eliminating or extending relubrication intervals,
these bearings can significantly reduce the
cost to purchase, apply and dispose of grease.
Reduced maintenance costs will, in many cases,
substantially reduce the total cost of ownership of
an application.
Half the friction, twice the speed with a new design that results in up
to 50% less seal friction, SKF’s small sealed spherical roller bearings
reduce operating temperatures by as much as 20 °C.
NEW
Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm)
22205E 25 52 18
22210E 50 90 23
22215E 75 130 31
BS2-2205-2RS/VT143 25 52 18
BS2-2210-2RS/VT143 50 90 28
BS2-2215-2RS/VT143 75 130 38
22310 E/VA405 50 110 40
22315 EJA/VA405 75 160 55
22320 EJA/VA405 100 215 73
22310 E/VA405 50 110 40
22315 EJA/VA405 75 160 55
22320 EJA/VA405 100 215 73
Part No Bearing Housing Seal
SE 22211 TA 22211 E SE 211 TSN 211 A
SE 22511 TL/C3 22211 EK/C3 SE 511-609 TSN 511 L
SE 22213 TA 22213 E SE 213 TSN 213 A

6
Know-How
Bearings
Deep Groove Ball Bearings and Y-bearing units
Deep Groove Ball Bearings
These bearings are simple in design, non-separable, suitable for high and very high speeds and are robust in
operation, requiring little maintenance. Because deep groove ball bearings are the most widely used bearing type,
they are available from SKF in many designs, variants and sizes.
SKF Explorer Bearings
SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearings are designed to run cooler, smoother,
quieter and longer than standard design deep groove ball bearings
The performance of these bearings has been substantially improved by optimising
the internal geometry and surface finish of all contact surfaces, redesigning the
cage, combining the extremely clean and homogenous steel with a unique heat
treatment and improving the quality and uniformity of the balls.
SKF Energy Efficient Bearings
Shielded and sealed SKF E2 deep groove ball bearings cut
bearing friction losses by 30–50% compared to SKF Explorer
bearings.
Compared to bearings from other manufacturers, SKF E2
bearings can reduce friction losses even more. Installing these
bearings during your next round of repairs provides a valuable
opportunity to save energy.
Corrosion resistant bearings
These bearings are manufactured to
withstand tough application requirements
and to be the first choice when moisture,
corrosive or abrasive materials are
present. Applications include food and
beverage, pharmaceutical, chemical and
hydrocarbon processing or medical which
require components that can provide high operational reliability
and long service life.
Shielded E2 Bearings
INSOCOAT Bearings
These bearings have an electrically
insulating coating on the external
surfaces of the outer ring or the inner
ring. They are a very cost-effective
solution compared with other methods
of protecting bearings against damage
and eventual failure due to the passage of electric current through
their rolling contacts.
SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearings
and Y-Bearing Units
Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
6000 10 26 8
6001 12 28 8
6002 15 32 9
6004 20 42 12
6005 25 47 12
E2.625-2Z 5 16 5
E2.6000-2Z 10 26 8
E2.6004-2Z 20 42 12
E2.626-2RSH 6 19 6
E2.6000-2RSH 10 26 8
E2.6002-2RSH 15 32 9
Sealed E2 Bearings
6314/C3VL0241 70 150 35
6216/C3VL0241 80 140 26
6220/C3VL0241 100 180 34
W 605 5 14 5
W 6000 10 26 8
W 6002 15 32 9

7
Bearings
SKF Y-Bearing Units
These are ready-to-mount and ready-to-use units equipped with a superior sealing
system. This system provides reliable protection against moisture and contaminants,
plus exceptional lubricant retention.
The assortment is extensive and includes a wide range of housing designs and
materials, and a variety of Y-bearings with locking mechanisms and seals suited to
different requirements. Housing types include Y-bearing plummer block units, flanged
Y-bearing units and Y-bearing take-up units. Housing materials include composite
material, grey cast iron, sheet steel and stainless steel.
SKF Energy Efficient Y-Bearing Units
Helping to reduce total cost of ownership, these lightweight, cost-
effective and ready-to-mount units are particularly well suited for
applications where high speeds, moderate loads,
reliability and minimal maintenance are all key
parameters. The units can be optimised
for specific applications and conditions,
helping customers reduce energy use
and total cost of ownership.
SKF Food Line Y-Bearing Units
These units offer a maintenance-free solution that enables
increased productivity, coupled with reduced costs. Once installed,
the units require no re-lubrication. They feature a maintenance-
free, stainless steel bearing
insert that is fitted with a
very efficient multiple-lip
seal and a rotating flinger
on both sides to keep the
lubricant in, and harsh
washdown solutions out,
even under high pressure
washing.
SKF Agricultural Y-Bearing Units
Developed specifically for agricultural
applications, these units are designed
to withstand the toughest operating
conditions, reduce downtime and
reduce environmental impact.
Suitable for normal and demanding
applications, they are re-lubrication-
free and feature a robust, five-lip seal
design, an advanced, truly concentric
locking method, and optional corrosion
protection.
SKF High Temperature Y-Bearing Units
These units incorporate graphite-based
lubricants that continuously lubricate the
bearing, eliminating the use of grease.
Ideal for industries such as metals and
food and beverage, these bearings
are designed for re-lubrication-free
operation at temperatures up to
350 °C.
Part No ID (mm) Width (mm)
SY 15 TF 15 32
SY 20 TF 20 32
SY 25 TF 25 36
SYK 20 FE 20 32
SYK 25 FE 25 32
SYK 30 FE 30 40
SYWK 20 YTH 20 32
SYWK 25 YTH 25 32
SYWK 30 YTH 30 40
YSPAG 205 25 52
YSPAG 206 30 62
YSPAG 207 35 72
SY 20 TF/VA201 20 32
SY 30 TF/VA201 30 40
SY 40 TF/VA201 40 48

8
Know-How
Bearings
CAHB and CAT Actuators for Quick Delivery
Available for delivery in just five working days this initiative is
designed to help speed up machine build, modification and
repairs, while reducing
stockholding.
Typical applications
include medical, factory
automation, food and
beverage, and off-
highway.
SKF Roller Profile Rail Guide LLU Series
Specifically designed for machine tool applications where high
accuracy, high system rigidity, low heat generation and low noise
and vibration levels are prerequisites.
nn Full ISO interchangeability
nn High load rating at compact design
nn Outstanding running
smoothness
nn Longer service life
nn Reduced
maintenance
Linear Motion and Actuation
Linear Ball Bearings
Delivers advantages over competitor’s solutions, and is considered
a benchmark among linear guidance system users. SKF
technology innovations, product quality, wide range availability,
reliability and service life all contribute to efficient and cost-
effective solutions.
LBC D-series
nn Full ISO interchangeability
nn Self-aligning capability
nn Optimised cage design
nn Factory pre-lubrication
nn Corrosion-resistant design
nn Food grade lubrication option
CASM Electric Cylinders with Brushless DC
Motors
When compared to pneumatics, the investment cost will be paid
back in a short time period due to the tremendous energy savings.
Simply define the cylinder’s operating parameters by using SKF
Drive Assistant software
and benefit from variable
speed, high positioning
accuracy, high force and
a long lifetime.
NEW NEW
SKF Linear Motion and
Actuation Technology
LBCR 12 D 12 22 32
LBCR 16 D 16 26 36
LBCR 20 D 20 32 45
Without Seals
LBCR 12 D-2LS 12 22 32
LBCR 16 D-2LS 16 26 36
LBCR 20 D-2LS 20 32 45
With 2 Double Lip Seals
SKF Profile Rail Guide LLT Series
Available in a wide range of sizes, carriages and accessories as
well as in various preload and accuracy classes, which facilitates
the adaptation to individual application demands.
nn Improved service life and reliability
nn Ready-to-mount due to factory pre-lubrication
nn High flexibility in application design
nn Interchangeability
nn Simplified stock management
Part No Rail Width (mm)
LLTHC 15 SA T0 P5 15
LLUHS 25 A 70
LLUHS 35 A 100
LLUHS 45 A 120

9
Bearings
TIMKEN Split Roller Bearings
Removable support caps
and housing halves
permit quick visual inspection
of bearing components during
scheduled maintenance.
Innovative cage clip
is fixed to the cage
and prevents loss
during assembly and
disassembly.
Machined brass cage
is standard to
accommodate
higher speeds and
temperatures.
Profiled rolling elements
reduce damaging edge
stress to increase bearing
life and reliability.
Eight seal styles,
including Kevlar®
packing seal and
aluminum triple labyrinth, handle
any operating environment.
ASTM 48A - Grade 40/BS
EN1561:1997 - Grade 250
cast iron
for strength and durability.
Spherical housing
outside diameter
allows for +/-
1.5 degrees
misalignment.
Engineered to perform
SPLIT CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS
Revolvo Split Cylindrical Bearings are designed to help
increase operational life and reduce maintenance expense.
• Capable of handling higher speeds,
temperature and acceleration from a
highly engineered machined brass cage.
• Longer life due to a robust design
featuring double webs and thick
sections of high grade cast iron.
• Improved performance provided by profiled
rolling elements that reduce damaging
edge stress.
• Ability to closely match application load
requirements with engineered bearing
configurations.
• Able to handle a range of operating
environments with available selection
of eight seal designs.
• Available in application appropriate
housing styles.
© 2016 The Timken Company. Timken®
is a registered trademark of The Timken Company.
The Timken team applies their know-how to improve the reliability and performance of machinery in diverse
markets worldwide. The company designs, makes and markets high-performance mechanical components,
including bearings, belts, gears, chain and related mechanical power transmission products and services.
CALL ON TIMKEN
For your nearest Timken sales engineer,
visit www.timken.com

10
Know-How
Bearings
Timken radial ball bearings consist of an inner and outer ring with
a cage containing a complement of precision balls.
The standard Conrad-type bearing has a deep groove
construction capable of handling radial and axial loads from either
direction in versatile designs that permit relatively high-speed
operation.
Series Base Open Open C3 2 Rubber Seals 2 Rubber Seals 2 Metal Sheilds 2 Metal Shields
C3 2RS 2RS C3 ZZ ZZ C3
6000 Series 6000 6000-TIMKEN 6000C3-TIMKEN 60002RS-TIMKEN 60002RSC3-TIMKEN 6000ZZ-TIMKEN 6000ZZC3-TIMKEN
6001 6001-TIMKEN 6001C3-TIMKEN 60012RS-TIMKEN 60012RSC3-TIMKEN 6001ZZ-TIMKEN 6001ZZC3-TIMKEN
6013 - - 60132RS-TIMKEN 60132RSC3-TIMKEN - -
6017 - - - 60172RSC3-TIMKEN - -
6201 6201-TIMKEN 6201C3-TIMKEN 62012RS-TIMKEN - 6201ZZ-TIMKEN 6201ZZC3-TIMKEN
Miniature 607 - - 6072RS-TIMKEN 6072RSC3-TIMKEN 607ZZ-TIMKEN 607ZZC3-TIMKEN
608 608-TIMKEN - 6082RS-TIMKEN 6082RSC3-TIMKEN 608ZZ-TIMKEN 608ZZC3-TIMKEN
609 - - 6092RS-TIMKEN 6092RSC3-TIMKEN 609ZZ-TIMKEN 609ZZC3-TIMKEN
626 626-TIMKEN - 6262RS-TIMKEN 6262RSC3-TIMKEN 626ZZ-TIMKEN 626ZZC3-TIMKEN
627 627-TIMKEN - 6272RS-TIMKEN 6272RSC3-TIMKEN 627ZZ-TIMKEN -
628 - - - - 628ZZ-TIMKEN -
629 629-TIMKEN - 6292RS-TIMKEN 6292RSC3-TIMKEN 629ZZ-TIMKEN -
Radial Ball Bearings
Radial Ball Bearings and Plummer Blocks

11
Bearings
SNT Split Plummer Blocks
Features
nn Split construction for convenient assembly and disassembly.
nn Units include pry-tool slots for quick and easy installation.
nn Centre marks to simplify alignment and dimples for positioning
pins and four-bolt mounting.
nn Seal grooves allow for various sealing options.
nn The design allows for simplified bearing inspection, service and
replacement.
Applications
nn Conveyors
nn Ball Millls
Design and Construction
Timken offers split plummer block housings that can be built
with either tapered bore bearings with adapters for mounting
on straight shafts or cylindrical bore bearings for assembly on
shouldered shafts.
Timken uses a system of dowelling caps and bases together
at an early stage of manufacturing, so that they remain a single
unit during machining. They are not interchangeable as separate
parts and become precisely mated components, helping to
ensure a precise fit. Timken supplies plummer block housings
for mounting with two or four bolts.
Split-block housings
Provide proper support with precision-fit
matched cap-and-base with dowel pins.
Simplifies alignment and installation of heavy
housings. Convenient pry-tool slots for easy
cap removal speeds bearing inspection and
replacement.
Timken®
spherical roller
bearings
Increase reliability with a high-
performance bearing that runs cooler
for longer bearing life.
Locating rings
Provide flexibility to fix or float
the bearing.
Optional end caps
Avoid damage to bearing and
housing. Easy to install and
remove.
Cast-iron
Rugged cast-iron is well-suited for
harsh industrial applications. Available
in steel or ductile iron.
Seal options
Protect the bearing with
double-lip, labyrinth, V-ring
and taconite sealing options.
Tapered adapter
For straight bore mounting secure
each bearing onto the shaft.
Standard metric mounting
dimensions
Ease installation with same
dimensions as industry norms for
bolt holes, centre heights and shaft
diameters. Conforms to
ISO 113:1999.
Sizes
nn 20–400mm shafts
nn Casters
nn Rolling mills
nn Heavy movable structures
Timken’s capabilities in engineering and manufacturing heavy-duty plummer blocks help ensure high performance
from their products

12
Know-How
Bearings
Housed Units
Spherical Roller Bearing
Steel Cage (EJ)
Size Range
25mm bore up to 400mm
outside diameter
Design
• Internal geometry
and surface finishes
optimised to maximise
bearing performance
and lower running
temperature
Industries & Applications
• Continuous casters
• Gear drives
• Cement
• Aggregate
• Mining and construction
• Oil and gas
• Pumps and compressors
• Air handling units
• Cranes, lifts and hoists
SNT Plummer BlocksSpherical Roller Bearing
Brass Cage (EM, EMB)
Size Range
30mm to 1500mm bore size
Design
• EM type feature precision-
machined, roller-riding
brass cages and are
designed for harsh
industrial environments
• EMB type feature
precision-machined land-
riding one-piece brass
cages, and are designed
for applications requiring a
larger bore size
EM
• Vibratory screens
• Gear drives
EMB
• Gear drives
• Cement and aggregate
• Mining & construction
• Oil & gas
• Pumps & Compressors
Size Range
20mm to 380mm bore size
Design
• Durable cast-iron
housing and robust
sealing options to
keep lubrication in and
contamination out
• Separate, matched
caps and bases ease
installation
• Simply remove the cap
using a pry-tool slot
for bearing inspection,
service and replacement
• Gear drives
• Cement
• Aggregate
• Oil and gas
• Pumping and
compressors
Size Range
Available in sizes up to
900mm
Design
• Adapter sleeves are
used with a nut and
locking device to simplify
mounting a tapered bore
bearing on a straight
shaft using a pull-type fit
• Withdrawal sleeves
feature a push-type
mounting arrangement
and a locking device to
secure a bearing to a
shaft
• Gear drives
• Cement
• Aggregate
• Oil and gas
Spherical Roller Bearing
Accessories
Designed for the toughest conditions
Tough bearings for tough jobs from Timken...

13
Bearings
Size Range
1.3/8 to 11.13/16 11" with
special shaft sizes available up
to 39.3/8" and beyond
Design
• Rugged cast-iron or
cast-steel housings with
high capacity spherical
roller bearings to meet
the toughest demands of
heavy industry
• Split construction allows
for easy assembly and
disassembly
• Multiple sealing
options protect against
contamination
• Conveyors
• Mining applications
• Pulp and paper mills
• Rolling mills
SAF Pillow Blocks Spherical Roller Bearing
Solid-Block Housed Units
Size Range
Shafts from 35 to 400mm
(1.7/16" to 15.3/4")
Design
• Made with cast-steel
housings and Timken high-
performance spherical
roller bearings, these are
the only spherical roller
bearing housed units to
offer steel solid-block
housings as standard
• Can run on misaligned
shafts up to ±1.5°
without a reduction in life
expectancy
• Metal mills
• Aggregate and cement
• Mining
• Power generation
• Pulp and paper
• Material conveying
• Sugar mills
• Agriculture
• Waste management
• Waste waste treatment
• HVAC, fans & blowers
• Cranes, Lifts and hoists
Type E Tapered Roller
Bearing Housed Units
Revolvo Split Roller
Bearing
Size Range
Shafts from 35 to 125mm
bore size
Design
• Timken Type E tapered
roller bearing housed
units feature industry-
leading premium tapered
roller bearings, high-
performance seals,
e-coated housings and
powerful locking collars
• Available as: Pillow
blocks, Flange units,
Take-up units
• Material-handling
• Processing equipment
• Air-handling equipment
• Mixers
• Washers
• Shredders
• Mills
• Vibrating equipment
• Ovens and furnaces
Size Range
35mm to 600mm (Larger in
special design)
Design
• Split-to-the-shaft design
enables the bearing to be
fitted without requiring
access to the shaft ends,
can be built around the
shaft. Huge savings in
unnecessary downtime
as there is no need
to remove other drive
components
• Metal mills
• Aggregate and cement
• Mining
• Power generation
• Pulp and paper
• Material conveying
• Sugar mills
• Agriculture
• Waste management
• Waste waste treatment
• HVAC, fans & blowers
• Cranes, Lifts and hoists
Formally QM Blue-Brute

14
Know-How
Bearings
Tapered Roller Bearings
Timken offers the most extensive line of tapered roller bearings available
anywhere in the world.
Tapered roller bearings are uniquely designed to manage both thrust and radial loads on
rotating shafts and in housings.
Available in single-, double- and four-row configurations, customised geometries and
engineered surfaces can be applied to these bearings to further enhance performance in
demanding applications.
Single-Row Tapered Roller Bearings
The most basic and widely used tapered
bearing, usually fitted as one of an
opposing pair.
Double-Row Tapered Roller
Bearings
With double cups and two single cones,
these are available in a variety of
configurations.
Four-Row Tapered Roller Bearings
Combine the inherent high-load, radial/
thrust capacity and direct/indirect
mounting variables of tapered roller
bearings into assemblies of maximum load
rating in minimum space.
Part No Inside Outside
Diameter Diameter Width
30202-TIMKEN 15mm 35mm 11.75mm
30211-TIMKEN 55mm 100mm 22.75mm
30212-TIMKEN 60mm 110mm 23.75mm
30213-TIMKEN 65mm 120mm 24.75mm
30214-TIMKEN 70mm 125mm 26.25mm
31310-TIMKEN 50mm 110mm 29.25mm
31313-TIMKEN 65mm 140mm 36mm
Here’s just
our best sellers.
Don’t forget we
have 100s of
other sizes –
call us with your
needs!
Tapered Roller Bearings
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

15
Bearings
Mobility for
Tomorrow
Future trends are clear - increasingly intelligent bearings
and mechatronics systems require the Products and
Maintenance Management solutions of Tomorrow.
Yet Schaeffler provides those revolutionary solutions Today ...
Products which are ever-more efficient, safer and quieter;
keeping pace with the demands of heavy industry,
renewable energy, automotive and rail transport applications.
And Condition Monitoring which remotely evaluates
real-load data to extend maintenance intervals safely
leading to greater cost savings.
Mobility for Tomorrow ... it’s here today

16
Know-How
Bearings
Linear Bearings
nn Compact Series (KH..) Ø6 to Ø50
nn Light Series (KN..) Ø12 to Ø50
nn Machined Series (KB..) Ø12 to Ø50
nn Permaglide® Plain Series (PAB..) Ø12 to Ø50
nn Shafts have metric dimensions and are
manufactured to tolerance class h6
nn Made from quenched and tempered steel with a
surface hardness of 59 to 65 HRC
nn Corrosion-resistant version available
nn Can be machined to customer specification
nn Shafts have metric dimensions and are
manufactured to tolerance class h6 or h7
depending on size
nn Made from quenched and tempered steel with
a surface hardness of 59 to 65 HRC
nn Corrosion-resistant version available
nn Can be machined to customer specification
nn Hollow section carriage made from anodized,
profiled aluminium
nn Comprises carriage plate, four bolts, four
track rollers, two end covers and eight T-nuts
nn Preset clearance, no adjustment required
nn LFS guideways supplied single piece or multi piece
nn Can be installed in any combination with all
guideways LFS
nn Other carriages available (LFL.., LFDL.., LFKL.. etc)
nn Four-row linear recirculating ball bearing and
guideway assembly
nn Wide range of carriage types
nn For applications with long unlimited stroke lengths
nn Moderate and high loads, moderate and high rigidity
nn Guideways supplied in single or multi piece lengths
nn High speed version (10m/s) also available
nn Wide range of accessories available
nn Also available in 6 row design KUSE
Part No Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm)
LFCL25 30.5 80 110
LFCL42 38.1 116 150
LFCL86 48.4 190 335
KUVE15B-INA 15
KUVE20B-INA 20
KUVE25B-INA 25
KUVE30B-INA 30
KUVE35B-INA 35
KUVE45B-INA 45
KUVE55B-INA 55
Max Single Piece
Part No OD (mm) Length (mm)
SHAFT-4MM 4 2500
SHAFT-5MM 5 3600
SHAFT-6MM 6 4000
SHAFT-8MM 8 4000
SHAFT-10MM 10 6000
SHAFT-12MM 12 6000
SHAFT-14MM 14 6000
SHAFT-15MM 15 6000
SHAFT-16MM 16 6000
SHAFT-18MM 18 6000
Max Single Piece
Part No OD (mm) Length (mm)
SHAFT-20MM 20 6000
SHAFT-24MM 24 6000
SHAFT-25MM 25 6000
SHAFT-30MM 30 6000
SHAFT-32MM 32 6000
SHAFT-40MM 40 6000
SHAFT-50MM 50 6000
SHAFT-60MM 60 6000
SHAFT-80MM 80 6000
Max Single Piece
WH12-INA 4 12 6000
WH16-INA 7 16 6000
WH20-INA 14 20 6000
WH25-INA 15.5 25 6000
WH30-INA 18.2 30 6000
WH40-INA 27 40 6000
WH50-INA 29 50 6000
WH60-INA 36 60 6000
WH60-INA 56 80 6000
Hollow Shafts
Other Series
nn Segmented design with high load capacity
nn Compensation of misalignment up to ±40 angular minutes
nn Available with gap seals: series KS, KSO
nn Available with contact seals: series KS..PP, KSO..PP
nn Available with open outer ring: series KSO, KSO..PP
nn Available with housings
nn Available in corrosion-resistant version
KS Series
Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Length
KN12B-INA 12 22 32
KN16B-INA 16 26 36
KN20B-INA 20 32 45
KN25B-INA 25 40 58
KN30B-INA 30 47 68
KN40B-INA 40 62 80
KN50B-INA 50 75 100
KS12-INA 12 22 32
KS16-INA 16 26 36
KS20-INA 20 32 45
KS25-INA 25 40 58
KS30-INA 30 47 68
KS40-INA 40 62 80
KS50-INA 50 75 100
Solid Shafts
Track Roller Guidance Systems (LFCL)
Ball Monorail Guidance Systems (KUVE)
Shaft Guidance Systems
Linear Bearings

17
Bearings
Rotary Bearings
Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings (HK)
Cylindrical Roller Bearings – Full Complement (SL)
nn Thin walled caged needle roller bearing assembly
nn Produced to DIN 618-1 / ISO 3 245
nn Size range 3 to 60 mm bore
nn Can be used with INA IR or LR inner rings
nn Press fit in housing, no further axial location required
nn Can be combined with axial needle roller bearings of series AXW….
nn Can be supplied with: integral seals, special lubricants, anti-corrosion protection, and closed end
nn Machined series needle roller bearings, light range
nn Available sizes 5mm to 100mm
nn Sizes > 7mm supplied with oil hole and lubrication groove
nn Can be supplied with Corrotect® anti-corrosion coating
nn Can be supplied with special bearing greases
nn Other ground series bearings include: NA 48.. (DIN 617/ISO 1 206) 110mm to 380mm,
NA 49.. (DIN 617/ISO 1 206) 10mm to 140mm, NKIS.. 15mm to 65mm, NA.. RS single sealed 10mm to 50mm,
NA.. 2RS double sealed 10mm to 50mm, NAO without ribs 6mm to 90mm
nn Cylindrical roller bearing – double row full complement
nn Highest dynamic and static basic load ratings due to the maximum number of rolling elements
nn Support radial forces as well as limited axial forces in both directions
nn Outer ring axially split and held together with retaining clips
nn Dimension series according to DIN 5 412-9
nn Other designs include: SL18 48.. dimension series according to DIN 5 412-9, non locating series SL02..
semi locating series SL18 50.., single row semi locating series SL18 18.., SL18 22.., SL18 29.., SL18 30..,
SL19 23... single row semi locating with spacing elements ZSL19 23.., single row semi locating with
disc cage LSL19 23..,
HK0408-INA 4 8 8
HK0609-INA 6 10 9
HK0810-INA 8 12 10
HK1010-INA 10 14 10
HK1012-INA 10 14 12
HK1210-INA 12 16 10
HK1212-INA 12 18 12
HK1612-INA 16 22 12
HK1622-INA 16 22 22
HK2020-INA 20 26 20
HK2030-INA 20 26 30
HK2210-INA 22 28 10
HK2520-INA 25 32 20
HK3026-INA 30 37 26
HK3520-INA 35 42 20
HK4012-INA 40 47 12
HK4020-INA 40 47 20
HK4516-INA 45 52 16
HK5020-INA 50 58 20
HK5025-INA 50 58 25
NKI5/12-INA 5 15 12
NKI7/12-INA 7 17 12
NKI10/16-INA 10 22 16
NKI12/16-INA 12 24 16
NKI15/16-INA 15 27 16
NKI17/20-INA 17 29 20
NKI20/16-INA 20 32 16
NKI20/20-INA 20 32 20
NKI22/16-INA 22 34 16
NKI22/20-INA 22 34 20
NKI25/20-INA 25 38 20
NKI25/30-INA 25 38 30
NKI28/30-INA 28 42 30
NKI30/20-INA 30 45 20
NKI35/20-INA 35 50 20
NKI40/30-INA 40 55 30
NKI45/35-INA 45 62 35
NKI50/35-INA 50 68 35
NKI60/35-INA 60 82 35
NKI75/25-INA 75 105 25
SL014912-INA 60 85 25
SL014914-INA 70 100 30
SL014916-INA 80 110 30
SL014918-INA 90 125 35
SL014920-INA 100 140 40
SL014922-INA 110 150 40
SL014924-INA 120 165 45
SL014926-INA 130 180 50
SL014928-INA 140 190 50
SL014930-INA 150 210 60
SL014932-INA 160 220 60
SL014934-INA 170 230 60
SL014936-INA 180 250 69
SL014940-INA 200 280 80
SL014944-INA 220 300 80
SL014952-INA 260 360 100
SL014960-INA 300 420 118
SL014964-INA 320 440 118
SL014972-INA 360 480 118
SL014980-INA 400 540 140
Machined Needle Roller Bearings With Inner Ring (NKI)
Rotary Bearings

18
Know-How
Bearings
FAG Bearings
FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearing with non-locating polyamide cage
nn N and NU prefixes
nn Supports radial forces only
nn Size range 15mm up to 148mm bore
nn Brass cage version available
nn Cages can be supplied in other materials, available
on application
nn Available in C3 and C4 clearances
nn Support axial and radial forces
nn Handles angular misalignment
nn Size range 20mm up to 900mm
nn Available in steel, brass and polyamide cages
nn Available in tapered bore – suffix K
nn Can be supplied sealed and greased, available
on application
nn Supports high axial forces in one direction and radial
loads
nn Contact angle of 40°
nn Available in sealed version - suffix 2RS
nn Universally matched bearings - please request the
amount of sets you require not the number of single
bearings
FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearing with semi-locating polyamide cage
nn NJ and NUP prefixes
nn Supports high radial force and axial force in one
direction
nn Guides shaft in one direction
nn Brass cage available from 120mm bore
nn Cages can be supplied in other materials, available
on application
nn Available in C3 and C4 clearance
Part No Bore OD Width
(mm) (mm) (mm)
N 202-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 15 35 11
N 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 17 40 12
N 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 20 47 14
NU 202-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 15 35 11
NU 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 17 40 12
NU 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 20 47 14
(mm) (mm) (mm)
22205-E1-XL-FAG 25 52 18
22206-E1-XL-FAG 30 62 20
22207-E1-XL-FAG 35 72 23
(mm) (mm) (mm)
7200-B-XL-TVP-FAG 10 30 9
7201-B-XL-TVP-FAG 12 32 10
7202-B-XL-TVP-FAG 15 35 11
(mm) (mm) (mm)
NJ 202-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 15 35 11
NJ 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 17 40 12
NJ 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 20 47 14
NUP 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 17 40 12
NUP 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG 20 47 14
FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearings with Cage
FAG Spherical Roller Bearings
FAG Angular Contact Ball Bearings – Single Row
Cylindrical Bearings
Varying modifications available:
S With lubrication groove and hole;
E1 Increased capacity design;
T41A For oscillating load with restricted diameter
tolerances C4;
T41D T41A with layer of chromium on bore;
TVPB Solid window cage made from glass fibre
and reinforced polyamide etc.

19
Bearings
NSK AIP Programme
NSK sets many things in motion – for example in the industrial gearbox
industry. As a leading global manufacturer of rolling bearings, NSK
combines 100 years of success and a total quality approach.
THREE LETTERS.
TOTAL QUALITY.
www.nskeurope.com
NSK_Ad_Image_IndustrialGearboxes_180x232_E.indd 1 16.05.17 11:18

20
Know-How
Bearings
Super Precision Ball Bearings
NSK is the world leader in the manufacture of deep groove ball bearings,
with manufacturing plants globally and in particular Europe. NSK invests
heavily into continued research and development to ensure the needs of our
customers are adhered to now and in the future.
Suitable for a wide variety of applications including gearbox’s, washing machines,
vacuum cleaners, electric motors, pumps, compressors, computers, conveyors and
even skate boards.
NSK’s deep groove ball bearings offer the following:-
Deep Groove
Ball Bearings
nn Made from Z Steel which increases the
bearing life by up to 80%
nn Precision steel balls, coined cage
pockets and both raceways super
finished delivering ultra-quiet operation
nn Superior quality grade lubricants in a
variety of different temperature ranges
resulting in low starting torque and
extended service life
nn A range of radial internal clearance
grades including the unique CM
(standard clearance to electric motor
specification) and the popular C3
nn Available in bore sizes from 1mm up to
800mm
nn Available in a variety of enclosures,
including the patented labyrinth DDU
rubber seal offering superb sealed for
life features, DDW light-contact seals,
VV non-contact and ZZ metal shields
seals as shown below:-
NSK Seals and shields
DU Seal (Full Contact)
nn Maximum Sealing Protection
V Seal (Non-Contact)
nn Low Torque
nn High Speed Limit
nn Contaminant Protection
Z Shield (Metal Shield)
nn Low Torque
nn High Temperature Limit
nn High Speed Limit
DW Seal (Light Contact)
nn Excellent Contaminant Protection
nn 1/3 Less Drag than Full Contact
Seal

21
Bearings
NSK Cylindrical Roller Bearings are available with a patented high strength
cage design in pressed steel, machined brass or polyamide.
Cylindrical Roller Bearings
nn NSK offers a complete range in both
metric and imperial sizes ranging from
½” to 1320mm bore sizes
nn Cage material in pressed steel,
machined brass and polyamide
throughout the range
nn EM series combines the strength and
technology of previous brass cage
design into a one piece brass roller-
guided cage resulting in a higher load
carrying capacity, improved oil flow and
quieter operation
nn EW series with the press steel cage
enables higher limiting speeds, low
noise and superior cage strength
nn Available in a variety of configurations,
enabling users to customise for specific
applications as shown right:-
For more arduous applications, they can also be supplied in a range of advanced
special materials. These bearings offer low noise and heat generation, and - by virtue of
the line contact between rolling elements and raceways, have high radial load capacity
and are suited for high-speed applications.
REQUEST A
COPY
NSK and ERIKS have been
partners for many years. By dealing
with ERIKS, an Authorised NSK
Distribution Partner, you get access
to full NSK technical back-up
and excellent stock availability
delivered via ERIKS’ 60+ nationwide
Distribution and Engineering Service
Centres.
For more information request your
copy of the dual branded ERIKS
and NSK brochure on Super
Precision Bearings.

22
Know-How
Bearings
Self-Lube®
Bearings
RHP Self-Lube®
housed bearing units offer flexibility, with the capability of accommodating moderate misalignment
and can be adapted to a huge number of applications using a range of inserts, housings, sealing and lubrication
solutions as shown below.
Self Lube®
Bearings
Sealing Arrangements
Moulded nitrile lip bonded to strong seal pressing secured in the
bearing outer ring.
Suitable for a large range of applications.
Example part number is 1020-20G
The flinger seal has a nitrile moulded lip bonded to a steel former, which
is pressed onto the bearing inner ring.
Extra seal gives added protection compared to standard seal to extend the
bearing life in arduous conditions without any loss in speed capability.
Example part number is 1020-20GFS
Triple lip seal consists of a one piece nitrile moulding with three sealing
lips bonded to a steel pressing.
Recommended where there is a high degree of contamination with a
restriction in speed rating
Example part number is T1020-20G
Locking Types
Locking arrangements consists of two knurled-cup point set screws fitted
in the extended inner ring which can be tightened down onto the shaft.
This simple locking system is suitable for most applications except where
vibration is an issue.
Example part number is SF25
Consists of an eccentric diameter formed on the extended inner ring
of the bearing which engages an eccentric diameter in the bore of the
separate collar. This collar is then locked into position on the shaft with a
knurled-cup point set screw.
Often used when vibration is an issue.
Example part number is SF25EC or SF25DEC
Locking arrangement consists of a standard taper adaptor sleeve, locknut
and lock washer.
Recommend where a positive concentric lock is required, heavy vibration
and/or shock load is present
Example part number is MSF10205-25K
Grease Types
nn Standard - High quality mineral oil based grease suitable for high load, medium
speed applications. Temperature range: -20° to +110°C
nn HLT - high quality grease with temperature resistant silicone seals suitable for
high and low ranges. Temperature range -40°C to +180°C
nn Silver-Lube - approved for food grade grease to NSF H1 standard.
Temperature range: -20°C to +90°C
nn Molded-Oil™ - Optimum lubrication held in a solid polyolefin matrix and sealed
for life. Temperature range: -15°C to +80°C

23
Bearings
Housings
Housings
Standard Housings - Cast Iron
Features Benefits
High grade cast iron Elimination of housing defects and
premature failures
Designed for exceptional strength High strength in all mounting orientations
Extensive range of housing types
available
Offering comprehensive solutions for a
variety of applications
Well established and proven design Provides end user with confidence in
critical applications
Special Housings - Silver-Lube®
Corrosion Resistant Housings
Features Benefits
Housings manufactured in PBT
thermoplastic resin
Smooth surface resists fungicidal growth
and aggregation of food particles
Stainless steel grease nipple and bolt
hole liners
Corrosion resistant, ideal for frequent
washdowns
Plastic end covers available Additional protection for the bearing and
an aid to safety requirements
Stainless steel inserts have aluminium
complex, high temperature, approved
food grade grease as standard
Suitable for food applications
Available in PNP, PSF, PSFT and PST style
housings from 20mm to 40mm bore sizes
Housing types available are the most
used styles in this industry
Special Housings - Life-Lube®
Bearing Units
Features Benefits
Housings manufactured in PBT
thermoplastic resin
Smooth surface resists fungicidal growth
and aggregation of food particles
Fully interchangeable with RHP Self-
Lube®
units
Corrosion resistant and resistant to
chemical attach
Molded-Oil™
insert manufactured in
Martensitic stainless steel with solid
lubrication
Lubrication will not wash out during
frequent washdowns
Molded-Oil™
inserts available from 20mm
to 50mm bore sizes
No need to re-lubricate and easy to
retrofit

24
Know-How
Bearings
Thomson Imperial Precision Steel Linear Ball Bushing
Bearings
nn All steel construction for maximum system rigidity
nn Available in 14 bore sizes and 9 configurations
nn Steady state travel speeds of up to 10ft/s and accelerations of up to 450ft/s2
without
the use of derating factors
nn Operating temperature of up to 600°F
nn Available in self-aligning pillow block housing for ease of installation and use
nn Coefficient of friction as low as 0.001
Part No ID OD Length
A4812-THO 1/4 1/2 3/4
A81014-THO 3/8 5/8 7/8
A81420-THO 1/2 7/8 1. 1/4
A101824-THO 5/8 1. 1/8 1. 1/2
A122026-THO 3/4 1. 1/4 1. 5/8
A162536-THO 1 1. 9/16 2. 1/4
A203242-THO 1. 1/4 2 2. 5/8
A243848-THO 1. 1/2 2. 3/8 3
A324864-THO 2 3 4
A406080-THO 2. 1/2 3. 3/4 5
A487296-THO 3 4. 1/2 6
A6496128-THO 4 6 8
Thomson Imperial Super Ball Bushing Linear Bearings
nn Self aligning capability of up to 0.5 degrees compensating for inaccuracies in base
flatness or carriage machining
nn Travel speeds of up to 10ft/s without a reduction in load capacity
nn Lightweight, wear resistant, engineered-polymer retainers and outer sleeves that
reduce inertia and noise
nn Radially floating bearing plates. When installed in an adjustable housing the Super
Ball bushing bearing may be adjusted to a specific diametrical fit-up for accurate and
repeatable movement
nn Coefficient of friction as low as 0.001
Part No ID OD Length
SUPER4-THO 1/4 1/2 3/4
SUPER10-THO 5/8 1. 1/8 1. 1/2
SUPER12-THO 3/4 1. 1/4 1. 5/8
SUPER20-THO 1. 1/4 2 2. 5/8
SUPER24-THO 1. 1/2 2. 3/8 3
Closed Type without seals for End Supported Applications
Closed Type without seals for End Supported Applications
Ball Bushings
Ball Bushings

25
Bearings
Needle Roller Bearings
Part No Shaft
Diameter
MJ36-1-KOYO 3/16"
MJ65-1-KOYO 3/8"
MJ1210-1-KOYO 3/4"
MJ2412-1-KOYO 1.1/2"
MJ2812-1-KOYO 1.3/4"
MJ3216-1-KOYO 2"
HK SERIES – Caged-Open ends
B SERIES – Full Complement-Open ends
KR Series – Caged Stud Type – Metric
M SERIES – Full Complement-Closed end
BK SERIES – Caged-Closed end
HK.RS SERIES – Caged-Single Seal
J SERIES – Caged-Open ends
MJ SERIES – Caged-Closed end
HK.2RS SERIES – Caged-Double Seal
DL SERIES – Full Complement-Open ends
JT SERIES – Caged-Single seal
JTT SERIES – Caged-Double Seal
Part No Shaft Diameter
HK0408-KOYO 4mm
HK1010-KOYO 10mm
HK1522-KOYO 15mm
HK3016-KOYO 30mm
HK4020-KOYO 40mm
HK4520-KOYO 45mm
S24-KOYO 1/8"
S66-KOYO 3/8"
S85-KOYO 1/2"
S1210-KOYO 3/4"
S328-KOYO 2"
S5612-KOYO 3.1/2"
Crowned outer Cylindrical outer Outside Diameter
Standard Sealed Standard Sealed
KR16-KOYO KR16PP-KOYO KR16X-KOYO KR16PPX-KOYO 16mm
M85-1-KOYO 1/2"
M146-1-KOYO 7/8"
M167-1-KOYO 1"
M208-1-KOYO 1.1/4"
M328-1-KOYO 2"
M4420-1-KOYO 2.3/4"
BK0408-KOYO 4mm
BK1010-KOYO 10mm
BK1522-KOYO 15mm
BK3016-KOYO 30mm
BK4020-KOYO 40mm
BK4520-KOYO 45mm
HK0810RS-KOYO 8mm
HK1414RS-KOYO 14mm
HK2018RS-KOYO 20mm
HK2414RS-KOYO 24mm
HK3518RS-KOYO 35mm
HK5022RS-KOYO 50mm
SCE36-KOYO 3/16"
SCE68-KOYO 3/8"
SCE126-KOYO 3/4"
SCE2412-KOYO 1.1/2"
SCE3216-KOYO 2"
SCE4412-KOYO 2.3/4"
HK12162RS-KOYO 12mm
HK14162RS-KOYO 14mm
HK20202RS-KOYO 20mm
HK25162RS-KOYO 25mm
HK35202RS-KOYO 35mm
HK50242RS-KOYO 50mm
DL610-KOYO 6mm
DL1210-KOYO 12mm
DL2016-KOYO 20mm
DL3520-KOYO 35mm
DL5012-KOYO 50mm
DL5520-KOYO 55mm
SCE56P-KOYO 5/16"
SCE109P-KOYO 5/8"
SCE1613P-KOYO 1"
SCE2421P-KOYO 1.1/2"
SCE57PP-KOYO 5/16"
SCE1010PP-KOYO 5/8"
SCE1614PP-KOYO 1"
SCE2018PP-KOYO 1.1/4"
DLF610-KOYO 6mm
DLF1210-KOYO 12mm
DLF2016-KOYO 20mm
DLF3520-KOYO 35mm
DLF5012-KOYO 50mm
DLF5520-KOYO 55mm
Koyo Metric Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings
Koyo Inch Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings
Koyo Cam Follower – Stud type – Metric
DLF SERIES – Full Complement-Closed end
Needle Roller Bearings

26
Know-How
Bearings
Automatic Lubricators, Bearing Tools and Ball Bushings
Part No
SIMAFT33
Part No
SIMABP61
Part No
SIMASP50
Single-point automatic lubricator
Simalube is a gas powered single point automatic lubricator filled with 30, 60, 125 or 250 ml
of grease or oil. The patented hydrogen producing dry cells drive a piston to dispense lubricant
at a consistent rate of between 1 and 12 months, which is adjustable in operation. Gas
production is initiated by turning the adjustment disk on the top with a Hex key or Allen key.
nn 1 to 12 month dispense time
nn Infinitely adjustable during operation
nn Patented gas producing dry cell
technology means no liquid or
dangerous chemicals, no toxic waste
nn ATEX approval to Zone 2
nn Works in any orientation even
upside down
nn Grease or oil filled (oil filled units
have a non-return valve)
nn Suitable for the lubrication of rotary
bearings, linear bearings, chain, open
gears, sprockets etc
Part No Description Size Temp range Base oil Thickener/ DIN 51502
Soap
SIMASL24-125 Multi purpose grease with EP, NLGI 2 125 –30°C to +140°C Mineral oil Li/Comp. KP2N-30
SIMASL10-125 Food industry grease, NSF H1 approved, NLGI 2 125 –30°C to +140°C Synthetic Al/Comp. KPHC2N-30
SIMASL01-125 Water resistant grease, NLGI 2 125 –30°C to +120°C Mineral oil Li/Ca KP2K-30
SIMASL14-125 Chain oil 125 –10°C to +90°C Mineral oil CGLP68
SIMASL15-125 High temperature chain oil 125 –30°C to +250°C Synthetic CGLPE220-320
SIMASL18-125 Food industry oil, NSF H1 approved 125 –15°C to +150°C Synthetic CLPHC220
For other sizes change suffix 125 to relevant size. i.e.. SIMASL10-125 becomes SIMASL10-60
Simatool Kits
Bearing
Puller BP 61
Seal Puller SP 50
Perfect for installing and removing bearings and seals!
Available individually as well as accessories or spare parts, these high-quality tool components
are supplied in a compact case with liner, allowing all tool components to be neatly stored.
A comprehensive user manual, containing data tables and illustrations is also provided.
Part No
SIMAIH025-VOLCANO/115V
SIMAIH025-VOLCANO/230V
Simatherm IH 025 Volcano
The Simatherm IH 025 Volcano marks the start of a new era in the field of
portable induction heaters. The patented technology enables outstanding
heating performance from an extremely light structure. You can use it to
heat roller bearings with an inner diameter as small as 20mm up to an outer
diameter of 160mm and a weight of up to 10kg. To do this, simply place the
work piece onto the Volcano’s cone shaped heating surface.
nn Portable, compact and very light (3.5kg)
nn A bearing weighing 5kg can be heated to 110°C in under four minutes
nn Silent in operation
nn No support yoke required – simply place the work piece on the device
nn Predictive temperature control (PTC) for automatic temperature monitoring
Bearing
Fitting Tool
FT 33

27
Bearings
CALL: 0845 006 6000
to contact your local workshop
IS YOUR CONDITION MONITORING
MONITORED?
ENGINEERING &
SITE SERVICES
STEPS TO SUCCESS
n Step 1 Consultation
n Step 2 Recommendation
n Step 3 Supply, installation & commissioning
n Step 4 Reporting and training
n Step 5 On-going support
Condition Monitoring is only as good as the data
it collects. Ensuring maximum plant uptime
demands permanent data monitoring.
ERIKS’ cloud-hosted solution uses the latest
telemetary coupled with site diagnostic solutions
ensuring that equipment status is available at
your fingertips:
n View machine performance online with
Machine WebWatch
n Receive SMS or email alerts of triggered
alarms for faster reaction, and less downtime
n Analyse or alter configurations without going
on-site – save time and money
n Cloud-based database of maintenance
routines, information, inspection routes

28
Know-How
Bearings
SKF Bearing Life Cycle

29
Bearings
Bearing Tools and Condition Monitoring
SKF Drive-up Method
This fitting method is unique to SKF
and delivers accurate axial drive-up of
spherical roller and CARB bearings
mounted on tapered seatings.
Incorporates the use of an SKF HMV
..E hydraulic nut fitted with a dial
indicator, and a high accuracy digital
pressure gauge mounted on the
selected pump.
The SKF QuickCollect sensor is an easy to use, bluetooth enabled, handheld sensor that connects to apps on your smart phone
or tablet. Combining vibration and temperature sensing, overall data can be viewed on the spot in real time or pushed to the cloud
for future analysis. The sensor is ideal for service, reliability, operations, or maintenance personnel as part of a walk around data
collection program.
Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E series
Mounting bearings on tapered seatings
can be a difficult and time-consuming job.
Using a hydraulic nut facilitates easy and
quick application of the high drive-up forces
required. The time taken to dismount bearings
mounted on either adapter or withdrawal
sleeves is also greatly reduced.
Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET series
Set consists of a hydraulically assisted SKF
EasyPull together with a tri-section pulling
plate, TMMS series, and a puller protection
blanket facilitate an easy, safe and
virtually damage-free dismounting.
The set is especially suitable for
dismounting roller bearings, and
other components such as pulleys
and flywheels.
SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series
The THKI is used for the mounting and dismounting
of pressure joints of all sizes and applications such
as rolling bearings, couplings and gears. The
set consists of a stand-mounted oil
injector complete with a high
pressure pipe, pressure gauge
and a range of connection
nipples.
SKF Hydraulic Techniques for
Mounting and Dismounting
Bearings
SKF QuickCollect Sensor
Machine monitoring made easy
Benefits
nn Gets you started quickly
nn Can be used with minimum training and experience
nn Identify developing rotating machinery issues before they
become problems
SKF designation
CMDT 390-K-SL
nn Connect directly to expert advice when you need it
nn Expand functionality via apps to grow and compliment your
existing maintenance program
nn Suitable for use in hazardous environments (ATEX Zone 1,
Class 1, Div 1)
Measurement displays
Measurements taken by the sensor are
shown on your mobile device, which
displays velocity, acceleration, and
temperature. Each reading displays a
current overall measurement, including
alarm status, minimum and maximum
values, and alert and danger thresholds.
NEW

30
Know-How
Bearings
Test, Measurement and E-Series
Illuminated voltage
detection
Versatile
moisture meter
Easily manoeuvrable
videoscope
The new FLIR Test and
Measurement Range
FLIR Systems has broadened the scope of its product range, applying its hallmark quality
design and build to a brand new range of test and measurement tools.
Three electrical meters all feature large and clear LCD displays and bright dual-LED work lights to
illuminate dimly lit work areas. They include Bluetooth®
connectivity to Android™ mobile devices running
the latest FLIR Tools Mobile®
app. They can be connected wirelessly to Meterlink®
enabled FLIR
thermal imaging cameras so that electrical readings can be embedded into IR images in real-time.
Streamlined VFD
troubleshooting
Simplify power and
VFD analysis
Multifunctional
clamp meter
The FLIR DM93 is
a rugged digital
multimeter with
advanced variable
frequency drive
(VFD) filtering that allows accurate
analysis of non-sinusoidal waveforms and
noisy signals found in VFD-controlled
equipment. A special mode to eliminate
ghost readings and automatic data
recording to detect intermittent glitches
are also standard features.
The FLIR CM83 is an
industrial-grade power
clamp meter with power
analysis and advanced
VFD filtering for testing
three-phase systems
and VFD-controlled
equipment. Other
features include a
harmonics mode to find noise
from different electrical sources; ‘phase
rotation’ to confirm phase orientation of
three-phase systems and ‘inrush current’ to
detect start-up transients.
Combining the
capabilities of a true
RMS multimeter and
clamp meter with
a non-contact IR
thermometer and
Type K thermocouple
is the new FLIR CM78. Ideal for use
on industrial equipment and complex
machinery, this new instrument enables
users to capture accurate AC/DC
readings up to 1000A or 1000V.
The FLIR VP52, is a compact, non-
contact voltage detector with a
powerful LED work light and dual-LED
convenience light at the probe tip. Other
features include vibration feedback and
multi-coloured LED alarms. High/low
sensitivity modes for testing industrial
equipment low voltage systems and
tamper-proof outlets are also standard.
The FLIR MR77
moisture meter
features a pinless
sensor and an
external pin probe
that capture
moisture readings
up to 19mm below
the surface of various building
materials. This rugged instrument also
includes a field-replaceable temperature/
humidity sensor, spot IR thermometer and
laser pointer.
The FLIR VS70, videoscope is designed
for industrial environments. It features
intuitive handset controls that enable the
user to guide the probe into tight areas to
deliver clear video images to a large 5.7"
colour LCD display. It provides 180° and
90° camera views and SD card storage
of video, image and audio files. Voice
comments can also be captured via the
product’s headset.

31
Bearings
FLIR E-Series
Lightweight design, heavyweight performers
The FLIR E-Series are small and lightweight thermal imaging cameras
designed for those needing higher resolution and more features and
for whom documentation of findings are important.
The cameras are ideal for predictive maintenance and planned
inspections of electrical and mechanical systems to ensure they operate
at maximum efficiency and safety with minimal energy consumption.
n Up to 320 x 240 pixels resolution
n Compact and lightweight
n Extremely rugged
n High quality visual camera
n Thumbnail image gallery
n ±2% accuracy
n LCD touchscreen
n Built-in LED light
n Long-life battery
n Laser Pointer
n Picture-in-Picture (PiP)
n Thermal fusion*
n Instant reports*
n Text and voice annotations*
n Interchangeable lenses
* Features dependant on camera model, please
check technical specifications for more details.
ERIKS_catalogue.indd 1 4/5/13 3:02 PM
Mechanical check-up of an electrical motor using the FLIR E-Series
Motor bearing problem
Inspecting a transformer using the Fusion Picture-in-Picture function
Large 3.5 touchscreen
Connect to smartphone or tablet via Wi-Fi, using the FLIR
Tools mobile app (Apple iOS and Android) for processing
and sharing results as well as for remote control.
Images used are for illustration purposes only
For further details contact your local ERIKS Service Centre
on 0845 006 6000 or visit eriks.co.uk
nn Advice about the correct
maintenance strategy and
camera selection is available
from the ERIKS Condition
Monitoring Business Unit
nn Training is essential and
available from ERIKS
TO HELP...

32
CALL: 0845 006 6000
CONDITION
MONITORING
Condition Monitoring is only as
good as the data taken and it takes
a skilled engineer to interpret the
results accurately.
ERIKS is proud of its team of
condition monitoring experts across
the UK who specialise in analysis of
electromechanical machinery.
ENGINEERING
SITE SERVICES
FUNCTIONS:
n Experts in electromechanical machines/rotating
equipment
n Accurate analysis of machine data
in a form you can understand
n Heat energy surveys with cost
saving information
n Flexible local staff to fit with your schedules
n Machine protection by:
– Periodic portable monitoring
– Linking to PLC/SCADA or internet
WHY ERIKS:
n ISO 18436 certified personnel
n Certified maintenance partner of SKF
n Improved uptime of client’s plant
n Reduced energy consumption
n Safer working environment

POWER
TRANSMISSION
Quick reference
ERIKS’ understanding of the environment in
which a transmission system must work, the
stresses it has to handle, and the results it has to
produce, enables us to engineer a solution you
can rely on - for increased efficiency, extended
life, minimum maintenance and maximum
productivity.
33
Quick reference
Classic Vee Belts 36
High Performance Wedge Belts 37
Emergency Belts 38-39
Wedge Belts 40-41
Ribbed Belts 42
Tensioners 43
Timing Belts 44-45, 48
Pulleys 46-47
Shaft Fixings 49-51
Couplings 52-55
Roller Chain and Sprockets 56-57
Adapter Chain 58
Performance Special Chain 60-63
Chain Accessories 64
Electric Motors 65, 68-69
Drives and Rollers 66-67
Total Cost of Ownership 70
Inverters 71-73
Speed Reducer 74
Gearboxes 75-77
Vibration Solutions 78
RIALEVOLUTION
forenergysavings
dlongerchainlife
68
36-47, 49-53, 56-58, 69-77
54-55, 59
54 48
66-67
66
65
60-64
78

Power Transmission
SUPERIOR Performance
POWER TRANSMISSION
True reliability is more than simply continuous
operation. It’s a continuous level of
performance, minimal energy consumption and
a predictable life span.
We understand the environment in which a transmission
system must work, the stresses it has to handle and the
results it has to produce, but above all we understand
how each part of your drive system is intrinsically linked.
34
POWER TRANSMISSION
Technology
Whatever the dilemma you face,
the chances are we can provide
you an alternative solution to
increase efficiency, and extend
product life.
70% of belts
are fitted to worn
pulleys, which
can waste up to
10% of the
energy input
Power Transmissions
n Friction belts and pulleys
n Synchronous belts and pulleys
n Chain and sprockets
n Conveyor chain
n Couplings
n Shaft fixings
n Materials handling chain belts
Drives
n Gearboxes, new and repair
n Geared motors
n Electric motors, new and repair
n Inverters
n Starters and controllers
n Automation
Know-How

IMPROVING YOUR TOTAL
COST OF OWNERSHIP
Our knowledge and passion for
technology make us more than simply
a supplier of drives and transmission
products, ERIKS has the Power
Transmission know-how when and where
you need it.
n Unmatched know-how and experience
from our in-house technical experts
n Solutions and advice for both MRO
and OEM requirements
n Complete project management from
initial drive selection through to
installation and commissioning
n Failure diagnosis, offering advice
so you don’t risk the same failure
repeating itself
n Rapid gearbox assembly, built to order
from stock across the Fenner range
n Product customisation
n Total cost of ownership advice,
ensuring you get the best
POWER TRANSMISSION
DRIVE DESIGN AND
UPGRADE
When a drive fails or is coming to the end
of its working life a number of choices can
be made.
A repair or like-for-like replacement is
not always feasible or the best solution
so when you need options for improving
your process and extending the life of your
machinery ERIKS can work with you to
upgrade or re-design you drive system.
n Upgrade to modern technology
n 3D CAD modelling capability
n Fabrication and re-engineering
services
n Whole drive train packaged solutions
n Drop-in replacements
n Extended warranty options
n Turnkey solutions
Benefits
n Minimal down time to your application
n Extraction, installation and
commissioning services
n Optimised total cost of ownership
n Lower running costs
n Extended lifecycle
n Full product lifecycle support
CONDITION
MONITORING
Unexpected downtime and costly repairs
can have a negative impact on your
bottom line.
Most Condition Monitoring reports
only give you a diagnosis. But the
comprehensive capabilities and holistic
point of view of ERIKS mean a Condition
Monitoring report gives you the cure too.
The Condition Monitoring Team collects,
stores, compares and analyses key
variables from your machines, enabling
you to assess their health. Then - if failures
or deviations from the norm are detected
- ERIKS’ know-how comes into play, to
diagnose the cause and prescribe the cure.
Services Include:
n Vibration Analysis
n Thermographic analysis
n Oil debris and condition analysis
n Endoscope inspection
n Internet based asset monitoring
protection device
35

36
Know-How
Power
Transmission
High Strength Wedge Belts
Belt
Section
Pitch Length
(mm)
Fenner
Brand
SPB 2240 -FENSections: SPZ, SPA, SPB, SPC, 8V
Length: 487–12500mm
Relative power 100%
Vee Belts offer a versatile and economical low maintenance drive which is standardised
throughout the world and Fenner Classic Vee Belts are fully approved to all international
standards allowing for optimised drives for compact size and economy.
Increased Performance, More Power, Longer Life
But did you know that a simple upgrade to the Fenner range of Ultra PLUS
wrapped wedge belts will transmit significantly more power than the classical vee
product and run in the same pulleys!
Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belts are available in a large range of lengths, and conform to
all the relevant ISO, BS, DIN and RMA standards.
So why not upgrade your drives today to wedge belts – increase your drives
capacity and efficiency.
Classic Vee Belts...
Ever Considered Trading Up?
For any belt drive, the pulleys can be adjusted
closer together to allow removal or installation
of the belt. Equally, the pulleys can be adjusted
further apart to allow the belt to be tensioned
correctly. These two adjustments are referred to
as “Installation Allowance”, and “Take Up
Allowance”.
For Example
You may be looking for a SPZ1 012 belt, the
standard size available is SPZ 1010, so what next?
You will see from the table below that there is
20mm installation allowance and a 20mm take-
up allowance.
So in Conclusion...
The 2mm difference in belt size will make no
difference whatsoever, and a standard off-the-
shelf product will do the job perfectly, and you
won’t be paying a premium.
Size Matters...
What Size Wedge Belts are You Buying?
Wedge Belt
Lengths
mm
Sections
Available
Installation
Allowance
SPZ
Installation
Allowance
SPA
Installation
Allowance
SPB
Installation
Allowance
SPC
Take up
Allowance
Upto 630 SPZ 20mm 5mm
630 - 800 SPZ/SPA 20mm 25mm 10mm
800 - 1000 SPZ/SPA 20mm 25mm 15mm
1000 - 1250 SPZ/SPA 20mm 25mm 20mm
1250 - 1600 SPZ/SPA/SPB 20mm 25mm 30mm 25mm
1600 - 2000 SPZ/SPA/SPB 20mm 25mm 30mm 30mm
2000 - 2500 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 20mm 25mm 30mm 50mm 40mm
4000 - 5000 SPA/SPB/SPC 25mm 30mm 50mm 70mm
5000 - 6300 SPB/SPC 30mm 50mm 85mm
6300 - 8000 SPB/SPC 30mm 50mm 105mm
8000 - 10000 SPB/SPC 30mm 50mm 140mm
10000 - 12500 SPC 50mm 175mm
Installation and Take Up Allowances for Fenner Wedge Belts
How many times have you asked for an “odd” sized belt that we just don’t have in stock? But
are you aware that there is a solution just sitting on the shelf.

37
Power
Transmission
Ultra PLUS 150 Wedge Belts
nn Greater reliability and working life
nn Increased power ratings potentially reducing the number of belts
required and grooves on a pulley
nn Increased durability in harsh environments due to the
asymmetric weave jacket
nn Length stability, minimal stretch and elongation
Fenner Ultra PLUS 150 drive belts are specifically designed for
applications where rugged durability is paramount, combining
the highest level of performance with the longest possible
service life.
www.fptgroup.com
nn Waste compactors
nn Shredders
nn Crushers
nn Heavy duty conveyors
nn Bucket elevators
Ideal for heavy duty applications
nn 50% more power - High tensile aramid cords transmit more
power than standard wrapped wedge belts
nn Unsurpassed strength - Fibre reinforced polychloroprene
rubber supports the cords and ensures unsurpassed rigidity
nn 96% energy efficient - asymmetrical weave outer jacket
produces belt length stability second to none, guaranteeing
unbeatable efficiency.
Why use Fenner Ultra PLUS 150?
nn Woodworking machinery
nn Quarry plant
nn Saw mills
nn Compressors
nn Calendars
Sections: USPB, USPC
Relative power 150%
Belt Section Pitch Length (mm) Belt Type Fenner Brand
SPC 7500 ULTRA150 -FEN
Downtime Crushed
with Ultra PLUS 150
A large quarry based in the Midlands
was experiencing problems with regular
failures of vee belts belts on their crusher
drives.
The belts were subjected to very high
impact and shock loads, and as a
consequence the belts were stretching
unevenly resulting in belt slippage and
premature failures.
The Fenner Ultra PLUS 150 belts was
the perfect solution, due to the high
tensile aramid cords and the robust
rubber construction which ensured there
was virtually no stretch, whilst delivering a
significantly high power rating.
The quarry has since decided to
standardise on Fenner Ultra PLUS 150
across the plant where possible, helping
reduce inventory costs and keeping
downtime costs to a minimum.

38
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Emergency Belting
Fenner Drive
Alignment Laser
Product Ref: FEN/A/230L0000
Belt Efficiency Kit
Product Ref:
FEN_BELT_MAINT_KIT
70% of belt drives are estimated to be operating inefficiently
and are in imminent danger of failing.
By taking a proactive stance to belt drive maintenance and looking at the condition of the
belt and pulley set then you can bring both peace of mind and productivity improvements.
It’s as easy as 1, 2, 3.
1 Check Pulley Condition
The drive stands or falls by the accuracy of its installation, so don’t forget to check the
condition of your pulleys – 50% of new belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can waste
up to 10% of your energy input.
The Fenner groove gauge can quickly help you assess the health of your pulleys.
2 Select the Correct Drive Solution
3 Simple Steps to Increase
Productivity
Pulley Condition Worn Belt
New Belt
Ultra PLUS
Upgrade
Quattro PLUS
Upgrade
Ultra PLUS 150
Worn pulley Imminent Failure 1 year 1½ years 2 years
New Pulley Premature Failure 3 years 3½ years 4 years
3 Install Correctly
Correct installation once you have carefully selected your belt drive components is
paramount to the longevity and efficiency of your belt drive. We are able to offer you a range
of installation tools to help you maximise productivity and uptime.
Worn
Pulley
New
Pulley
Have you seen...
Our Fenner belt efficiency kit?
Get the most from your wedge belt drives with the Fenner Belt
Efficiency Kit.
The kit contains all the tools necessary to help achieve optimum performance:
nn Belt tension indicator
nn Pulley groove gauge
nn Guide to wedge belt efficiency
Product Code: 230K0000

39
Power
Transmission
Fenner QuickFix
The Fenner QuickFix belt is incredibly versatile,
featuring a dual groove profile so that one belt fits
both V and wedge belts profiles.
nn Quick and simple to install
nn Available in four different width profiles; SPZ, SPA,
SPB SPC
nn Comes five metre roll enabling the maintenance
teams to cut it to the desired length
Fenner QuickFix enables you to reduce stock
inventory considerably, requiring just two five metres
boxes of each section size, to cover all eventualities
for both new and old systems and for both wedge belt
and V belt profiles – saving both time and money.
www.fptgroup.com
nn Hospitals
nn Airports
nn Facilities Management Companies
nn Universities
nn Shopping malls and retail parks
nn Distribution Centres
nn Anyone with a large number of belt
drives
Perfect for use in the following:
nn Dual groove profile - means one belt fits both Vee and
wedge belts
nn Jointed belting - ensures minimum strip down when installing
nn Any length - Can be made to any length within minutes
nn Reduces potential downtime - quick and simple to install
keeping downtime to an absolute minimum
Why use Fenner QuickFix Belts?
A Quick Fix for
Breakdowns
A well-known Facilities Management company
were experiencing call out difficulties from
customers who were experiencing breakdowns
on their HVAC units.
Engineers would arrive on-site, only to find
they could not complete the task due to the
lack of belts being stocked.
The Fenner QuickFix emergency belt was
the ideal solution. Available in four profiles:
SPZ, SPA, SPB SPC in 5 metre boxes
meant any size belt could be accommodated
and fitted without the need of strip down of
machinery.
In addition this gave the engineer time to
reorder the Fenner rubber belts which could
be fitted once they arrived.
Service levels for the FM company increased
significantly following a relatively low
investment the Fenner QuickFix belt range
- which is now carried by all the engineers -
with the confidence that any breakdown calls
can be quickly fixed.
Part Number:
SPZ - 283Z1111
SPA - 283A1111
SPB - 283B1111
SPC - 283C1111
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

40
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Wedge Belts
Quattro PLUS Wedge Belts
nn ‘One Shot’ tensioning with no matching
nn Meets industry standards for static conductivity and non-ignition
properties
nn Highest efficiency drive for low running costs
nn Working temperature range –40°C to 80°C
This CRE belt transmits up to 4 times the power of
conventional Vee belts. The increase in cross sectional rigidity
provided by the fibre-reinforced polychloroprene contributes
significantly to the performance advantages.
www.fptgroup.com
nn HVAC
nn Waste compactors
nn Shredders
nn Crushers
nn Heavy duty conveyors
Ideal for all applications
Why use Fenner Quattro PLUS?
nn Bucket elevators
nn Woodworking machinery
nn Quarry plant
nn Saw mills
nn Compressors
Sections: QXPZ, QXPA, QXPB, QXPC
Relative power 130%
Airport Efficiency
Increased
ERIKS were contacted by a local airport
were interested in improving efficiency
throughout the airport, and in particular
on their air handling units. The existing
belts and pulleys were badly worn and not
performing the their optimum efficiency.
The Power Transmission Engineers
suggested redesigning the drive, with
the introduction of Fenner Quattro PLUS
wedge belts combined with new pulleys,
which would provide a drive that operated
at 96% efficiency.
Fenner Quattro PLUS CRE wedge
belts can significantly reduce energy
consumption when used in conjunction with
variable speed drives. They can also vastly
improve production and process speeds in
their own right, by reducing slip and giving
increased performance from the driven
machine.
Six months down the line the airport has
confirmed that the new drive has increased
efficiency by 10% and are now looking
at similar solutions on other applications
around the airport.
Belt
Section
Pitch Length
(mm)
Belt Type Fenner
Brand
SPA 1400 FOZ-Q -FEN
nn 4 times the power - Transmits for times the power of
conventional vee belts, allowing for a more compact drive
envelope
nn Absorbs greater shock loadings - providing a more robust
drive solution
nn Superior anti-static - to ISO 1813, heat and oil resistant
nn Greater length stability - minimal stretch and elongation

41
Power
Transmission
Fenner Ultra Plus Wedge belts are precision built ( ) allowing extended
life, offering superior anti-static, heat and oil resistant properties.
nn Ideal for use in single or multi-belt drives
nn One shot tensioning for fit and forget applications
nn Will not self-ignite under severe slip/stall conditions
Ultra PLUS Wedge Belts
Belt
Section
Pitch Length
(mm)
Fenner
Brand
SPB 2240 -FEN
Sections: SPZ, SPA, SPB, SPC, 8V
Relative power 100%
The Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belt has
stood the test of time, and once again
proved its mettle when ERIKS were
contacted by a large university.
The local ERIKS Application Engineer
was asked to do a feasibility study on a
set of Air Handling Units (AHU’s).
Fenner Cogged Raw Edge (CRE) Wedge Belts excel in high ratio compact
applications by combining flexibility with structural stability. They offer all
the advantages of Fenner Power PLUS including:
nn Special compounds improve flexibility and strength
nn Higher running efficiency than wrapped belts
nn Precision built ( ) allowing excellent length matching
CRE Wedge Belts
Sections: XPZ, XPA, XPB, XPC,
Relative power 110%
Belt
Section
Pitch Length
(mm)
Belt Type Fenner
Brand
SPA 1400 CRE -FEN
ERIKS were tasked to devise a plan to
upgrade 12 AHU drives which supplied
air into the canteens, lecture rooms etc.
The incumbent drives were old and
inefficient - some consisting of classical
vee belts, along with a with a variety
different makes - and pulleys that had
not been changed for over 10 years.
The AHU’s were fitted with Fenner
Ultra PLUS wedge belts and new
pulleys, which helped improve the drive
efficiency, reduced running costs, and
provided a reliable solution for the
university.
University Upgrade with Ultra PLUS

42
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Ribbed Belts and Tensioners
Width Profile
Pitch
Fenner Brand
16 T5- 1500 -FEN
Belt Length
Length Pitch Fenner
Brand
695 PL 8 -FE N
1765 PL 8 -FE N
No of
Ribs
Imperial
Metric
Fenner PolyDrive PLUS ribbed belts are an ideal solution for
compact drives in household appliances and heavy machinery.
The ribbed belts enable economic solutions even under difficult drive conditions, such as
large transmission ratios, high belt speeds, small pulley diameters and back idler pulleys.
n High belt speeds up to 60m/s
n Designed for high transmission ratios
n High power output
n Low vibration, efficient belt
n Long service life
n Fully approved to all international standards
n Static conductivity to ISO 1813
PolyDrive PLUS Ribbed Belts
Why use Fenner PowerFlex PU Belting?
Manufactured in thermoplastic polyurethane, that gives
superior wear and abrasion resistance
nn High Power Transmission
nn The Steel Cord gives good running characteristics and high traction loads.
nn Low noise running
nn Free Maintenance
nn Low pretension
nn Constant length
TThe Fenner PowerFlex metric timing belt is manufactured from a high-
grade polyurethane material, reinforced with helically wound zinc coated
steel tension member, allowing high breaking load and extremely low
elongation.
With excellent dimensional stability, consistent length and thickness, it makes it
ideal for use in processing and packaging industries along with any clean areas
where contamination would be an issue.
nn Also available in OPEN LENGTHS
nn Non-standard widths cut from stocked sleeves
nn Steel Cord winding in S and Z profile allow high breaking load and extremely
low elongation.
nn Ozone and temperature resistance (-25 °C / +80 °C)
nn Oil, grease and gasoline resistance
PowerFlex PU Belting

43
Power
Transmission
Tensioners
The new range of Fenner tensioners have been
designed to help maximise drive efficiency
whilst extending your drive lifecycle.
Range includes Tension Arms in Cast iron Stainless Steel –
Standard Front Mount – with a Boomerang version.
Fixtures include Simplex, Duplex Triplex idler sprockets, Chain
Riders Rollers, with supporting brackets to complement the range.
Why Choose Fenner Tensioners?
nn Increases chain and belt life
nn Noise and vibration damping
nn Absorbs shock loads
nn Maintenance free
nn Safe in operation
nn Self-adjusting
nn Progressive spring characteristics
nn Operating angle -30° to 30°
nn Resistant to temperature -40° to 80°C
www.fptgroup.com
Tensioner Simplex Duplex Triplex
Pitch No Teeth Size Standard Tensioner Idler Sprocket Idler Sprocket Idler Sprocket
3/8” 15 FT2 186B0002 186S1001 186D2001 186T3001
3/8” 15 FT3 186B0003 186S1001 186D2001 186T3001
1/2” 15 FT4 186B0004 186S1002 186D2002 186T3002
5/8” 15 FT5 186B0005 186S1003 186D2003 186T3003
5/8” 15 FT5 186B0005 - - 186T3004
3/4” 15 FT5 186B0005 186S1004 186D2004 -
3/4” 15 FT6 186B0006 186S1005 186D2005 186T3005
1” 13 FT6 186B0006 186S1006 186D2006 186T3006
1.1/4” 13 FT7 186B0007 186S1007 186D2007 186T3007
1.1/4” 13 FT8 186B0008 186S1007 186D2007 186T3007
1.1/2” 11 FT7 186B0007 186S1008 186D2008 186T3008
1.1/2” 11 FT8 186B0008 186S1008 186D2008 186T3008

44
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Timing Belts
Upgrade form Chain Drives to
Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3
It’s as easy as 1, 2, Free!
www.fptgroup.com
Torque Drive PLUS 3
The state-of-the-art Torque Drive PLUS
3 works with standard HTD pulleys tp
provide the ultimate combination of
power capacity, low noise and high
accuracy in a belt drive.
nn The highest power rating in the range
nn Enhanced compounding and glass
fibre cord excel in highly dynamic
applications
nn Ultra compact and cost effective
nn Quiet operation even at high speeds
nn Replaces HTD belts to extend life
and increase load capability
Widths: 20–170mm
Pitches: 8, 14mm
Relative power 150%
Pitch
(mm)
Length
(mm)
Width
(mm)
Fenner
Brand
14MXP- 3150- 55 -FEN
Determine your drive requirements to replace existing chain, or
determine requirements for new Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3
synchronous belt drive.
Use the Fenner Drive Design Selector:
http://selectors.fptgroup.com
nn Free from the noise associated with chain drives
nn Free from maintenance; no wear elongation, no need
for regular adjustment
nn Free from lubrication costs and oil contamination of
machine or product
nn Free from the space limitations associated with
traditional synchronous belt drives
nn Free extended service life, Fenner TDP3 synchronous
belts offer up to twice the normal service life compared
to roller chain drives
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
Chain Drive* Fenner TDP3
WorkingLifeinHours
Approx.
9420 hours
Approx.
20,000 hours
Typical operating life, chain drive versus
synchronous drive
*Chain drive:
2.2kW 3:1 reduc-
tion chain drive
using 122 pitches
½” BS chain using
19 tooth driver
and 57 tooth
driven sprockets
at 510mm centre
distance.
Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3 Drive
versus Chain Drive
nn Same size, and space envelope
nn Lighter and quieter
nn Greater power rating
nn Up to twice the service life

45
Power
Transmission
Fenner HTD belts have a curvilinear tooth form giving a more uniform distribution of shear
stresses within the teeth. This also provides a more uniform transition of tooth loads to the
tensile members in the belt which significantly improves upon classical timing belts.
nn Ultra compact and cost-effective drives
nn Runs optimally on standard HTD pulleys
nn Minimum backlash for precise positioning
nn Non-standard widths cut to size from stock sleeve
nn ISO 13050 (International Standards Organisation)
HTD Timing Belts
Widths: 9–170mm
Pitches: 3, 5, 8, 14mm
Relative power 100%
Can’t Find The Right Size...
Try Our Belt Cutting Service
In-House Belt Cutting Service
If you can’t find the correct size belt, give your local ERIKS
Service Centre a ring and they will be able to call upon our
in-house belt cutting service, based at the Power Transmission
Technology Centre in Dudley.
We stock a wide range of Timing Belts and Multi Vee Belts in
sleeve from which can be cut to any width required.
Profiles include:-
nn Classic Timing Belt XL, L , H XH
nn HTD Timing 5mm, 8mm 14mm
nn Torque Drive PLUS 3 5mm, 8mm 14mm
nn PU metric 5, AT5. T10 AT10
nn Multi V rib PM, PL, PJ PK
Length
(mm)
Pitch
(mm)
Width
(mm)
Fenner
Brand
1040 -8M 30 -FEN

46
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Vee, Wedge and Timing Pulleys
Belt
Section
Pitch Dia.
(mm)
No. of
Grooves
Fenner
Brand
S P A 5 0 0 X 5 - F E N
Available in:
Z, SPZ, XPZ, QXPZ from 56–630mm pitch dia.
A, SPA, XPA, QXPA from 80–800mm pitch dia.
B, SPB, XPB, QXPB, USPB from 112–1000mm dia.
C, SPC, XPC, QXPC, USPC from 200–1250mm pitch dia.
Vee and Wedge Taper Lock®
Pulleys
Statically balanced to grade G6.3 for
high accuracy
www.fptgroup.com
Why Choose Fenner
Friction Pulleys
Available with pilot bore fixings or
using Taper Lock® shaft fixings system
for ultimate versatility.
nn Manufactured to ISO standards
nn Surface treated to reduce corrosion
nn Specials available
Superior material specification and design allows guaranteed
Superior performance at rim speeds up to 40m/s. Designed for
use with both Vee and Wedge section belts.
nn Dual duty grooves to ISO 4183, dual duty pulleys accept
both wedge and vee belts
nn High grade cast iron used for construction
nn All pulleys are statically balanced
nn Rim speeds to a maximum of 40m/s
nn Special designs available
Save Energy, Improve Efficiency...
Your belt drive stands or falls by the accuracy of its installation, so don’t forget to check
the condition of your pulleys. 50% of new belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can
waste up to 10% of your energy input.
n Worn pulleys waste up to 10% of energy input
n Check yours now with the Fenner pulley groove gauge
Request your free pulley groove gauge today!
http://knowhow.eriks.co.uk/fenner-groove-gauge-request Worn Pulley New Pulley

47
Power
Transmission
Fenner timing pulleys are manufactured from steel and high grade cast iron (GG25),
tolerate shock loadings and can achieve rim speeds of up to 40m/s.
nn Available in both Classical Timing and HTD profiles
nn Meet ISO 13050 and ISO 5296 standards
nn High grade cast iron used for construction
nn Precision machined grooves protect and maximise belt life while reducing
noise emissions
nn Special designs and sizes are available
nn Maximum rim speed up to 40m/s
nn Available with standard Taper Lock®
fitting
Timing Pulleys
Have you seen...
Our On-Line Drive Design Assistants
Boost your drive efficiency
Optimising your drive at the design stage
can contribute significantly to the operating
life, reliability and overall efficiency of your
application.
With this in mind, we developed easy-to-use Fenner Select®
on-line drive design assistants, providing engineers with a
structured, detailed approach to achieving optimum drive
performance.
The family of on-line drive design assistants include:
nn Friction belt drives
nn Synchronous belt drives
nn Chain drives
No of
Teeth
Pitch Size
(mm)
Belt Width
(mm)
Fenner
Brand
4 0 - 8 M 2 0 - F E N
Visit http://selectors.fptgroup.com
and check out this invaluable, FREE resource!

48
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Timing Belts and Shaft Fixings
CONTI®
Synchrochain Carbon
Heavy Duty Timing Belt
Conti®
Synchrochain Carbon utilises state-of-the-art materials
with unparalleled smart production techniques which result in
one of the most versatile and technically outstanding products
on the market today. Whether your key driver is maximum
production out, minimum drive size or total cost of ownership –
Conti®
Synchrochain Carbon is the solution!
nn Higher power capacity
nn Almost zero tension loss (initial)
nn Excellent length stability
nn Reduced belt width
nn Reduced noise
nn Increased service life
nn Reduced system costs and drive envelope
Specially treated fabric
Polyurethane teeth
Tension member
Aramide cord with
S/Z twists wound
in pairs
Polyurethane
backing
Conti®
Synchrochain
Heavy Duty Timing Belt
The newly developed CTD profile ensures faultless meshing and
hence smooth running at high speeds. At the same time it prevents
a jump-over at high torques.
So the Conti Synchrochain is well able to cope with a wide range
of requirements. It is suitable for new drive designs and at the
same time also compatible for use in existing systems. Available in
pitches CTD8M and CTD14M. Details of pitch, lengths and widths
can be obtained on request.
Properties:
nn Temperature range, depending on application, from –40°C to +80°C
nn Suitable for tropical climates
nn Resistant to aging and ozone
nn Withstands reverse flexing
nn Resistant to oils, grease and fuel
nn Conditionally resistant to acid and lye
nn Raw materials and production are silicone free
Timing Belts from CONTI®
Conti®
SilentSync
Self-tracking Timing Belt
Conti SilentSync is a self-tracking timing belt made for very quiet
and reduced vibration operation, making it an excellent choice for
horizontal drives
Properties:
nn Temperature range from –40°C to +85°C
nn Electrically conductive to ISO 9563
nn Very low noise
nn Low vibration
nn Resistant to ageing and ozone
nn Conditionally oil-resistant
nn Maintenance-free
Synthetic rubber
backing
Specially treated fabric
Synthetic rubber feet
Aramide tension
member

49
Power
Transmission
Fenner Taper Lock®
Bushes
Exclusively for use with Taper Lock bored
pulleys, sprockets and couplings, easy to
install, off-the-shelf solution.
Offering a full range of both metric and
imperial sizes as well as a full range of
weld-on hubs, bolt-on hubs and hub
adaptors.
Available for shafts 9 to 125mm
diameter - up to 7,400Nm
transmission
n Quick and easy to install or remove
n Unique 4-hole design to reduce
vibration for balanced assemblies
n Removes the need for re-boring with a
full range of both metric and imperial
bores
n Manufactured from high grade, close-
grain grey iron or steel
FenLock™ Cone
Clamping Elements
Fenner Trantorque
GTR
Fast and accurate, single fastener shaft
locking. Ideal for quick change parts or
assemblies.
It offers a mechanical shrink-fit eliminating
the problems of fretting corrosion, backlash
and key wallowing.
Trantorque Mini available for 5
to 16mm shafts (up to 50Nm
transmission). Trantorque GTR
available for 15 to 75mm shafts (up
to 2000Nm transmission)
n Precise radial and axial adjustments on
shafts
n Self-centering, requires no location
diameter to retain concentricity
n Offers a mechanical shrink-fit
eliminating backlash
n Can be used directly over empty
keyways to repair a worn or damaged
connection
Extreme duty, high torque transmission
shaft fixing. The ultimate solution for
arduous equipment where reliability is
essential.
Offering simple installation, increased shaft
strength and high torque transmission
capacity.
Available for shaft sizes 6 to 900mm
diameter - transmission of up to
1,650kNm
n Accommodates infinite axial and radial
positioning
n Can be installed and removed multiple
times
n Enclosed design eliminates ingress of
contaminants
n Offers high torque transmission
capacity
Which Shaft Fixing is Right for
your Application?
Simplepage 50
Standard
page 51
Solutionspage 51

50
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Taper Lock Bushes, Trantorque Bushes and FenLock Cone Clamping Elements
Bolt-on
Hub
B F 2 5 - F E N
Bush Size Keyway
KM for Metric
PM for Plain
Fenner BrandConstant
2517 KM -ADAPTOR -FEN WH 25 HUBS -FEN
Adaptors
n For use with parallel bore
eliminating the cost of drilling,
tapping and taper boring
n Keyed version also available for
heavy duty applications
n Taper bored to receive 4-hole Taper Lock®
bush sizes 1008 to 4040
Bolt-on hubs
n A convenient means to secure fan rotors,
steel pulleys, plate sprockets, impellers
etc to a shaft
n Welding not necessary
Weld-on hubs
n Manufactured from steel to provide
convenient means to secure fan rotors,
steel pulleys, plate sprockets, impellers
etc to a shaft
n Shouldered outer diameter allows for easy
location
Bush Size
(1st
2nd
digits of bush
size)
Fenner Brand Weld-on
Hub
Bush Size
(1st
2nd
digits of bush
size)
Fenner BrandConstant
Taper Lock®
Bushes
Easy on, easy off - the simplest and
quickest shaft fixing
www.fptgroup.com
Machined to exacting tolerances in cast iron and steel, the Fenner
Taper Lock® four hole bush has been tried and tested in over 40
million applications. It is the most successful shaft fixing in the
market place today with a full range of both metric and imperial
sizes as well as a full range of weld-on hubs, bolt-on hubs and hub
adaptors.
nn No costly re-boring
nn High grade, close grain grey iron (GG25) material
nn Tolerates shock loading
nn Accommodates wide shaft diameter limits +0.05mm (0.002”)
to 0.125mm (0.005”)
nn Perfect for use with V-pulleys, timing and HTD pulleys,
sprockets, shaft couplings, hubs and adaptors
Metric Range: 1008–5050 Bore Diameter 16mm–125mm
Imperial Range: 1008–5050 Bore Diameter 3/8–5
Bush Size Bore Size Fenner Brand
1 6 1 0 X 3 8 - F E N
2 5 1 7 X1.5/8 - F E N
Metric
Imperial
Simple

51
Power
Transmission
n Eliminate Keys, Keyways, Setscrews
Eliminate costly matching with inexpensive
Trantorque GTR mounts. They grip like a shrink-fit
on shaft and bore, and resist shocks and torque
reversals better than keyways. Single-nut design,
self-centres accurately, locks or unlocks with the
twist of a wrench.
n Infinite, Precise Radial Adjustment
The positive lock and release action permits
exact initial positioning with easy readjustment
at a later date.
n Use Smaller Shafts
Eliminate the weak spot in shafts and hubs caused
by machining keyways. This, plus the rigidising
effect, permits smaller and less expensive shafts
and bearings with equal strength and stiffness.
n Retrofit and Repair
Can be used directly over empty keyways to
repair a worn or damaged connection. Both
metric and imperial units are available.
n Mount Hubless Devices
Trantorque GTR mounts are unique in their
ability to mount thin hubless devices. They
need not be completely within the bore.
This permits mounting plate sprockets, hubless
gears, disc brakes, etc. – often at substantial
savings to the user or OEM.
FenLock™ cone clamping elements provide a wide and versatile
range of keyless shaft/hub assemblies.
n Simple installation/dissembly
n Resistance to alternating torques
n Increased shaft strength
n High torque transmission capacity
n No backlash
n Axial and angular adjustment capability
n No fretting corrosion
To Help...
When ordering shaft fixings, consider the following:
nn Shaft dimension
nn Keyway details
nn Transmitted torque
nn Hub details (diameter, length, material)
TranTorque GTR Bushes FenLock
Cone Clamping Elements
Standard
Solutions
FLK 200 Medium High Torque, non self-centering
FLK110 Medium/High Torque, self centering, fewer screws
FLK130 High torque, self-centering
FLK131 High torque, self-centering larger dia. location collar
FLK603 Medium/high torque, self centering, shrink disc device
Conatct your local ERIKS service centre for details on the full
range available.

52
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Fenaflex Tyre, Rigid, HRC and Jaw Couplings
Fenaflex Couplings
Less stress, more flexibility
These highly elastic lubrication-free couplings tolerate large
amounts of misalignment in all planes as well as offering simple
installation and inspection without disrupting the drive.
The Fenaflex®
coupling also has excellent shock absorbing
properties while reducing vibration and torsional oscillations.
nn Accepts misalignment simultaneously in all planes
nn Highly resilient to absorb shock loads
nn Lubrication-free
nn Sample visual inspection to aid maintenance
nn ATEX approved variant
nn Simple installation without moving coupled machines
nn Taper Lock®
and pilot bore flanges
nn Pump spacer and flywheel fixing variants
Rigid Couplings
Taper Lock®
Rigid couplings provide a convenient method of rigidly connecting shafts.
Taper Lock®
bushes permit easier and quicker fixing to the shafts with the firmness of a
shrunk-on fit.
nn Peripheral speeds of up to 33m/s available
nn Vertical assemblies possible in FF design
nn Taper Lock® fixing as standard
nn 8 sizes in the range
Couplings
Available in Taper Lock® or pilot bore
flanges. Taper Lock® have a massive
torque capacity and are available with a fire
resistant, anti-static tyre.
Pump Spacer Variant
Spacer variant available for pump drives
to allow disassembly of pump shaft
without disturbing the prime mover,
minimising downtime.
Flywheel Variant
Flywheel coupling version available for
standard SAE flywheel fixings and elements
available in different dynamic stiffness’s to
accommodate a wide range of engine and
driven machine parameters.

53
Power
Transmission
Why Choose HRC...
When looking for a value for money
coupling, OEMs have specified the
HRC since its launch in the 1970s.
HRC Couplings
Exceptional performance,
exceptional value
Permitting quick and easy installation by means of Taper Lock®
bushes, and offering quick alignment, the semi-elastic general
purpose HRC coupling is ideal for use with electric motors.
nn Offers the simplest, most straightforward fitting available
nn Ease of alignment and fitting using straight edge and
machined outside diameters
nn Fail-safe design due to interacting dog design
nn Accommodates incidental misalignment
nn Exceptional performance at low cost
nn Power ratings are matched to standard motor sizes
nn Standard and FRAS elements available
nn Flywheel fixing variant available
nn Pilot bore design also available
Jaw Couplings
A low-cost general purpose solution to absorb incidental misalignment, shockloads and
small amplitude vibrations.
nn Ease of alignment
nn Fail-safe shaft connection
nn Range of element materials available including; nitrile, urethane and hytrel
nn Pump spacer variant available
nn Design powers up to 42.2kW available at 1440rpm
Much copied, the original Fenner HRC product
outlasts its competitors due to subtle design
differences such as, higher levels of surface
finish on the drive dogs and having flexible
elements manufactured in the UK to extremely
high specifications.
Its high grade rugged cast iron construction
is a must for heavy duty industries such
as mining and quarrying so it’s no surprise
this coupling is the crusher and screen
manufacturers choice every time.

54
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Rexnord and Falk Couplings
Disc CouplingsCouplings
Rexnord®
• Ov
• Up
• Up
• Sp
• All
rep
• Fe
an
• Me
sp
• AT
Rexnord A
• 13
• Up
• Up
• Hi
cu
• Up
• Co
ele
ow
• Pa
de
eli
• Sh
Lubricated Couplings
Falk®
Stee
• 25
• 11
fly
• Up
• Up
• Up
• Fiv
wi
Falk Lifelig
• 28
• 13
an
• Up
• Up
• La
ap
• Th
Rexnord®
Th
• Over
• Up to
• Up to
• Spee
• Allow
repla
• Featu
and e
• Meet
speci
• ATEX
Rexnord Add
• 13 siz
• Up to
• Up to
• High-
custo
• Up to
• Corro
elem
owne
• Paten
degre
elimin
• Ships
Falk®
Steelfle
• 25 siz
• 11 m
flywh
• Up to
• Up to
• Up to
• Five-
with L
Falk Lifelign®
• 28 siz
• 13 m
and h
• Up to
• Up to
• Large
appli
• Three
Rexnord®
Thom
• Over 20
• Up to 43
• Up to 28
• Speed ra
• Allows fo
replacem
• Features
and elec
• Meets A
specified
• ATEX ce
Rexnord Addax
• 13 sizes
• Up to 13
• Up to 4,0
• High-per
custom s
• Up to 50
• Corrosio
element
ownersh
• Patented
degree o
eliminate
• Ships in
Falk®
Steelflex®
• 25 sizes
• 11 mode
flywheel
• Up to 50
• Up to 93
• Up to 10
• Five-yea
with Lon
Falk Lifelign®
G
• 28 sizes
• 13 mode
and high
• Up to 1,0
• Up to 8,1
• Large fle
applicati
• Three-ye
Disc Couplings
Rexnord®
Thomas®
XTSR Disc Couplings
nn Over 20 sizes
nn Up to 430 mm bore capacity
nn Up to 283,000 Nm torque capacity
nn Speed ratings up to 20,000 rpm
nn Allows for visual inspection and easy replacement of disc packs and center members
nn Features zero backlash, low-restoring forces, and electrically-insulated designs
nn Meets API 671 or API 610 specifications when specified
nn ATEX certified
Rexnord Addax®
Composite Disc Couplings
nn 13 sizes
nn High-performance composite spacer with custom spacer lengths, up to 6,985 mm
nn Up to 500 hp
nn Corrosion-resistant center member, flex element, hub, and hardware lower the cost of
ownership and extend service life
nn Patented unitized flex elements provide 1 degree of misalignment per element and eliminate
fretting
nn Ships in less than 24 hours if required
Falk®
Steelflex®
Grid Couplings
nn 25 sizes
nn 11 models including high-speed, spacer, flywheel, brake and controlled torque
nn Up to 10,000 rpm
nn Five-year heavy-duty warranty when lubricated with Long Term Grease (LTG)
Falk Lifelign®
Gear Couplings
nn 28 sizes
nn 13 models for general purpose, high-speed and high-torque applications
nn Up to 1,067 mm bore capacity
nn Up to 8,185,763 Nm torque capacity
nn Large flex hubs accommodate high-torque applications in space-limited installations
nn Three-year, heavy-duty warranty

55
Power
Transmission
Elastomeric Couplings
Falk Wrapflex®
• 12 sizes
• Up to 184 mm bore capacity
• Up to 15,027 Nm torque capacity
• Up to 4,500 rpm
• Patented hub and flex element design ensure
long life
• Close-coupled and spacer designs available to
accommodate shaft spacing
• Polyurethane element has excellent wear
and chemical resistance and an operating
temperature range of -40°C to 95°C
• ATEX certified
Torque Management Products
Rexnord Autogard®
Torque Limiters
• Protect equipment from damaging torque spik
and inertias
• Instant and complete disengagement of the
drive when overloaded
• Adjustable, accurate, and repeatable torque
setting
• Reduced downtime due to quick and easy rese
• Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset
options
• Torque ranges from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm +
Couplings
Falk Wrapflex®
• 12 sizes
• Up to 4,500 rpm
long life
• ATEX certified
Rexnord Viva®
• 12 Viva sizes
• Up to 4,300 rpm
• Split-in-half flex element design for efficient
installation and replacement
• Mounting hole patterns allow for a wide range
of shaft gaps: from 6 to 300 mm
• Non-lubricated and low-maintenance
• Viva model features patented “V” notch
design which provides uniform failure area for
overload protection
• ATEX certified
PT Drive Components
Falk Wrapflex®
• 12 sizes
• Up to 4,500 rpm
long life
• ATEX certified
Rexnord Autogard®
Torque Limiters
• Protect equipment from damaging torque spikes
and inertias
• Instant and complete disengagement of the
drive when overloaded
• Adjustable, accurate, and repeatable torque
setting
• Reduced downtime due to quick and easy reset
• Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset
options
• Torque ranges from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm +
Torque Limiters
Falk Wrapflex®
nn 12 sizes
nn Up to 4,500 rpm
nn Patented hub and flex element design ensure long life
nn Close-coupled and spacer designs available to accommodate shaft spacing
nn Polyurethane element has excellent wear and chemical resistance and an operating
nn ATEX certified
Rexnord Viva®
nn 12 Viva sizes
nn Up to 4,300 rpm
nn Split-in-half flex element design for efficient installation and replacement
nn Mounting hole patterns allow for a wide range of shaft gaps: from 6 to 300 mm
nn Non-lubricated and low-maintenance
nn Viva model features patented “V” notch design which provides uniform failure area for overload
protection
nn ATEX certified
Rexnord Autogard®
Torque Limiters
nn Protect equipment from damaging torque spikes and inertias
nn Instant and complete disengagement of the drive when overloaded
nn Adjustable, accurate, and repeatable torque setting
nn Reduced downtime due to quick and easy reset
nn Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset options
nn Torque ranges from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm +
nn PT Drive Components

56
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Sprockets
Fenner sprockets are available with either Taper Lock or pilot bored fixings and are
precision manufactured from fine grade steel. Sprockets are available in simplex, duplex
and triplex forms for sizes 05B to 20B.
nn Surface treated to reduce corrosion
nn Short-reach bushes on selected sizes - compact hubs
nn Hardened teeth on Taper Lock sprockets
Roller Chain and Sprockets
Fenner PLUS Roller Chain
High Performance Chain
Fenner PLUS chain has been designed to provide the optimum
combination of tensile strength, wear resistance and fatigue life.
Increased fatigue resistance
nn Shot peening of roller and side plates gives increased
fatigue resistance
nn Ball swaged side plate holes improve finish and combat
fatigue failure
nn Deep waisted side plates increase effective cross section
lowering fatigue
Fit and forget reliability
nn Preloaded to bed in all component parts
nn Final 100% quality check enabling you to simply fit and
forget
OKS Chain
and Drive
Spray
Product Ref:
OKS3751-
500ML
Also available
Sprocket Reworking Service
The ERIKS Power Transmission Technology Centre is pleased
to offer you a new in-house sprocket reworking service.
nn Stocking 3/8” to 3/4” pitch
simplex in preferred tooth
numbers**
nn Bored to H7 tolerance
nn B.S. keyway/grubscrew
nn Can be machined to drawing
Number
of teeth
Pitch
(Inches)
FixingForm Fenner Brand
5/8 D- 27T- TL -FEN

57
Power
Transmission
Lubrication Free Chain
The Greener Cleaner Option
Fenner PLUS Lubrication-Free roller chain utilises
sintered bush chain technology which negates the need
to pre-lubricate the chain for storage or running.
The porous bush is lightly impregnated with oil which gives the same
performance characteristics as lubricated chain without the need for
periodical applications of lubricant whilst the chain is in use.
This reduces risk to personnel as they don’t have to climb into
machines to lubricate product and reduces waste oil products
having to be recycled safely and legally.
Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain is an ideal solution for
situations where lubrication is difficult or contamination and fire
are serious potential problems.
nn Built-in lubrication – Fenner PLUS lubrication-free chain
has been specially manufactured to exacting standards and
features its own built-in lubrication
nn Using sintered bushes impregnated with oil, Fenner
lubrication-free chain can operate at up to 2.5m/sec, which
is more than twice that of composite bush chains
Dramatically Reduced Downtime
ERIKS were contacted by a large
pet food manufacturer, as they
were experiencing problems with
the roller chains on their pet food
conveyors.
The chains were failing after just
six months of use, and were also
contaminated with debris attracted by
excess oil which had been applied to
the products. Following a site visit and
after a lengthy technical discussion it
was recommended that Fenner PLUS
lubrication-free roller chain would be the
best solution. Not only would this negate
the need for costly and time consuming
maintenance procedures, it would save the
customer the expense of recycling the oil
based lubricant after use.
100 metres were subsequently trialled,
and a year later are still performing! The
end user is delighted not only with the
enhanced performance, but also with
the lube-free benefits using this product
resulting in an environmentally friendly
factory. All conveyor lines have been and
will continue to be fitted with Fenner
PLUS lubrication-free roller chain.

58
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Adapted Chain
EXTENDED PINS
K1 K2 M1 M2
163 164 563 564
Circlip Type Plain Duplex Pin
Fenner PLUS Adapted Chain
Fenner PLUS adapted chain builds on the heritage and engineering
experience of the Fenner product range by optimising the benefits
of performance enhancing features which work together to give
Fenner PLUS chain the optimum combination of tensile strength,
wear resistance and fatigue life.
nn Enhanced performance in hostile environments
nn Solid rollers manufactured to achieve high surface hardness
nn Shot peened plates for increased fatigue resistance and
extended chain life
3 Simple Steps to an Adapted Solution
Determine your adapted chain requirement using our simple adapted chain enquiry form and pass to your
ERIKS representative
Our engineering team will assess and quote for your requirements
We will assemble and deliver your adapted chain swiftly and efficiently so that you can enjoy the market
leading benefits of Fenner PLUS adapted chain3
Everything You Need
nn Carbon and stainless steel variants
nn British (BS) and American (ANSI) standard
specification
nn Simplex and duplex
nn K and M attachments
nn Extended pin variants
nn Hollow pin variants
nn Matched lengths available
48 HourAdapted Chain
Service

59
Power
Transmission
When the Industry Moves, Rexnord is the Preferred Choice.
www.rexnord.com
When it comes to providing highly engineered products that improve productivity and efficiency
for industrial applications worldwide, Rexnord is the most reliable in the industry.
From durable products like plastic bottles, to a more delicate product like a bag of chips, Rexnord
works to ensure the sustainability of your product through production and distribution.
Our commitment to customer satisfaction and superior value extends to every area of our business.

60
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Renold Performance Chain
www.renold.com/synergy
To find out how Renold Synergy can
enhance your productivity, call us on;
Tel: +44 (0)161 498 4600
Email: synergy@renold.com
• Unbeatable wear
and fatigue resistance
• Withstands shock
loadings better than any
other standard chain
• Reduced initial wear
• Productivity improves
with Renold Synergy
Renold Synergy is the only high performance transmission chain on the market
LASTS 3 TIMES
LONGER IN WEAR THAN
YOUR CURRENT CHAIN OR
YOUR NEXT CHAIN IS FREE
3XXXX Renold Synergy Ad 210x280 v1_Layout 1 25/07/2012 10:43 Page 1
www.renold.com/attachmentchain
Contact ERIKS, your Renold
authorised distributor
on 0845 006 6000
Attachment Chain from Renold.
Attachment chain requires excellent
service; prompt quoting, rapid
availability and quick delivery.
39269 Renold ERIKS A4 ATTACHMENT Advert.indd 1 30/04/2013 09:56

61
Power
Transmission
Synergy Chain
If lubrication’s a problem – here’s the solution! Designed around unique Renold
technology, these chains set a new benchmark for chain performance with little or no
lubrication. Offering real improvements in working life, thanks to outstanding wear and
fatigue resistance, the range covers both small and large pitch sizes and is dimensionally
interchangeable with standard chains. Using food industry-approved lubricant within
the sintered bush, they have an ISO standard pin diameter, and therefore standard
attachments on the outer links.
nn Large and small pitch sizes
nn No lubrication normally required
nn Totally dry to the touch
nn Nickel-plated plates
nn Excellent corrosion resistance
nn Unique food industry-approved
roller coating
nn Dimensionally interchangeable
with standard chain
nn ISO standard pin diameter
Part No ISO Ref Pitch (inch) Box Qty (ft)
110438-10FT-REN 06B-1 3/8 10
110446-10FT-REN 08B-1 1/2 10
110456-10FT-REN 10B-1 5/8 10
110466-10FT-REN 12B-1 3/4 10
110488-10FT-REN 16B-1 1 10
Syno Chain
The only true high performance roller chain on the market! This isn’t our verdict, but that
of engineers around the world, who consistently report that these superb products offer
excellent wear and fatigue resistance, and exceptional working life.
Its performance which results from years of research and development to deliver
a product which is quite simply the most reliable of its kind.
nn Backed by the Synergy Wear Life Guarantee
nn Unbeatable wear resistance delivers maximum productivity
nn Special platinum-coloured connecting link for easy
identification and fast disconnect
nn Unique end-softened pins for quick and easy cutting
to length – without damaging the rest of the chain
nn High resistance to shock loading
110038-25FT-REN 06B-1 3/8 25
110046-25FT-REN 08B-1 1/2 25
110056-25FT-REN 10B-1 5/8 25
110066-25FT-REN 12B-1 3/4 25
110088-10FT-REN 16B-1 1 10
110106-10FT-REN 20B-1 1.1/4 10
110127-10FT-REN 24B-1 1.1/2 10
114038-25FT-REN 06B-2 3/8 25
114046-25FT-REN 08B-2 1/2 25
114056-25FT-REN 10B-2 5/8 25
114066-25FT-REN 12B-2 3/4 25
114088-10FT-REN 16B-2 1 10
114106-10FT-REN 20B-2 1.1/4 10
114127-10FT-REN 24B-2 1.1/2 10
116038-25FT-REN 06B-3 3/8 25
116046-25FT-REN 08B-3 1/2 25
116056-25FT-REN 10B-3 5/8 25
116066-25FT-REN 12B-3 3/4 25
116088-10FT-REN 16B-3 1 10
116106-10FT-REN 20B-3 1.1/4 10
116127-10FT-REN 24B-3 1.1/2 10
The biggest
single innovation in
power transmission
technology since
Renold invented
the bush roller
chain
Wear
resistance and
performance
without
equal

62
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Renold Special Chain
on 0845 006 6000
on 0845 006 6000

63
Power
Transmission
Renold Hydro-Service chain delivers superior corrosion resistance,
lasting as much as 30 times longer than standard carbon steel in
applications that have to deal with water or salt spray.
Renold Stainless Steel chain should be slected when resistance to
chemical action is critical. Ideal for use in food processing.
Renold Sovereign
Renold Stainless Steel
Renold Hydro-Service
110846-25FT-REN 08B-1 1/2 25
110856-25FT-REN 10B-1 5/8 25
110866-25FT-REN 12B-1 3/4 25
110888-10FT-REN 16B-1 1 10
185118-10FT-REN 05B-1 5/16 10
185302-10FT-REN 06B-1 3/8 10
181707-10FT-REN 08B-1 1/2 10
180280-10FT-REN 10B-1 5/8 10
185634-10FT-REN 12B-1 3/4 10
187900-10FT-REN 16B-1 1 10
530038-10FT-REN 06B-1 3/8 10
530046-10FT-REN 08B-1 1/2 10
530056-10FT-REN 10B-1 5/8 10
530066-10FT-REN 12B-1 3/4 10
530088-10FT-REN 16B-1 1 10
530106-10FT-REN 20B-1 1.1/4 10
530127-10FT-REN 24B-1 1.1/2 10
114846-25FT-REN 08B-2 1/2 25
114856-25FT-REN 10B-2 5/8 25
114866-25FT-REN 12B-2 3/4 25
114888-10FT-REN 16B-2 1 10
185122-10FT-REN 06B-2 3/8 10
185125-10FT-REN 08B-2 1/2 10
185126-10FT-REN 10B-2 5/8 10
185127-10FT-REN 12B-2 3/4 10
185128-10FT-REN 16B-2 1 10
534038-10FT-REN 06B-2 3/8 10
534046-10FT-REN 08B-2 1/2 10
534056-10FT-REN 10B-2 5/8 10
534066-10FT-REN 12B-2 3/4 10
534088-10FT-REN 16B-2 1 10
534106-10FT-REN 20B-2 1.1/4 10
534127-10FT-REN 24B-2 1.1/2 10
Renold Sovereign is the perfect solution for abrasive environments where dirt and dust
ingress is commonplace. Renold Sovereign offers up to 4 times longer wear life, reduces
pin wear, and is suitable for high speed or heavy load applications.

64
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Accessories, Drives and Rollers
Chain Pin Extractor
Do you have to grind chain to cut it? Renold
makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold
Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless, it
takes just seconds and there’s no mess.
Chain Wear Guide
You can use a simple wear guide to identify when your chain
has reached the point when it needs to be replaced. Running
a worn chain will reduce efficiency, accelerate the wearing
of sprocket teeth and increase operational noise. The Renold
Chain Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and
improve maintenance.
www.chainwearguide.com
Chain Pin Extractor
Do you have to grind chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using
it takes just seconds and there’s no mess.
www.renoldpinextractor.com
Renold Chain Selector
The new Chain Selector from Renold has been launched, making it even eas
to specify the right transmission chain for the job. You can quickly and easil
generate a selection, alter parameters to include environmental factors like
corrosion or lubrication and even allow for applications with shock loads.
www.renoldchainselector.com
Chain Wear Guide
You can use a simple wear guide to identify when
your chain has reached the point when it needs
to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce
efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth
and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain
Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension
and improve maintenance.
ar Guide
ple wear guide to identify when your chain
oint when it needs to be replaced. Running
reduce efficiency, accelerate the wearing
and increase operational noise. The Renold
helps you to measure chain extension and
ance.
earguide.com
Extractor
nd chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless,
ds and there’s no mess.
inextractor.com
hain Selector
ector from Renold has been launched, making it even easier
t transmission chain for the job. You can quickly and easily
on, alter parameters to include environmental factors like
ation and even allow for applications with shock loads.
hainselector.com
Renold Klik-Top polymer
block chain
Renold Klik-Top polymer block chain is a modern alternative
to conventional polymer block chain. If you need to remove
a Klik-Top block it’s easy, no need to disassemble the chain.
Renold: making life easier!
www.kliktopchain.com
ndd 1 30/04/2013 09:53
Renold Chain
Selector
The new Chain Selector from Renold has been
launched, making it even easier to specify the right
transmission chain for the job. You can quickly
and easily generate a selection, alter parameters
to include environmental factors like corrosion or
lubrication and even allow for applications with
shock loads. www.renoldchainselector.com
r Guide
e wear guide to identify when your chain
nt when it needs to be replaced. Running
duce efficiency, accelerate the wearing
d increase operational noise. The Renold
elps you to measure chain extension and
ce.
rguide.com
xtractor
d chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless,
and there’s no mess.
extractor.com
Renold Klik-Top polymer
block chain
Renold Klik-Top polymer block chain is a modern alternative
to conventional polymer block chain. If you need to remove
a Klik-Top block it’s easy, no need to disassemble the chain.
Renold: making life easier!
www.kliktopchain.com
Renold Klik-Top
Polymer Block Chain
You can use a simple wear guide to identify when
your chain has reached the point when it needs
to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce
efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth
and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain
Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension
and improve maintenance.

65
Power
Transmission
Premiun efficiency IE3 and Super
Premium efficiency IE4
Lower total operational costs
Energy saving
Versatile, robust design
Reduced noise
W22 IE3 Premium Efficiency
and IE4 Super Premium
Efficiency- Cast Iron Range
High efficiency and low cost of ownership
throughout the entire motor lifetime have
been the basis for the W22 development.
Available with outputs from 0.12 to 500kW
in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.
W21 - Aluminium Range
Offering improved thermal dissipation
with a lower overall weight than cast iron,
the aluminium frame is suitable for most
industrial environments.
Available with outputs from 0.12 to 11kW
in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.
High efficiency IE2 and Premium
Efficiency IE3
Multi-mounting
Class F insulation system
IP55 protection
Suitable for inverter duty applications
W22X IE3 Premium Efficiency
and IE4 Super Premium
Efficiency - Flameproof Range
Although not yet included within the EU
MEPS, the W22X is available at both IE3
Premium efficiency and IE4 Super Premium
efficiency rating
Available with outputs from 0.12 to 1,600
kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.
Premium efficiency IE3 and Super
Premium efficiency IE4
Low total operational costs
EXd rated for explosive atmospheres
Suitable for Zones 1 and 2 ; Zone 21
and 22 certified
IIC group certified
WEG IE3 and IE4: equipping you to meet
tomorrow’s industrial challenges
With changing statutory standards and rising energy costs, efficient motor performance will be one of your
biggest priorities. As a world-leader in the design and manufacture of industrial motors, our focus is not only on
helping you to meet new IE3 standards, but to exceed them, with our new W22 IE4 range, giving greater savings
with WEG quality.

66
Know-How
Power
Transmission
86
POWER
TRANSMISSION
Drives and Rollers
Workshops offering repair or replacement
Attention
T H E H E A R T O F C O N V E Y O R T E C H N O L O G Y
D R I V E S A N D R O L L E R S
The Interroll Group is one of the world's leading
manufacturers of key products for unit load
handling systems, internal logistics and
automation.
Interroll UK has recently strengthened its position
to offer customers an all embracing drive solution
that includes professional consulting services, a
product portfolio for drum drive technology and
conveying components, with the assurance of a
dedicated repair and servicing department
geared to promptly respond to your needs.
• Motorised Drums 80mm - 217mm Dia.
• Synchronous Drum Motors 82mm -113mm Dia
• Drives for all makes of modular belts
• Zone Controlled RollerDrives
• Gravity Rollers
• Fixed Friction Drive Rollers
• 50mm Dia Magnetic Speed Controller
• Tapered Rollers
• Conveyor Wheels
• Omniwheels Ball Transfer Units
• Roller Tracks
• Pallet Drives / Rollers
Interroll Drives and Rollers

67
Power
Transmission
86
POWER
TRANSMISSION
Drives and Rollers
Workshops offering repair or replacement
Attention
T H E H E A R T O F C O N V E Y O R T E C H N O L O G Y
D R I V E S A N D R O L L E R S
The Interroll Group is one of the world's leading
manufacturers of key products for unit load
handling systems, internal logistics and
automation.
Interroll UK has recently strengthened its position
to offer customers an all embracing drive solution
that includes professional consulting services, a
product portfolio for drum drive technology and
conveying components, with the assurance of a
dedicated repair and servicing department
geared to promptly respond to your needs.
• Motorised Drums 80mm - 217mm Dia.
• Synchronous Drum Motors 82mm -113mm Dia
• Drives for all makes of modular belts
• Zone Controlled RollerDrives
• Gravity Rollers
• Fixed Friction Drive Rollers
• 50mm Dia Magnetic Speed Controller
• Tapered Rollers
• Conveyor Wheels
• Omniwheels Ball Transfer Units
• Roller Tracks
• Pallet Drives / Rollers
DRIVE FOR THE NEXT GENERATION_Layout 1 26/05/2017 11:14 Page 1
Interroll Drum Motors
Drive for the next generation
The new generation of Drum Motors with fully modular synchronous and
asynchronous design are engineered for high performance and longevity,
and to meet stringent hygiene requirements.
nn Modular platform strategy available with an 80-mm diameter
nn Easier to plan and implement user-specific material-handling solutions
nn Stronger shafts and ball bearings guarantee a long service life
nn Robust planetary gears make it possible to transfer high levels of torque to conveyor
belts efficiently and quietly
nn A greater speed range achieve throughput requirements precisely
nn Short and reliable delivery times
nn Offer high energy efficiencies compared to alternative drive systems, cutting
operating costs further
Ultra-hygienic belt drive
nn New generation Drum Motors with protection class IP69K, meet the highest
hygiene requirements
nn Makes cleaning the facility much faster and easier
nn Reducs the risk of product contamination in the food processing area
nn The PTFE-sealing allows a high pressure cleaning with chemicals according to
ECOLAB Specifications
Pioneering drive solutions
In pioneering drive solutions for modular plastic belt conveyors Interroll utilises a range
of purpose designed, food quality FDA approved profiled rubber and PU lagging,
and stainless steel or polymeric sprockets. To provide maximum flexibility of speed
and control, all Interroll Drum Motors can be connected with most types of frequency
inverters.
Continuous Development Growth
An important element of Interroll’s Group strategy is its commitment to
developing and refining intelligent products that allow our customers to
save space, energy and delivers a fast return on investment.
nn Magnetic Speed Controller MSC 50 - the new patented Interroll MSC 50
provides the optimal technical solution for controlling descending product speeds
on gravity conveyors with materials weighing from 0.5 kg to a maximum of 35 kg.
nn Interroll RollerDrive - a 24 VDC brushless motor integrated in a
conveyor roller provides the most energy efficient all-purpose drive employed
with controllers in automated conveyor technology.
Interroll Drum Motors are available with a wide range of voltages, powers,
speeds, high torque motors, accessories and many other options.

68
Know-How
Power
Transmission
W Flameproof Range
Brook Crompton’s flameproof motors are designated
Ex db (eb) flameproof and are designed for operation in
Zone 1 hazardous areas. They comply with all relevant national
and international standards. They are of a rugged cast iron
construction to withstand an internal explosion.
Outputs range from 0.37kW to 200kW with smaller
or larger outputs on request.
Standard motors are suitable for applications classified T4, in
addition, T5 and T6 can be supplied, although this may involve
reduced outputs.
Special build options:
nn Ex db eb IIB or IIC
nn Group I mining
nn Special shaft dimensions
nn Special voltage
nn Low starting torque
nn Offshore
nn Roller bearing
nn plus many more
Special build options:
nn Multi-speed
nn Encoder
nn Force ventilated (IC416)
nn Brake/brake kit friendly
(aluminium range, frames
63-132 only)
nn Special shaft/special flange
dimensions
nn Special paint
nn Special voltage
nn Roller bearing
nn Low starting torque
nn Marine
nn Hoist/crane duty
nn Fumex (smoke extraction)
nn plus many more
W Range
The Brook Crompton W motor range is a high quality, high variant
product with outputs from 0.07kW to 400kW in frame sizes 80
to 355L (for cast iron range) and WU-DA63S to WU-DA180L
(aluminium range). They are suitable for use within a diverse
range of applications from food and drink, china clay production
to water and sewage.
From roller table drives to refrigeration. Many applications often
have adverse operating conditions including repeated starting
and occasional overloading; the ‘W’ range is well suited to these
situations. A virtual “go anywhere” motor that has a full three year
guarantee.
Some of the benefits of aluminium over cast iron, include, high
resistance to corrosion and atmospheric attack (except chlorine,
salt-laden or sulphuric acid) and the fact that aluminium is
approximately one third the weight of cast iron.
The clear choice for the UK
Multi-Mount...
By simply changing the position of the feet, the user is able to
obtain right, left or top mounted terminal box positions and by
removing the standard endshield you can change it for a flange
or face version.
Brook Crompton Motors

69
Power
Transmission
FM:3 Series Motors
Premium Efficiency (IE3) Motors
Built to exacting standards the FM:3 range offers a
rugged, feature packed design delivering an energy
efficient, robust solution.
Designed to give the user both operational excellence and a lower
Total Cost of Ownership throughout its life cycle.
nn 60 to 315 frame all multi-mount design
nn All motors fitted with thermistors terminated in the terminal box
nn High quality 63 series bearings from major European
manufacturers
nn Re-greaseable bearings on 180 frame and above with
button type grease nipple
nn Drive end bearings fixed
nn Two external earth fixings on all frames
nn Spring lip seals standard on both drive end and none drive end
nn B14 and B5 flanges are fitted with lip seals for use on wet
gearboxes
nn Large Terminal box with two cable entries
nn Symmetrical design allowing the terminal box to be moved
towards the fan cowl
nn Two lifting eye bolts that are moveable
Options Available
nn Electro-mechanical Brake Kits
nn Encoders for speed and positional feedback
nn Force Ventilation Fan kits for wide speed range operation
with inverter control
nn Rain Canopies for vertical, shaft down mounting
nn Bearing changes to suit different applications and moutning
arrangements
Efficiency Built-In as Standard
A large building products
manufacturer recognised the demand
electric motors put on their electrical
energy consumption and set about
taking steps to tackle the issue.
Total cost of ownership has now become
the deciding factor for their choice of
electric motors and the Fenner FM:3 IE3
range ticks all the boxes when it comes
to energy efficiency and TCO.
On a 37kW motor installation that had failed
it was calculated that the existing EFF2
machine would consume over 1.84 million
kW hours over a 10 year period which
equated to 988 tonnes of CO2
emissions.
The same application fitted with a Fenner
IE3 motor would use 1.76 million kW
hours, a saving of 80,000 kW hours and
therefore a significant reduction in running
cost over it’s life cycle with the Fenner IE3
motor also reducing CO2
emissions by 43
tonnes to 945.
With the added benefit of qualification
for the UK Enhanced Capital Allowance
scheme and the realization of the scrap
value of the existing motor the payback
period for choosing Fenner IE3 over lower
efficiency options was less than 6 months.
IEC 60034-30
International
Efficiency Code
EFF1
EFF2
EFF3
IE4
IE3
IE2
IE1
0.75 - 375kW 1000v
2, 4 6 pole
Efficiency Standards
Electric Motors

70
Know-How
Power
Transmission
CALL: 0845 006 6000
VISIT: ERIKS.CO.UK
REPAIR OR REPLACE?
CALCULATING THE COST
When a motor fails, the priority is to
get production back online – and that
is always ERIKS’ priority too.
But either at the time of failure or
later, ERIKS know-how and the
ERIKS Total Cost of Ownership (TCO)
online calculator can help you decide
whether you have more options for a
longer-term, added value solution
TOTAL COST OF
OWNERSHIP
The calculator uses basic data about
your current motor and application:
n Existing motor efficiency grade
n Motor power and speed
n Annual operation hours
n Motor running load
n Type of failure
From this the Total Cost of Ownership
tool calculates a number of factors
including:
n Annual running cost
n Carbon footprint (CO2 tonnes/annum)
n Energy usage (kWh)
It then extrapolates these figures to
provide the cost – over any term from
one year to twenty – of repairing and
running the existing motor, and of
replacing it with a minimum efficiency,
or premium efficiency motor.
The calculation even takes into account
the Enhanced Capital Allowance claim
value and the end-of-life scrap value,
to give you a set of figures to help you
make a fully-informed repair, replace or
upgrade decision.

71
Power
Transmission
Inverters
Optional LED or
OLED (IP55 IP66)
DIN Rail Mount
(IP20)
Cable
Management
High Quality
Long-life Fans
Convenient
Help Card
Pluggable
Terminals
+
QD:Neo Inverters
Constant Torque 0.75kW - 200kW
Fenner QD:Neo offers the perfect
combination of high performance
and ease of use, providing a
solid solution for even the most
demanding applications.
Fenner QD:Neo is suitable for use with
both standard induction and permanent
magnet motors.
High Performance
nn Sensorless Vector Control:
nn Up to 200% torque from 0 speed
ensures reliable starting and accurate
speed control
nn PM Motor Control future proof:
nn Can be upgraded to the latest high
efficiency permanent magnet motors
nn I/O Communications: Fenner
QD:Neo supports a wide range of
machine control systems interfaces
Key Features
nn Just 14 basic parameters
nn Pluggable control terminals
nn Internal RFI filter complies with the
latest EMC standards
nn Up to 32kHz Output Switching
Frequency gives ultra quiet motor
operation
nn Integral Brake Transistor
nn Modbus and CANopen as standard
nn IP20, IP55 IP66 enclosures
nn Bluetooth compatible Q-Stick for fast,
accurate repeat programming
Applications
nn Cranes
nn Compressors
nn Winding
nn Mixers
nn Packaging
nn Conveyors
nn Hoists
nn Extruders
nn Crushers
nn Cutting
Safe Torque Off Function
The Fenner QD:Neo features a safe
torque off function, as standard,
to allow simple integration into
machine critical safety circuits.
nn Faster shut down and reset procedures
reduce system maintenance time
nn Better safety standard compared to
mechanical solution
nn Better motor connection, single cable with
no interruption

72
Know-How
Power
Transmission
72 Inverters
Optional LED or
OLED (IP55 IP66)
Spin Start Hand Auto
Belt Break
Detection
Bluetooth Q:Stick
Programming
+
High Quality
Long-life Fans
QD:Flow Inverters
Variable Torque 0.75kW - 200kW
The Fenner QD:Flow sets a new
standard for dedicated fan and
pump control whilst retaining the
ease of use you come to expect
from Fenner inverters.
Fenner QD:Flow has an innovative design,
combined with robust performance to
provide powerful flow control and reliability
in a compact drive.
Designed for HVAC
nn Energy optimisation
nn Energy monitoring
nn Built in pump cascade control
nn Multiple fan operation
nn Resonance avoidance
Key Features
nn 14 basic parameters
nn Internal RFI filter
nn Belt brake detection
nn Anti-ragging function
nn Fire-mode
nn Spin start
nn Bypass mode
nn BACnet and Modbus RTU as
standard
nn Maintenance interval timer
nn Multi-language OLED display
nn Intelligent standby
Dedicated to optimising efficiency
The Fenner QD:Flow has been
designed to optimise efficiency in
pumping and HVAC systems.
nn Multiple fan operation
nn Fire override mode
nn Stairwell pressurisation
nn PID Control
Applications
nn Industrial
nn Domestic
nn Airports
nn Hospitals
nn Kitchens
nn Offices
nn Hotels
nn Conference
Centres
nn Swimming
Pools
nn Additional
Buildings

73
Power
Transmission
QD:Evo Inverters
Easy to Use 0.37kW - 11.0kW
The Fenner QD:Evo is a value
packed basic drive ideally suited for
low power applications that require
“best in class” purchase value.
Operating from a small space-saving
envelope the QD:Evo is fast to set up,
simple to use and suitable for most
applications.
High Performance
nn Easy to install
nn Simple keypad control
nn 50°C ambient rating for hot, tough
applications
nn Free lifetime technical support
nn Energy optimisng function
Key Features
nn Simple commissioning, 12 basic
parameter settings, default settings
suitable for most applications
nn Internal RFI filter for full EMC
compliance
nn Modbus RTU allows easy integration
with your control and monitoring
systems
nn Compact enclosures help minimise
your space requirements
nn Brake chopper on sizes 2 3,
dynamic and compact options with
heatsink mounted resistor.
nn High overload capacity, 150%
overload for 60 seconds and 170%
overload for 2 seconds
Applications
nn Cranes
nn Compressors
nn Winding
nn Mixers
nn Packaging
nn Conveyors
nn Hoists
nn Extruders
nn Crushers
nn Cutting
Q-Stick for fast programming
For fast,
accurate repeat
programming.
nn Upload/download buttons allow for fast
copying of parameters between drives
nn Infra-red and bluetooth communications
capability provides remote control
convenience
nn Can be programmed by PDA/smart phone
Q:Stick
Programming
DIN Rail Mount
(IP20)
Optional Braking
Resistor
EMC Varistor
Disconnect
Convenient
Help Card
Need Sah to check

74
Know-How
Power
Transmission
Taper-Grip
™
Bushes
The unique Taper-Grip bush locking
system allows Fenner SMSRs to
be secured to the driven shaft
overcoming the difficulties that can
be experienced with other methods
of mounting – particularly in corrosive
environments.
Transmits 300% more torque and
accommodates shaft tolerance to h11.
nn Resistant to fretting corrosion
nn Allows easy removal of gear unit
nn Wide selection of metric and
imperial bush sizes available
nn Requires no key
SMSR PowerPLUS
Shaft Mounted Speed Reducer
Precision gearing with increased face width allows the Power
PLUS range of SMSR units to operate within smaller gear cases
than many of its rivals. The modular cases design allows the unit
to be mounted in a number of ways.
nn Compact design – reduced gear case size
nn Modular case design, variety of mounting options
nn Easy-fit, up-rated Taper-Grip bush option
nn Easy fit backstops available
nn Comprehensive output speeds available with a simple
Fenner belt drive.
nn Extended manufacturer’s warranty
nn Quick and simple upgrade
nn New extra sizes in the range
nn Quicker installation and removal, no keyways
nn Flange mounting holes machined on both faces as standard
nn Full mounting flexibility for any application
Available in
nn Power ratings up to 250kW/ 44,000Nm
nn Ratio range; 5:1, 13:1 and 25:1
The Fenner SMSR excels in harsh environments such as
quarries and as such is used extensively across a wide range of
applications in arduous environments worldwide.
The UK’s leading shaft mounted drive gives you
a 50% increase in power-to-weight ratio for a
compact drive solution.
50% Better, 100% Fenner
Speed Reducers and Gearboxes

75
Power
Transmission
Fenner Cyclo
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)
Size Shaft ø Shaft length Footprint Shaft height
606 14 (k6) 30 60 x 120 80
607 20 (k6) 40 60 x 120 80
608 25 (k6) 50 75 x 120 90
609 25 (k6) 50 90 x 150 100
610 30 (k6) 60 90 x 150 100
611 35 (k6) 70 90 x 150 120
612 35 (k6) 70 115 x 190 120
613 50 (k6) 100 145 x 290 150
614 50 (k6) 100 145 x 290 150
616 60 (h6) 90 150 x 370 160
614 70 (h6) 90 275 x 380 200
618 80 (h6) 110 320 x 420 220
619 95 (h6) 135 380 x 480 250
Fenner Series W
Size Centres Standard Base to Footprint Flange
bore centre options
740 25 11 35 34 x 45 75
741 30 14 40 44 x 54 80
742 40 18 50 60 x 70 110
742 40 18 50 60 x 70 120
742 40 18 50 60 x 70 140
743 50 25 60 70 x 80 125
743 50 25 60 70 x 80 145
743 50 25 60 70 x 80 160
744 63 25 72 85 x 100 160
744 63 25 72 85 x 100 180
744 63 25 72 85 x 100 200
745 75 28 86 90 x 120 160
745 75 28 86 90 x 120 200
746 90 35 103 100 x 140 200
746 90 35 103 100 x 140 210
746 90 35 103 100 x 140 250
747 105 42 127.5 115 x 170 280
749 130 45 147.5 120 x 200 320
A modern modular designed aluminium worm box available in a
vast range of sizes and ratios for cost-effective solutions.
nn Dimensionally interchangeable with the market leaders
nn Versatile mounting
nn Excellent mechanical strength whilst being especially
lightweight
nn Accepts standard IEC electric motors
The revolutionary design of the Cyclo discs offers smooth and
silent operation and excellent resistance to overloads. Extremely high
ratios can be achieved within a very small envelope offering high
efficiency in a very compact package.
nn High overload capacity up to 500% and high efficiency, even at
high reduction ratios
nn Compact size and reduced noise level
nn High reliability with 2 years warranty
nn Exceptional life compared to other types of gearing
Cyclo
Cyclodial Gearbox
Series W
Worm Gearbox
Fenner Gearboxes

76
Know-How
Power
Transmission
76
Fenner Series M
860 20 (k6) 40 110 x 110 75
801 25 (k6) 50 130 x 110 90
861 25 (k6) 50 130 x 110 90
802 30 (k6) 60 165 x 135 115
862 35 (k6) 70 165 x 135 115
803 35 (k6) 70 195 x 150 130
863 40 (k6) 80 205 x 170 140
864 50 (k6) 100 260 x 215 180
865 60 (m6) 120 310 x 250 225
866 70 (m6) 140 370 x 290 250
867 90 (m6) 170 410 x 340 265
Fenner Series C
Size Standard Alternate Shaft Footprint* Flange
bore bore height* ø
870 20 H7 NA 80 90 x 63 120/160
871 30 H7 25 H7 100 100 x 80 160
872 35 H7 30 H7 110 110 x 100 200
873 45 H7 40 H7 130 130 x 130 200
874 60 H7 50 H7 180 150 x 100 250
875 70 H7 60 H7 225 200 x 120 350
876 90 H7 70 H7 280 250 x 135 450
877 100 H7 80 H7 335 300 x 150 450
Modern design techniques and high quality components enable
the Fenner®
Series C helical worm gear unit to outperform any
other Gearbox in terms of lowest cost/Nm. The Series C right
angle range provides a highly efficient and compact solution to
meet most requirements.
nn Right angled
nn Up to 10,000Nm
nn 8:1 to 60,000:1 ratios
nn Foot, flange or shaft mounting
nn DryFit, sealed gear-head
nn Standard IEC motor connection
*These dimensions include additional mounting feet not supplied with the standard unit but
available as an accessory on sizes 870, 871, 872 and 873.
The innovative Fenner®
Series M Coaxial Gearbox is the culmination
of many years of expertise. Designed to be utilised in a wide variety
of situations it combines high load carrying capacity with high
efficiency and reliability and is manufactured using the highest
quality materials and components.
nn In-Line
nn Up to 11,000Nm
nn Foot or flange mounting
Series M
Coaxial Gearbox
Series C
Helical Worm
Gearbox
Fenner Gearboxes
Gearboxes

77
Power
Transmission
Fenner Series K
890 30 180 110 x 100 100
891 35 200 130 x 120 112
892 40 250 130 x 130 132
893 40 250 120 x 140 140
894 50 300 150 x 165 180
895 60 350 180 x 180 212
896 70 450 240 x 240 265
897 80 450 280 x 270 315
898 100 450 350 x 330 375
Fenner Series F
Size Bore ø Shaft* Off-set Torque Flange
restraint options
780 25 – 96 ø15 – 140mm* 160
781 30 25 x 47 121 ø15 – 158mm* 160
782 35 30 x 56 121 ø15 – 170mm* 160
783 40 35 x 66 144 ø15 – 198mm* 250
784 40 40 x 76 165 ø15 – 218mm* 250
785 50 50 x 95 200 ø24 – 278mm* 300
786 60 60 x 114 243 ø24 – 346mm* 350
787 70 70 x 135 274 ø27 – 395mm* 450
788 80 90 x 172 332 ø27 – 485mm* 450
789 90 90 x 170 385 ø26 – 485mm* 550
790 100 110 x 210 414 ø33 – 550mm* 650
The newly improved Fenner®
Series F range is primarily designed
as a shaft mounted unit incorporating an integral torque
reaction bracket. This compact range of parallel shaft mounted
geared motors and speed reducers offer high efficiency and
interchangeability with other leading brands.
nn Parallel off-set
nn Up to 16,500Nm
nn 4.5:1 to 5,700:1 ratios
nn Flange or shaft mounting
The Series K range incorporates all Fenner’s core design features
in a highly efficient yet flexible bevel helical drive. With high load
carrying capabilities and increased efficiency over worm units, the
right angled Series K range is proven to save energy
and reduce running costs.
nn Right angled
nn Up to 12,300Nm
nn Foot, flange or shaft mounting
Series F
Helical Gearbox
Series K
Helical Bevel
Gearbox
* From centre

78
Know-How
Power
Transmission
MVSS Stainless Steel
Electric Vibrator
MVCC DC Electric Vibrator
it lole in
 all neac Vibrator VHE5 Eternal Hydralic
Vibrator
 rbine neac Vibrator Vibrators wit in centres
to sit alternae aes
MVSI-R olised Alini
Electric Vibrator
 neac Vibrator
VIBRATECHNIQUES LTD
20 Cecil asley ay, Sorea Airport, Sorea by Sea, est Ssse. N43 5
elepone: 01274 430977 a: 01273 430978
Eail: sales@ibtec.co eb: www.ibtec.co
T U   
78 Vibration Solutions

FLUID POWER, TRANSFER
AND CONTROL
Why should you partner with ERIKS? One compelling
reason is that we offer you fast, cost-effective access to
an extensive range of world-leading brands. But this is
far from all.
Our exceptional product know-how, coupled with our range of
in-house application engineers, means that we are ideally
positioned to provide solutions based on a true understanding
of your needs. Solutions which make a real difference to your
business.
Pneumatics
Compact Cylinders 83
Push-in Fittings 84-85
Air Preparation 86-87
Valves 88-91
Cylinders and Actuators 93
Suction Cups 95
Safety Valves 96-97
Vacuum Pumps 98
Hydraulics
Hydraulics Course 100
Lifeguard Sleeves 101
Self Assembly Starter Kits 102
High Pressure Hoses and Couplings 103-104
Hose Assemblies and Components 105
Components and Fittings 106-108
EMB Fittings 108
Adaptors 109-110
Hydraulic Accessories 111-112
Oil Transfer Units 113
Ball Valves 114
Bladder Accumulators 115
Hydraulic Valves and Cylinders 116-119
Repair, Replace Solutions 120-122
Filtration
Fluid Filters 124-125
Water Filters 125-126
Panel and Bag Filter 128-129
Fluid Level Gauges 130-131
Filtration Solutions 133
Industrial Hoses
Commodity Hose and Clips 136-137
Metal Hose 138-139
Camlocks and Bellows 140-141
Rubber Hose 142
Steam Hose 143
Food and Beverage Hose 144
Chemical and Pharmaceutical Hose 145
Industrial Hose Reels and Cable Reels 146
126-127 89-9182-88 100-105, 108
130-131 113,124-125
95, 98
133 138-139, 142-144 146
92-94 115-119
106-107, 120 96-97 128-129
79
Quick reference
Visit us at eriks-techdirect.co.uk

80
FLUID POWER,
TRANSFER AND CONTROL
ERIKS technical expertise and product knowledge, together
with strong partnerships with the leading names in Fluid
Power, Transfer and Control means we can offer you the
right solution for your application, regardless of
manufacturer or brand.
We also take a holistic approach to your problems, which looks
beyond the products to the process, the application and the project
as a whole. The result is the most cost-effective, most reliable
solution.
Compressed Air
Savings Programme
A systematic approach
to compressed air
management could result
in significant cost savings -
up to 70%
„„ Compressed air audits
„„ Design, build and installation
„„ On-site oil sampling and analysis
„„ Commodity management
„„ Hydraulic repairs
„„ Hose assemblies
Know-How

FLUID POWER,
TRANSFER AND CONTROL
81
PNEUMATICS
As the UK’s largest distributor of
pneumatic products, we stock a
comprehensive range, and real-time
visibility, from the world’s leading
manufacturers.
Our application know-how means we
can supply complete solutions, giving us
the ability to configure parts and provide
modular assembled products – enabling
cost effective customisation to your
requirements.
„„ Control valves and actuators
„„ Air preparation equipment
„„ Push-in and compression fittings
„„ Compression fittings
„„ Quick Release Couplings
HYDRAULICS
At ERIKS we have the skills and services
to help you ensure your hydraulic systems
and equipment are always running at
optimum efficiency.
INDUSTRIAL HOSE
As one of the UK’s leading Industrial
Hose specialists, our technical Know-how
is relied upon to solve a wide range of
challenges that our customers face across
all industries.
Our team of in-house technical specialists
can provide you with support to help you
select the correct hose specification for
your application.
„„ Wide range of hoses from Metallic to
Silicone
„„ Bellows and fittings
„„ Pre-manufactured assemblies
„„ Hose testing and management
„„ Hose tagging
Whatever you’re looking for, from a single
product, through repair and refurbishment
services, to end-to-end system design,
build and commissioning, you’ll find our
ability to meet your needs is second to
none..
„„ Directional Control Valves, Compression
Fitting and Adaptors
„„ Hose, Couplings and Crimpers
„„ OE Kitting Solutions
„„ 2-3 Way Ball Valves
FILTRATION
Whether you need clean compressed air
to separate oil from water, or remove solid
particulate from a chemical or other fluid,
ERIKS has the solution. And if we don’t
we’ll design one.
„„ Hydraulic / Air / Process Filtration
„„ Dust and fume control
„„ Purifier equipment
„„ Monitoring equipment

YOUR
FLUID
POWER
SOLUTION
Call us today on: 0845 006 6000
www.eriks.co.uk/flexion
YOUR
FLUID POWER
SOLUTION FOR:
· HYDRAULICS
· PNEUMATICS
· CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS
· ENGINEERED SYSTEMS
· CONTAMINATION MONITORING
FLEXION DELIVERS A
WIDE RANGE OF FLUID POWER
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES THAT OFFER
VALUE TO DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE
ENGINEERS, BOTH IN TERMS OF
PERFORMANCE AND COST
THE FLEXION RANGE GIVES YOU:
• Access to proven Fluid Power solutions and customisation
• Dedicated Fluid Power application and technical support
• Engineering products that exceed international standards
• Effective product development through shared knowledge
• Proven track record in providing Fluid Power solutions
Untitled-1 1 16/06/2015 12:07:18
Flexion

FluidPower
83Compact Cylinders
Compact Cylinders
16mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC16-5CFDA-FX 5
EPC16-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC16-10CFDA-FX 15
EPC16-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC16-25CFDA-FX 25
20mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC20-5CFDA-FX 5
EPC20-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC20-15CFDA-FX 15
EPC20-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC20-25CFDA-FX 25
25mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC25-5CFDA-FX 5
EPC25-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC25-15CFDA-FX 15
EPC25-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC25-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC25-30CFDA-FX 30
EPC25-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC25-50CFDA-FX 50
32mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC32-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC32-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC32-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC32-30CFDA-FX 30
EPC32-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC32-50CFDA-FX 50
40mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC40-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC40-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC40-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC40-30CFDA-FX 30
EPC40-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC40-50CFDA-FX 50
50mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC50-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC50-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC50-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC50-30CFDA-FX 30
EPC50-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC50-50CFDA-FX 50
63mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC63-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC63-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC63-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC63-30CFDA-FX 30
EPC63-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC63-50CFDA-FX 50
80mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC80-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC80-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC80-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC80-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC80-50CFDA-FX 50
EPC80-80CFDA-FX 80
EPC80-100CFDA-FX 100
100mm Bore
Part No Stroke (mm)
EPC100-10CFDA-FX 10
EPC100-20CFDA-FX 20
EPC100-25CFDA-FX 25
EPC100-40CFDA-FX 40
EPC100-50CFDA-FX 50
EPC100-80CFDA-FX 80
EPC100-100CFDA-FX 100
Constant
ERIKS Pneumatic
Cylinder
Constant
C – Compact
F – Female Piston Rod Thread
DA – Double Acting
16, 20, 25, 32,
40, 50, 63, 80, 100
Bore Size (mm)
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
40, 50, 80, 100
Stroke (mm)
Max Stroke 100
FLEXION™ Compact cylinders conform to UNITOP
standards (16mm bore), or ISO 21287 (20mm–100mm).
The profile of the body is designed to use the same
sensors as the existing cylinders in the FLEXION™ range,
simplifying stock requirements.
32mm to 100mm bore cylinders have the same fixing
centres as the ISO 15552 range of cylinders, making the
cylinder mounting accessories interchangeable.
Equipped with elastomer cushions to increase cylinder
life and reduce noise levels, the FLEXION™ compact
cylinder is the ideal choice of actuator where space is
limited, with overall body lengths up to 60% shorter than
an ISO 15552 equivalent.
EPC CFDA FX- -
Constant Constant
Constant
FLEXION
Brand
FLEXION™ ISO 21287
COMPACT CYLINDERS
16-100MM BORE

Know-How
FluidPower
84
FLEXION™ Stainless steel fittings are
manufactured to the highest quality
standards to ensure they provide
you with increased performance and
extended reliability when used in
aggressive environments or when in
contact with corrosive fluids.
Typical industry applications include:
chemical, food, printing, marine and
pharmaceutical industries.
Push-in Fittings
nn Simple and quick to install
nn Flexible space-saving design
nn Wide range to suit all applications
nn Compatible with all other leading
systems
nn Tubing can be freely rotated, even
after installation
nn All taper threads are pre-coated with
PTFE
Push-in Fittings
Male Stud
Taper
Code Tube OD Thread Size
SSPC4-M5-FX 4 M5
SSPC4-G01-FX 4 G1/8
SSPC6-G01-FX 6 G1/8
SSPC6-G02-FX 6 G1/4
SSPC8-G01-FX 8 G1/8
SSPC8-G02-FX 8 G1/4
SSPC10-G02-FX 10 G1/4
SSPC10-G03-FX 10 G3/8

SSPC4-01-FX 4 R1/8
SSPC4-02-FX 4 R1/4
SSPC6-01-FX 6 R1/8
SSPC6-02-FX 6 R1/4
SSPC8-01-FX 8 R1/8
SSPC8-02-FX 8 R1/4
SSPC10-02-FX 10 R1/4
SSPC10-03-FX 10 R3/8
SSPC12-03-FX 12 R3/8
SSPC12-04-FX 12 R1/2
Male Stud
Parallel
Technical Data
Tube sizes 4 - 12mm
Threads 1/8” - 1/2”, BSPT
Max Pressure 15 bar
Vacuum Up to 750mmHg
Temp Range -20°C to +150°C
Materials:
Body: Stainless Steel AISI 316
Seal: Viton (FPM)
Grab Ring: Stainless Steel Release
Release Collet: Stainless Steel AISI 316
FLEXION™ STAINLESS
STEEL PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

FluidPower
85
Male Swivel
Elbow Parallel
SSPL4-M5-FX 4 M5
SSPL4-G01-FX 4 G1/8
SSPL6-G01-FX 6 G1/8
SSPL6-G02-FX 6 G1/4
SSPL8-G01-FX 8 G1/8
SSPL8-G02-FX 8 G1/4
SSPL10-G02-FX 10 G1/4
SSPL10-G03-FX 10 G3/8
Male Swivel
Elbow Taper
SSPLN4-G01-FX 4 G1/8
SSPL4-01-FX 4 R1/8
SSPL6-01-FX 6 R1/8
SSPL6-02-FX 6 R1/4
SSPL8-01-FX 8 R1/8
SSPL8-02-FX 8 R1/4
SSPL10-02-FX 10 R1/4
SSPL10-03-FX 10 R3/8
SSPL12-03-FX 12 R3/8
SSPL12-04-FX 12 R1/2
SSPC12-04-FX 12 R1/2
Male Tee
Parallel
SSPB4-G01-FX 4 G1/8
SSPB6-G01-FX 6 G1/8
SSPB6-G02-FX 6 G1/4
SSPB8-G01-FX 8 G1/8
SSPB8-G02-FX 8 G1/4
Male Elbow
Parallel
Male Tee
Taper
SSPB4-01-FX 4 R1/8
SSPB6-01-FX 6 R1/8
SSPB6-02-FX 6 R1/4
SSPB8-01-FX 8 R1/8
SSPB8-02-FX 8 R1/4
SSPB10-02-FX 10 R1/4
SSPB10-03-FX 10 R3/8
Elbow
Union
Code Tube OD
SSPU4-FX 4
SSPU6-FX 6
SSPU8-FX 8
SSPU10-FX 10
SSPU12-FX 12
Tee
Code Tube Size
SSPE4-FX 4
SSPE6-FX 6
SSPE8-FX 8
SSPE10-FX 10
SSPE12-FX 12
Straight
Union
Code Tube OD
SSPV4-FX 4
SSPV6-FX 6
SSPV8-FX 8
SSPV10-FX 10
SSPV12-FX 12
Bulkhead
Code Tube Size
SSPM4-FX 4
SSPM6-FX 6
SSPM8-FX 8
SSPM10-FX 10
SSPM12-FX 12
Flow
Regulator
Code Tube OD Stem Size
SSPGJ6-4-FX 4 6
SSPGJ8-6-FX 6 8
SSPGJ10-8-FX 8 10
SSL4-G01-FX 4 G1/8
SSL6-G01-FX 6 G1/8
SSL6-G02-FX 6 G1/4
SSL8-G01-FX 8 G1/8
SSL8-G02-FX 8 G1/4
SSL10-G02-FX 10 G1/4
SSL10-G03-FX 10 G3/8
SSL4-G01B-FX 4 G1/8
Stem
Reducer
SSL6-G01B-FX 6 G1/8
SSL6-G02B-FX 6 G1/4
SSL8-G01B-FX 8 G1/8
SSL8-G02B-FX 8 G1/4
SSL10-G02B-FX 10 G1/4
SSL10-G03B-FX 10 G3/8

Know-How
FluidPower
86
Air Preparation
Air Preparation
The FLEXION™ range of FRL equipment has been selected to give the optimum
price versus performance ratio.
With the bodies manufactured from technopolymers, these units are extremely
light, but still offer rugged, robust performance.
As standard, all the bowls have an outer protection, and the bowls themselves
are manufactured from polyamide, giving significantly better resistance to crazing
than the
more commonly used polycarbonate type.
The FLEXION™ ranges also have the automatic filling lubricator option, refilling
the lubricator quickly and easily “on-line” saving time and money.
FLEXION™ AIR PREPARATION
Code Bar Description
EPA-R-1/2M-08-FX 8 Bar Modular
Code Description
EPA-L-1/2M-M-FX Modular, Standard Fill
EPA-L-1/2M-A-FX Modular, Automatic Fill
EPA-F-1/2M-M-FX 20µ Drain Modular, Manual Drain
EPA-F-1/2M-A-FX 20µ Drain Modular, Auto Drain
Code Bar Filtration Description
Microns
EPA-FR-1/2M-M-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Manual Drain
EPA-FR-1/2M-A-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Auto Drain
Code Filtration Description
Microns
EPA-MF-1/2M-A-FX 0.01µ Modular, Auto Drain
EPA-MF-1/2M-M-FX 0.01µ Modular, Manual Drain
1/2” range
Regulator
1/2” range
Lubricator
1/2” range
Filter
1/2” range
Filter Regulator
1/2” range
Microfilter

FluidPower
87
EPA-SV-1/2M-FX Lockable, Modular
For suitable silencer use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX
Code Description
EPA-SS-1/2M Soft Start
Code Description
EPA-MTGRING-1/2-RX Neck Mounting Ring
Code Description
EPA-CK-1/2M-FX Modular Assembly Unit
Code Description
EPA-TO-1/2M-FX Intermediate Take Off Block
Code Description
EPA-SVE-1/2M-FX Modular
EPA-SVE-SOL-24VDC-FX Solenoid Operator, 24V DC
EPA-SVE-SOL-110VAC-FX Solenoid Operator, 110V AC
EPA-SVE-SOL-230VAC-FX Solenoid Operator, 230V AC
For suitable silencer use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX
1/2” range
Manual Shut Off
Valve
1/2” range
Soft Start
1/2” range
Neck Mounting
Ring
1/2” range
Modular
Assembly Unitt
1/2” range
Intermediate
Take-Off Block
1/2” range
Electrical Shut
Off Valve
Microns
EPA-FRL-1/2M-M-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Manual Drain
EPA-FRL-1/2M-A-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Auto Drain
Microns
EPA-FRL-1/2M-M-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Manual Drain
EPA-FRL-1/2M-A-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Auto Drain
For suitable silencer for shut off valve use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX
1/2” range
Filter Regulator / Lubricator
1/2” range
Filter / Regulator / Lubricator with
Shut Off Valve

Know-How
FluidPower
88
Product Part No Description Size Operator
EPVP-5/2-ISO1-SP W89A-50541 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Pilot ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot
EPVP-5/2-ISO1-DP W89A-50542 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Pilot ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot
EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CC W89A-50543 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Closed ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot
EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CE W89A-50544 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Exh ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot
EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CP W89A-50549 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Press ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot
EPVS-5/2-ISO1-SS W89A-50550 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Sol ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid
EPVS-5/2-ISO1-DS W89A-50551 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Sol ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CC W89A-50552 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Closed ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CE W89A-50553 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Exh ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CP W89A-50556 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Press ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVP-5/2-ISO2-SP W89A-50545 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Pilot ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot
EPVP-5/2-ISO2-DP W89A-50546 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Pilot ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot / Pilot
EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CC W89A-50547 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Closed ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot / Pilot
EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CE W89A-50548 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Exh ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot / Pilot
EPVS-5/2-ISO2-SS W89A-50555 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Sol ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid
EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CP W89A-50554 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Press ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/2-ISO2-DS W89A-50557 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Sol ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CC W89A-50558 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Closed ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CE W89A-50559 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Exh ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid
EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CP W89A-50560 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Press ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid
Manifolds
Product Part No Description Size
EPV-SBA1S W89A-50575 Pneu Valve Single sub-base ISO1 ISO 1
EPV-SBA1C W89A-50568 Pneu Valve Blank Manfld end plate ISO1 ISO 1
EPV-SBA1T W89A-50573 Pneu Valve Manfld blanking plate ISO1 ISO 1
EPV-SBA2T W89A-50574 Pneu Valve Manfld blanking plate ISO2 ISO 1
EPV-SBA1M W89A-50566 Pneu Valve Manfld sub-base ISO1 ISO 1
EPV-SBA1A W89A-50569 Pneu Valve Ported Manfld end plate ISO1 ISO 1
EPV-SBA2S W89A-50576 Pneu Valve Single sub-base ISO2 ISO 2
EPV-SBA2C W89A-50570 Pneu Valve Blank Manfld end plate ISO2 ISO 2
EPV-SBA1A2 W89A-50572 Pneu Valve I/face sub-base ISO1 to ISO2 ISO 2
EPV-SBA2M W89A-50567 Pneu Valve Manfld sub-base ISO2 ISO 2
EPV-SBA2A W89A-50571 Pneu Valve Ported Manfld end plate ISO2 ISO 2
EPV-C-30MM-24VDC W89A-50561 Pneu Valve 24VDC Coil 30mm ISO 24vdc
EPV-C-30MM-24VAC W89A-50562 Pneu Valve 24VAC Coil 30mm ISO 24vac
EPV-CSTD-30MM W89A-50565 30mm Din Conn, standard 12vdc - 240vac
EPV-CNL24V-30MM W89A-50577 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 24 V 24vdc
EPV-CNL110V-30MM W89A-50578 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 115 V 110-120vac
EPV-CNL230V-30MM W89A-50579 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 230 V 220-240vac
ISO Valves
The range of FLEXION™ ISO valves conform to the ISO
5599/1 standard, with sizes 1 and 2, solenoid and air pilot
operation versions with 5/2 and 5/3 spools available. Fitted
with CNOMO standard interface for the solenoid versions,
this minimises installation space. They deliver high flow rates
and are have a pressure rating of 10bar. The 30mm coils
are rated at 2.5 watt for the DC option, and 2.5VA for the
AC voltages ensuring these maintain suitability for replacing
existing valves.
Valves
FLEXION™ ISO VALVES

FluidPower
89Festo’s new robust “star” valve range
Core pneumatics blue star
products
Festo core product
range covers 80% of
your automation tasks
Worldwide: Always in stock
Superb: Festo quality at an attractive price
Fast: Next day delivery

Know-How
FluidPower
90
Angled socket; screw terminal Type C, to fit 1/8 valve H 151687
Type B, to fot 1/4 valve H 34431
VUVS Individual Valve Range
Robust valves for challenging environments
Your first choice for simple, cost-effective pneumatic control
Individual valves VUVS – flexible, modern, robust and durable quality. For up to 100%
more flow with higher energy density. Proven technologies and materials. Comprehensive
range of accessories. Numerous mounting options and easy operation. That is what
today's valves should be!
New:
simplicity at an
attractive price
VUVS-LK...S
In-line individual valve; internal pilot air supply; manual override; operating voltage 24V DC
Port 2,4 Width (mm) 3/2-way valve; NC
pneumatic spring
5/2-way valve;
single solenoid
pneumatic spring
5/2-way valve;
double solenoid
5/3-way valve;
centre closed
1/8 20 H 8043213 H 8043214 H 8043215 H 575268
1/4 25 - - - H 575525
nn Attractive price
nn Robust design
nn Festo quality
nn High flow rate
nn 24 hour delivery
nn Pressure range up to 8 bar
nn IP65 rated with socket
nn Many more variants with additional
features available
Benefits
Festo Industrial Valves

FluidPower
91
Plug cable with sheath to open end, 2.5m length to fit H 566660
M8 cable, 3 pin to open end, 2.5m length to fit H 541338
New:
essential
features at an
attractive
price
VUVG-LK...S
In-line individual valve; internal pilot air supply; manual override; operating voltage 24V DC
Port
2,4
Width
(mm)
2 x 3/2 way valve; NC
pneumatic spring
5/2 way valve; single solenoid;
pneumatic spring
5/2 way valve; 5/3 way valve
double solenoid
5/3 valve,
centrefeed
M5 10 H 8042538 H 8042542 H 8042539 H 8042543 H 8042540 H 8042544 H 577346
M7 10 H 8042546 H 8042550 H 8042547 H 8042551 H 8042548 H 8042552 H 574223
G1
/8 14 H 8042562 H 8042566 H 8042563 H 8042567 H 8042564 H 8042568 H 574231
VUVG Individual Valve Range
Compact valves for machine automation
Individual valves VUVG – for more power from a smaller design!
Price attractive, impressive and installed in a flash. Perfect for all high-speed applications
requiring a particularly high flow combined with a compact size, e.g. in small parts
assembly and electronics industry or in the food and packaging industry.
nn Attractive price
nn Compact design
nn Festo quality
nn High flow rate
nn 24 hour delivery
nn Pressure range up to 8 bar
nn IP65 rated (M8)
nn Many more variants with additional
features available
Benefits

Know-How
FluidPower
92 IMI Precision Engineering
Engineering
GREAT Solutions
We help move
man’s most
marvellous
machines
Just imagine what else we could do for you…
Visit: www.mostmarvellousmachines.com
Actuators. Valves. Air Preparation. Fittings.
Open. Push. Swing. Twist. Lift. Close. We’re ideas makers.
Creators of motion. Applying our imagination to help you keep your
machines moving, in everything from industrial automation to rail.
Working with you, we help render your vision real. All the time keeping
our eyes on swift service and smart support.

FluidPower
93Cylinders and Actuators
Introducing ISOLineTM
Comprehensive range for the utmost versatility
Cylinders and mountings that conform to ISO 15552
All sizes supplied magnetic as standard
Polyurethane seals ensure efficient low friction operation and long life
Introducing the IMI Norgren Adaptive Cushioning System (ACS)
Our cushioning system will automatically adapt to an application without the need for any adjustment of the cushion screw. This removes
the need for specialist knowledge for set-up and simplifies installation. Also, the ACS will adjust to any changes in the application, such as
varying loads, which may occur over a cylinder cycle, a working shift or the life of the machine.
This will help to ensure the application always runs efficiently and potentially extend the servicing period of the machine. For extreme
applications involving high speeds or heavy loads, a cushion screw is included for manual adjustment if required.
ISOLineTM
P-PRA/802000
nn Ø32 -125mm
nn Profile barrel
nn Clean appearance
nn Protection against ingress
nn Flush mounted reed and solid state switches available for
position sensing
ISOLineTM
R-RA/802000
nn Ø32 -125mm
nn Robust construction
nn Suitable for more aggressive environments
nn Reed and solid state switches available for position sensing
nn External tie rod construction
Benefits
nn Adaptive Cushioning System (ACS) - No cushioning setting required, cylinder auto-adapts to application - Fit Forget
nn Improved performance - Operates at low pressures with very low leakage
nn Wide range of applications - Heavy industrial to clean food beverage to rail and truck
nn Modern appearance - Looks great - Smooth end covers contoured to barrel for easy cleaning
nn Reduced weight - Lower overall weight of machine - Reduced transport costs
nn Additional switch mounting - Great flexibility for machine designers
135
to find your local Service Centre
PNEUMATICS
H MOUNTINGS SWITCHES SIMPLE MODs AVAILABLE
Generally Ex Stock M/50 series
Ext’d piston rod (/IU),
different rod thread, end caps turned
Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket
different rod thread, end caps turned
Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket
different rod thread
Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket None
Generally Ex Stock M/50 series None
Generally Ex Stock M/50 series None
Specify at time of enquiry M/50 series (up to 4) None
Specify at time of enquiry N/A None
Generally Ex Stock N/A None
N/A N/A None
Reliable, Tried and Trusted Product Ranges
IMI Precision Engineering products have been proven over many years and in some of the most harshest and challenging environments.
All IMI Precision Engineering products are backed by an industry leading 2-year warranty.
Manufactured to the most exacting standards, the product ranges include names such as IMI Norgren, Pneufit, Enots, IMI Herion, Martonair,
IMI Buschjost, Lintra Plus, Excelon, Olympian Plus and Fleetfit.
Profile Tie Rod Description
PRA/802032/M/25 RA/802032/M/25 32mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552
PRA/802050/MX/60 RA/802050/M/80 50mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552

Know-How
FluidPower
94
Engineering
GREAT Solutions
Introducing Excelon®
Plus
The latest generation of
Air Preparation equipment
New filter maintenance system
Element assembly is
removed with the bowl
Service much faster and cleaner
Flush mounted
integrated gauge
Largest in the industry
Easy to read
Less vulnerable to damage
Tamper proof options built in
Padlock features on both shut-
off valves and regulator
guarantees safe operation of machinesRotating Safety Shut-off Valve
Easy to operate full flow device
Easy to isolate system with no
reduction in performance
Modern appearance
Looks great on customer machines
No compromise on Robustness
Metal construction - where it
matters most
Quality synonymous with IMI
Norgren brand
Reduced weight and size
35% lighter and 20% smaller
Maximises machine real estate
Double safety lock on bowl
Bowl clip with audible click
plus safety detent
when pressurised
Impossible to remove
the bowl when in use
IMI Precision Engineering

FluidPower
95
Vacuum Filters
Plastic filters (shown) are made of
durable injection moulded nylon
and poly carbonate with a clear
sump/opaque head and feature a
1 MPa design pressure.
nn Metal filters are of rugged carbon
steel constructed with an enamel
coating
nn Features include a clamp-on cover with an easily removed
filter element and a positive seal Buna gasket
nn We also offer easily removed replacement elements featuring
a polyethylene 10-micron material for plastic filters
nn For metal filters, a polyester felt 5-micron paper element with
a material end is standard
Piab Suction Cups/Accessories
In most applications, suction cups are practical options for reliable and careful handling of most materials.
Piab supplies a diverse line of suction cups that can handle objects of virtually any weight, shape or surface.
Our suction cups are available in a wide variety of materials that can withstand extreme temperatures and
resist prolonged exposure to ozone and oily surfaces. The cup fittings offer many different thread options for
easy mounting. Suction cup diameters are available from 2–300mm.
DURAFLEX®
A highly durable and flexible material with
excellent sealing capability providing
a high coefficient of friction.
Various hardness, suitable for applications
such as the automotive market and
packaging industry.
piGRIP®
Modular suction cup allowing you to choose the ideal
combination of lip and bellow so lines can handle products
at previously unprecedented speeds while realising energy
savings.
Available with a range of independent lips, bellows and fittings
in sizes from 25–77mm and can be customised for thousands
of applications for full operational flexibility. Whereas traditional
grippers can only be used for select applications, the piGRIP®
can
be tailored to individual gripping, lifting and height requirements
to handle a variety of products.
piGRIP®
can be used with new machines as well as for retrofitting
existing systems, which extends use for long-term reliability.
Vacuum Switches
There are three different types of vacuum
switches: electric, pneumatic and electronic.
nn All switches feature an improved operating range of 5–95 –
kPa
nn The switches are dust-proof
nn They can be connected either normally open (NO) or normally
closed (NC)
nn The electronic switches have a long lifetime and can be
connected to a PLC unit (the PNP model) or the switches can
directly regulate a valve (the NPN) model
ValueLine®
The entire Value Line program consists of
suction cups and vacuum ejectors. Value
Line suction cups are developed for
standard/basic applications. The suction
cups have a long thin lip and provide
good sealing on slightly corrugated
surfaces (such as corrugated cardboard).
The Value Line vacuum ejectors are
available in two different designs, the traditional
inline that can be installed directly on the hose close to the
point of suction and the T-design that allows exhaust air to
be piped away. The T-design is also suitable for clean-room
environment.
Typical applications for this product line are case/carton erectors
with other examples such as equipment for loading/unloading or
sorting sheets into metal forming machines (laser cutting, water
jet, punching etc.) and parts removal from injection moulds.
Suction Cups

Know-How
FluidPower
96 SMC Safety Valves
Residual pressure
release valve
Residual pressure
release valve â
Residual pressure
release valve â
Residual pressure
release valve ê
Residual pressure
release valve ê
Safety limit switch
Safety limit
switch
VP542-X536
Soft start-up
valve
Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve
VP544-X538
With Soft Start-up Function
VP544-X555
VG342-X87
Category 2
The detecting function of the main valve position detects a mismatch between
the input signal and valve operation.
Category 3,4
When the dual residual pressure release valve is used, if one of the valves fails to
operate, the other one releases residual pressure.
Residual pressure
release valve
Residual pressure
release valve â
Residual pressure
release valve â
Residual pressure
release valve ê
Residual pressure
release valve ê
Safety limit switch
Safety limit
switch
VP542-X536
Soft start-up
valve
VP544-X538
With Soft Start-up Function
VP544-X555
VG342-X87
Series VP/VG
Meeting tomorrow’s machine
safety standards today
ISO 13849-1 Safety Standard Compliant Valves – Series VP/VG
As the introduction of international machine safety standards continue to accelerate at full throttle, the issue of manufacturing safety is
now a critical consideration for all system operators and designers. SMC is committed to help and support equipment manufacturers and
end users with the safe design of their equipment and machines in three ways:
nn Developing and increasing its range of safety components
nn Providing technical support and guidance in the selection process
nn Supplying reliability information about its products - B10 and MTTF data

FluidPower
97
2(A)
1(P)
P1
P2
Throttle Main valve Valve 1 Valve 2
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up valve: ON
Valve 1, Valve 2: ON
OutputP2
Time
P1
1/2P1
0
Soft start-up valve: OFF
P2 reaches half of P1, and
then the main valve of the
soft start-up valve turns on.
Start supplying ﬂow ad-
justed air with the throt-
tle by energizing valve 1
and valve 2.
Output Pressure (P2) vs Time Graph
Safety limit switch
Main valve Rod
VP544-X555
Highly reliable construction Safety limit switch can be selected
â The main valve position is detected by transferring the main valve movement
directly to the reed safety limit switch with the rod.
ê Long service life: B10d: 10 million times*
ô The return spring releases the residual pressure securely regardless of pressure level.
* For VP500/700, safety limit switch made by Omron
2(A)
1(P)
P1
P2
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up
valve
OutputP2
Time
P1
1/2P1
0
and valve 2.
Safety limit switch
Main valve Rod
VP544-X555
Conduit (VP series only) and M12
connector (4 pin) types available.
M12 connector with 6 pins is
available.
2(A)
1(P)
P1
P2
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up
valve
OutputP2
Time
P1
1/2P1
0
and valve 2.
Safety limit switch
Main valve Rod
VP544-X555
Made by Omron Made by Rockwell Automation
With soft start-up function (-X555)
2(A)
1(P)
P1
P2
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up
valve
OutputP2
Time
P1
1/2P1
0
and valve 2.
Safety limit switch
Main valve Rod
VP544-X555
2(A)
1(P)
P1
P2
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up
valve
OutputP2
Time
P1
1/2P1
0
and valve 2.
Safety limit switch
Main valve Rod
VP544-X555
2(A)
1(P)
P1
P2
Soft start-up
valve
Soft start-up
valve
OutputP2
Time
P1
1/2P1
0
and valve 2.
Safety limit switch
Main valve Rod
VP544-X555
nn A function to gradually increase the initial
pressure of the pneumatic system has been
added to the dual residual pressure release valve.
nn Fixed orifice and variable throttle are available
as a throttle for adjusting the pressure increase.
(ø1, ø1.5, ø2)
Standards and Enclosure
Standards and Enclosure
Series Category
Port
size
Thread
Flow rate characteristics
C [dm3
/(s·bar)] 1 2 (P A)
5 10 15 20 25
Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP542-X536
2
3/8
Rc,
G,
NPTResidual Pressure
Release Valve
VP742-X536
1/2
Dual Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP544-X538
3, 4
3/8
Rc,
G,
NPTDual Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP744-X538
1/2
Dual Residual Pressure Release
Valve with Soft Start-up Function
VP544-X555
3/8
Rc,
G,
NPTDual Residual Pressure Release
VP744-X555
1/2
Release Valve
VG342-X87
3/4
Rc,
G,
NPT
* Only port size 3/4
Series Category
Safety limit switch
manufacturer
Standards
Enclosure
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
CE cUL RoHSHarmonized
standards
EN ISO13849-1: 2008
EN ISO13849-2: 2008
EN ISO4414:
2010
EN983: 1996 +
A1: 2008
Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP542/742-X536
2
OMRON Corporation
IP65
Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Release Valve
VP544/744-X538
3, 4
OMRON Corporation
IP65
with Soft Start-up Function
VP544/744-X555
3, 4
OMRON Corporation
IP65
Release Valve
VG342-X87
3, 4
OMRON Corporation
*
IP40
26.6
15.1
6.5
5.2
10.3
9.8
8.9
Series Category
Port
size
Thread
Flow rate characteristics
C [dm3
/(s·bar)] 1 2 (P A)
5 10 15 20 25
Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP542-X536
2
3/8
Rc,
G,
NPTResidual Pressure
Release Valve
VP742-X536
1/2
Release Valve
VP544-X538
3, 4
3/8
Rc,
G,
NPTDual Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP744-X538
1/2
Dual Residual Pressure Release
VP544-X555
3/8
Rc,
G,
NPTDual Residual Pressure Release
VP744-X555
1/2
Release Valve
VG342-X87
3/4
Rc,
G,
NPT
* Only port size 3/4
Series Category
Safety limit switch
manufacturer
Standards
Enclosure
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
CE cUL RoHSHarmonized
standards
EN ISO13849-1: 2008
EN ISO13849-2: 2008
EN ISO4414:
2010
EN983: 1996 +
A1: 2008
Residual Pressure
Release Valve
VP542/742-X536
2
OMRON Corporation
IP65
Release Valve
VP544/744-X538
3, 4
OMRON Corporation
IP65
with Soft Start-up Function
VP544/744-X555
3, 4
OMRON Corporation
IP65
Release Valve
VG342-X87
3, 4
OMRON Corporation
*
IP40
26.6
15.1
6.5
5.2
10.3
9.8
8.9

Know-How
FluidPower
98 Vacuum Pumps
Piab Vacuum Pumps
piINLINE®
A small lightweight inline ejector that uses the patented COAX®
technology.
nn 40–50% energy reductions compared to other competing
inline vacuum ejectors in corresponding size
nn They can be mounted directly on a hose close to the
suction cup (or point of suction)
nn Easy to retrofit to existing energy wasting in-line vacuum
ejectors thanks to generic plug-and-play design
piCOMPACT™
The first manifold mounted and functional ejector system on the
market based on the energy-efficient COAX®
technology.
Working at a low feed pressure and maximising the utilisation
rate of the compressed air, the COAX®
ejectors reduce energy
consumption by 30–50%.
An increased vacuum flow, excellent product grip, increase pickup
speed therefore minimising product damage and reduce waste.
VGS™
A unique product design where DURAFLEX®
suction cups are
integrated with a COAX®
vacuum cartridge.
nn The VGS™ makes selection, sizing and installation of vacuum
system easier
nn The decentralised vacuum system provides benefits of low
energy costs, fast response time for increased productivity,
complete mounting flexibility and high performance
piCLASSIC
Upgraded with COAX®
technology providing up to 22% more
energy efficiency.
nn Modular design makes for easy cleaning of ejector cartridges
and upgrades the performance when needed
nn Available with 1–6 COAX®
cartridges in 3-stage versions
nn Large vacuum capacity in relation to size
nn Suitable to replace larger electromechanical pumps
nn Mid- and large-size vacuum pump
P6040 Vacuum Pumps
With its smart design, the P6040 offers low and powerful
suction in a small package due to COAX®
technology.
The pump can be mounted close to the point of suction, resulting
in smaller pump requirements with less energy needs.
A natural extension of Piab’s P6010 pumps, the P6040’s
operating efficiency is further optimised with integrated control
options like Energy Saving (ES), helping companies reduce
carbon footprint and improve conservation efforts.
piSAVE optimise
A fully pneumatic device suitable
for air-driven ejectors/pumps
which automatically regulates
the feed pressure to the vacuum
pump/ejector to maintain the set
vacuum level. Air/energy usage
is kept to a minimum.
piSAVE sense
Shuts off the flow of
compressed air to the pump
when the preset level is
reached, and consequently
the consumption of
compressed air (energy
saving) is minimised. Pump
size can also be reduced.

99
YOUR Complete
Hydraulic solutions
Hydraulic systems are critical to most
industrial plants. So finding the right partner
to help you maintain, repair, refurbish or
replace them is also critical.
Fortunately ERIKS has all these capabilities and
more, as well as having the widest range of leading-
brand products available from a single supplier.
CUSTOMISATION AND
ENGINEERED
SOLUTIONS
From initial concept and
design through to prototype
and testing ERIKS are the
perfect partner
PRODUCT RANGE
nn Hose and couplings
nn Self assembly machinery
nn Adaptors
nn Test points
nn Pressure test kits
nn Oil transfer units
nn Ball valves
nn Fluid level gauges
nn Hydraulic filters
nn Directional control valves

Know-How
FluidPower
100
FOUNDATION COURSE
WORKING SAFELY WITH HYDRAULIC
HOSE AND CONNECTORS
Sign up to our one day
course covering all the
basics of working safely
with hydraulic hoses and
connectors.
Created and run in
partnership with the British
Fluid Power Association
(BFPA).
For ERIKS, safety is one of our business’s core values, we aim to ensure that
everyone returns home safely each and every day.
The know-how we have applied to health and safety within our own organisation can
also be shared with customers, to help create a zero accident workplace for you too.
And that is primary reason why this foundation course “Working Safely with
Hydraulic Hose and Connectors” is now available nationwide from ERIKS.
CALL: 0845 006 6000
In partnership
with the
BRITISH FLUID
POWER ASSOCIATION
(BFPA)
BOOK
YOUR PLACE
TODAY

FluidPower
101Lifeguard Sleeve
Gates Lifeguard Sleeve
To reduce constraints, the installer must
Consider the risks associated with product
failure such as whiplash or fluid ejection
hazards.
In line with Industry
Standards
LifeGuard sleeving correlates to a variety of
industry standards, including ISO 3457 and
MSHA’s fire-resistance requirements.
Exceeds the intent of ISO 3457 that requires
operator protection within a 1 metre line-of-
sight of any hose conveying fluid above 50
bar at +49°C.
Beyond peak performance, Gates hydraulic
systems offer you safety. The LifeGuard™
Line-of-Sight Sleeving System is the first
true protection in line-of-sight hydraulic
applications.
It contains bursts up to 8,000 psi and pinhole
leaks up to 4,000 psi at 120°C for up to five
minutes. After redirecting the explosive force
down the length of the hose, the LifeGuard
sleeve disperses the energy and fluids at the
hose ends via carefully designed ‘channel’
clamps. The leaked fluid then allows for fast
hose failure detection.
Equipment operators working within a 1
metre line-of-sight of a hydraulic system
know the potential for problems.
n Personal injury
n Fluid burns and injection
n Fires and explosions
n Electrical shock
n Mechanical failure
The double-layer sleeve effectively shields
you against these hazards.
No other flexible connection safeguards
your operators, equipment and environment
like LifeGuard sleeving.
BS EN ISO 4413-2010 demands that new or replacement hoses are
assembled and fitted to hydraulic machinery taking into account:
Part No To Suit Pack Size
Hose Bore
14LG4KxCT37 1/4 37 mtrs
32LG4KxCT37 1 37 mtrs
Collars for
the Lifeguard
Sleeving 4000
Part No To Suit
Hose Bore
6SC-4 1/4
6PU-4 3/8
8SC-4 1/2
Part No To Suit
Hose Bore
10SC-4 5/8
12SC-4 3/4
16PU-4 1
LifeGuard Sleeving 4000
nn Handles all hydraulic fluids and biodiesel fuel
nn Allows fluid to safely escape down the length of the assembly
nn Creates noticeable spill for hose failure detection
nn Correlates to ISO 3457 and meets MSHA’s flame-resistance requirements
nn Safe fitting onto the machine
nn Reduce constraints
There’s A Better Way
To Protect Against
Hydraulic Hose Failure

Know-How
FluidPower
102
MC1001 Starter Kit
nn MC1001
can crimp up
to 1 wire braid
nn Dies included ¼,
3
/8, ½ and ¾
nn Compact
Megacrimp
2-wire
hydraulic hose
from ¼ to ¾
nn Gates Megacrimp one-piece
couplings in BSP, JIC, Metric,
ORFS
Save time and money with
Gates self-assembly starter kits
Pick up either an MC1001, MCX20 or MCX25
self-assembly crimper for just £1
All you have to do is either spend £2,970 on hose and couplings via the starter kit
for the MC1001 or spend £5,200 on hose and couplings via the starter kit for the MCX20.
The Gates powered crimper is also available if you spend £6,400 on hose and couplings via
the MCX25 starter kit.
MCX20 Starter Kit
nn MCX20 can
crimp up to 1
multi-spiral hose
and
1¼ 2-wire
hydraulic hose
nn Dies included ¼,
3
/8, ½, ¾ and 1
nn Compact Megaflex 2-wire hydraulic
hose from ¼ to 1
nn EFG5K 5000 psi multi-spiral hose
in ¾ and 1
nn Gates Megacrimp one-piece
ORFS
nn Gates Globalspiral no-skive
couplings in BSP, JIC, MetricDetailed listings of contents for the kits are available
on request from your local Eriks Service Centre.
Gates will support each starter kit with on-site
crimper training and certification.
Additional end terminations are
available, please do not hesitate to contact us.
MCX25
Starter Kit
nn Dies : ¼”,
3/8”, ½”, ¾”,
1” and 1 ¼”
nn Compact CM2T Megaflex 2-wire
hydraulic hose from ¼” to 1 ¼”
nn EFG5K 5000 psi multi spiral
hose from ¾” to 1”
nn Gates Megacrimp one piece
couplings in BSP, JIC, Metric and
ORFS
nn Gates Globalspiral no-skive
ORFS and SAE Flanges
nn Crimpers available in 1, or 3
phase versions
nn Complete with a die storage
system and quick die change tool.
nn Gates guarantee all hose assemblies
produced with their self-assembly
systems after operator training and
certification by authorised ERIKS
personnel
nn No call out charge, no delay, no added
costs – 24/7 product availability
nn All terminations available – the starter
kits have been profiled to include the
most popular couplings with BSP, JIC,
ORFS, and Metric popular threads
and forms
CRIMPER
FOR
£1
Gates Integrated System Approach
+ + =
Superior products,
manufactured to
stringent tolerances
Innovative self-assembly
machines and dies,
rigorously validated
Optimal crimp data, derived
from meticulous testing
Factory-quality performance
above and beyond all
international standards in full
compliance with EU directives
Self-Assembly Starter Kits

FluidPower
103High Pressure Hoses and Couplings
Gates High Pressure Wire
Braid Hoses and MegaCrimp®
Couplings
Din Light Series. 24° Cone – MegaCrimp couplings
BSP 60° Cone – MegaCrimp couplings
Excellent performance: Gates CM2T Megaflex Hydraulic Hose
Gates’ CM2T hose range for high pressure hydraulic applications offering excellent performance characteristics at a highly
competitive price. This compact hose exceeds EN 857 2SC, is tested and validated to 600,000 impulse cycles, and allows for
tighter bend radii than standard 2-wire hose. Available in sizes from 1
⁄4–1.
Couplings: MegaCrimp
Key benefits:
nn Easy to route and to install in tight areas
nn 70% of EN 857 2SC bend radius at rated
working pressure
nn Outstanding durability and flex impulse performance
nn Lightweight
nn Compatible with biodegradable hydraulic fluids such
as synthetic esters, polyglycols and vegetable oils
Female Straight
Part No Hose Thread Pack
Bore Size Size
4G10FDLORX 1/4 M16x1.5 10
6G12FDLORX 3/8 M18x1.5 10
8G15FDLORX 1/2 M22x1.5 10
10G18FDLORX 5/8 M26x1.5 10
Female 90° Swept Elbow
Bore Size Size
4G10FDLORX90 1/4 M16x1.5 10
6G12FDLORX90 3/8 M18x1.5 10
8G15FDLORX90 1/2 M22x1.5 10
10G18FDLORX90 5/8 M26x1.5 10
Male Straight
Bore Size Size
4G10MDL 1/4 M16x1.5 10
6G12MDL 3/8 M18x1.5 10
8G15MDL 1/2 M22x1.5 10
10G18MDL 5/8 M26x1.5 10
Din Heavy Series. 24° Cone – Megacrimp couplings
Female Straight
Bore Size Size
4G10FDHORX 1/4 M18x1.5 10
6G12FDHORX 3/8 M20x1.5 10
8G16FDHORX 1/2 M24x1.5 10
10G20FDHORX 5/8 M30x2.0 10
Bore Size Size
4G10FDHORX90 1/4 M18x1.5 10
6G12FDHORX90 3/8 M20x1.5 10
8G16FDHORX90 1/2 M24x1.5 10
10G20FDHORX90 5/8 M30x2.0 10
Male Straight
Bore Size Size
4G10MDH 1/4 M18x1.5 10
6G12MDH 3/8 M20x1.5 10
8G16MDH 1/2 M24x1.5 10
10G20MDH 5/8 M30x2.0 10
Part No Bore Size Max Working Pressure Qty.
CM2T04-CL30 1/4 400 Bar 30 mtrs
CM2T06-CL30 3/8 330 Bar 30 mtrs
CM2T08-CL30 1/2 275 Bar 30 mtrs
CM2T10-RL50 5/8 250 Bar 50 mtrs
CM2T12-RL50 3/4 215 Bar 50 mtrs
CM2T16-CT40 1 165 Bar 40 mtrs
Male BSP Parallel.
60° Cone
Bore Size Size
4G4MBSPP 1/4 G1/4 10
6G6MBSPP 3/8 G3/8 10
8G8MBSPP 1/2 G1/2 10
10G10MBSPP 5/8 G5/8 10
12G12MBSPP 3/4 G3/4 10
16G16MBSPP 1 G1 5
Female BSP. O-ring Swivel. 60° Cone
Bore Size Size
4G4FBSPORX 1/4 G1/4 10
10G10FBSPORX 5/8 G5/8 10
12G12FBSPORX 3/4 G3/4 10
16G16FBSPORX 1 G1 5
Female BSP. O-ring Swivel
60° Cone. 90° Swept Elbow
Bore Size Size
4G4FBSPORX90 1/4 G1/4 10
6G6FBSPORX90 3/8 G3/8 10
8G8FBSPORX90 1/2 G1/2 10
10G10FBSPORX90 5/8 G5/8 10
12G12FBSPORX90 3/4 G3/4 10
16G16FBSPORX90 1 G1 5

Know-How
FluidPower
104
Gates Extremely High
Pressure Multi-Spiral Hoses
and GlobalSpiral™ Couplings
BSP. 60° Cone – GlobalSpiral couplings
Highest flexibility for best results: Gates Envirofluid Hydraulic Spiral Hose (EFGxK)
Ideal for extremely high pressure and high impulse hydraulic applications, this spiral hose provides outstanding
durability and flexibility. Validated with GlobalSpiral (GS) couplings to one million impulse cycles this multi-spiral
hose offers you extended lifetime even in the harshest applications.
Couplings: GlobalSpiral
Key benefits:
nn Extremely flexible thanks to tight bend radii surpassing
European standards
nn Special nitrile-tube compound eliminating seeping through the
tube and the different layers of reinforcement
nn Excellent compatibility with synthetic and biodegradable hydraulic
fluids such as synthetic esters, polyglycols and vegetable oils
nn Outstanding product durability and superior impulse performance
up to 1,000,000 impulse cycles
Female Straight
Bore Size Size
8GS8FBSPORX 1/2 G1/2–14 BSP 1
16GS16FBSPORX 1 G1–11 BSP 1
Bore Size Size
8GS8FBSPORX90 1/2 G1/2–14 BSP 1
10GS10FBSPORX90 5/8 G5/8–14 BSP 1
12GS12FBSPORX90 3/4 G3/4–14 BSP 1
16GS16FBSPORX90 1 G1–11 BSP 1
Male Straight
Bore Size Size
8GS8MBSPP 1/2 G1/2–14 BSP 1
10GS10MBSPP 5/8 G5/8–14 BSP 1
12GS12MBSPP 3/4 G3/4–14 BSP 1
16GS16MBSPP 1 G1–11 BSP 1
DIN Heavy. 24° Cone – GlobalSpiral couplings
Gates GlobalSpiral Plus
Gates GlobalSpiral Plus (GSP) is a new range of non-skive 2-piece large bore
couplings designed for 1 and 2-wire braid hydraulics hose.
Female Straight
Bore Size Size
8GS16FDHORX 1/2 M24x1.5 1
10GS20FDHORX 5/8 M30x2.0 1
12GS25FDHORX 3/4 M36x2.0 1
16GS30FDHORX 1 M42x2.0 1
Female Straight
Bore Size Size
24GSP24FBSPORX 1.1/2 G1.1/2–11BSP 1
32GSP32FBSPORX 2 G2–11BSP 1
Male Straight
Bore Size Size
24GSP24MBSPP 1.1/2 G1.1/2–11BSP 1
32GSP32MBSPP 2 G2–11BSP 1
Female 90º Swept Elbow
Bore Size Size
24GSP24FBSPORX90 1.1/2 G1.1/2–11BSP 1
32GSP32FBSPORX90 2 G2–11BSP 1
Ferrules for 1 and 2-Wire Hose
Part No Hose Pack
Bore Size
24GSP1F-2 1.1/2 1
32GSP1F-2 2 1
Bore Size Size
8GS16FDHORX90 1/2 M24x1.5 1
10GS20FDHORX90 5/8 M30x2.0 1
12GS25FDHORX90 3/4 M36x2.0 1
16GS30FDHORX90 1 M42x2.0 1
Male Straight
Bore Size Size
8GS16MDH 1/2 M24x1.5 1
10GS20MDH 5/8 M30x2.0 1
12GS25MDH 3/4 M36x2.0 1
16GS30MDH 1 M42x2.0 1
Gates Envirofluid Hydraulic Spiral Hose (EFGxK)
Part No Bore Size Max Working Pressure Qty.
PSI Bar
8EFG6K 1/2 6000 420 30 mtrs
10EFG5K 5/8 5000 350 30 mtrs
12EFG5K 3/4 5000 350 30 mtrs
16EFG4K 1 4000 280 60 mtrs
Ferrules
Part No Hose Bore
Size
6GS1F-4 3/8
8GS1F-4 1/2
10GS1F-4 5/8
12GS1F-4 3/4
16GS1F-4 1
20GS1F-4 1.1/4
24GS1F 1.1/2
High Pressure Hoses and Couplings

FluidPower
105Volume Hose Assemblies and
Hydraulic Components
Offering You More
nn Approved hose assembler for Gates Fluid Power
nn Accredited to The British Fluid Power Distribution
Association hose assembler programme
nn Hose assembly testing and certification
to international standards
nn Tailored training programmes covering hose assembly
installation, inspection and health and safety
Manufacturing Approach
nn Total cost reduction
nn Provider of Gates Global performance products
nn Range of FLEXION hydraulic hoses, fittings and connectors
nn Tube manipulation and EMB Din tube fittings
nn Bespoke fittings and manifold block solutions
nn Onsite application and system design support
What This Means To You
nn Warranty cost reduction
nn Improved service life of your machines
nn Leak-free Port to Port programme ensuring
the integrity of the whole assembly
nn Application engineering support in the
prototype process, to reduce the number
of components and connections
Logistic Solutions
nn Kitting services - Custom-packed parts to meet the specific
requirements of your production process
nn Inventory management service - A well-managed inventory
creates not only immediate financial benefits, but also a
leaner operation that performs better and more profitably
in the long term
nn Easy Order System - Combining logistics services and
e-Business solutions for purchase and management of
your production materials, at a reduced procurement cost.
Fast. Easy. Cost-
effective. Solutions
If you’re looking for a port-to-port hydraulic solution, you’ll find few to
engage with better as an innovative and reliable partner than ERIKS.
With an unparalleled blend of know-how, and experience, we offer
you a professional and cost-effective solution working with the best
products available.

Know-How
FluidPower
106 Hydraulic Components and Fittings
Rexroth Cetop Valves,
Hydraulic Accessories
CETOP 3/5 Valves
High quality valve from the European market leader in hydraulics. Directly interchangeable
with other brands conforming to the CETOP 3 or 5 standard.
nn Coils can be rotated 90º
nn Coils can be replaced without loss of fluid
Cetop 3 Valve (Size 6)
Part No Voltage Spool Type Seal Kit
4WE6D6X/EG24N9K4 24V DC D 313162
4WE6E6X/EG24N9K4 24V DC E 313162
4WE6J6X/EG24N9K4 24V DC J 313162
4WE6D6X/EW110N9K4 110V AC D 313162
4WE6E6X/EW110N9K4 110V AC E 313162
4WE6J6X/EW110N9K4 110V AC J 313162
Cetop 5 Valve (Size 10)
Part No Voltage Spool Type Seal Kit
4WE10D3X/CG24N9K4 24V DC D 312582
4WE10E3X/CG24N9K4 24V DC E 312582
4WE10J3X/CG24N9K4 24V DC J 312582
4WE10D3X/CW110N9K4 110V AC D 312582
4WE10E3X/CW110N9K4 110V AC E 312582
4WE10J3X/CW110N9K4 110V AC J 312582
„„ Filter new oil before filling a reservoir or
system: New oil is not machine ready oil;
always filter new oil prior to loading
„„ Match oil cleanliness to system requirements:
Understand the requirements set by your
system’s manufacturer and ensure filtration
you choose meets that level
„„ Consider hydraulic systems designed with
easily accessible filter systems; otherwise,
maintenance and filter replacement will lag
or be routinely postponed
„„ Set up a maintenance schedule based
on your operational requirements, based
on environmental conditions, where, how
frequently the system is operated and
filtration system design
„„ Clean the areas around the filter before you
change it; this prevents accidental intrusion
of dirt particles
Top tips...

FluidPower
107
Axial Piston Fixed Displacement
Motor A2FM series 6
Fixed displacement motor A2FM of axial piston, bent axis design
is suitable for hydrostatic drives in open and closed circuits. The
torque increases with the pressure differential between the high
and low pressure side and with increasing displacement. The
output speed depends on the flow capacity of the pump and the
displacement of the motor.
The pistons are directly supported by the drive shaft and there
create a pressure–dependent torque.
Features
nn Use in mobile and stationary application ranges
nn Axial tapered piston bent axis design
nn High power density
nn Small dimensions
nn High overall efficiency
nn Good start-up efficiency
nn Size 5…200
nn Nominal pressure: 315 bar (size 5),
400 bar (size 10-200)
nn Peak pressure: 350 bar (size 5),
450 bar (size 10-200)
nn Open and closed circuit
Size 5 10 12 16 23 28
Nominal pressure PN
bar 315 400 400 400 400 400
Peak pressure Pmax
bar 350 450 450 450 450 450
Swept volume Vg
cm3
4.93 10.3 12 16 22.9 28.1
Speed nmax
rpm 10000 8000 8000 8000 6300 6300
Inlet flow qv max
l/min 49 82 96 128 144 176
Torque ∆p = 400 bar T Nm 24.7 65 76 100 144 178
Weight (approx.) m kg 2.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 9.5 9.5
Proportional Directional Valves Operated
4WRE and 4WREE
The valve type 4WRE (E) is a direct operated proportional directional
valve with electrical position feedback for sub-plated mounting.
Operation is effected by means of proportional solenoids.
The solenoids are controlled either via external or via
integrated electronics.
Features
nn For sub plate mounting
nn Porting pattern according to ISO 4401
nn Control of flow direction and size
nn With electrical feedback
nn With integrated electronics (OBE)
(type 4WREE)
nn Spring-centred control spool
nn Sizes 6…10
nn Component series 2X
nn Maximum operating pressure 315 bar
nn Maximum flow 180 l/min
Size 6 10
Operating pressure Port A,B, P Pmax
bar 315 315
Nominal flow ∆p = 10 bar qv nom
Vmin 8, 16, 32 25,50, 75
Maximum hysteresis %
0.1 0.1
Step response 0 to 90% Tu
+Tg
ms 20 40
Operation voltage OBE U V 24 24
Comm. Value signal OBE U V ± 10 ± 10
I mA 4 to 20 4 to 20
Hydraulic Components

Know-How
FluidPower
108
Gates-EMB Fittings
Gates-EMB DIN Tube Fittings
The EMB patented technique of pre and final assembly of cutting
rings reduces assembly time and costs whilst providing superior
“leak-free” characteristics and reliable reproducible assembly results.
The entire process of tube preparation until the final coupling runs
like clock work in no time at all, thanks to our investment in “state of
the art” machinery.
New Surface Finish
Gates – EMB is the only supplier to offer a full range of DIN Tube
Fittings with 3 types of coating in parallel: NanoProtect™,
Zinc-Nickel and Stainless Steal. So the customer can select the
finishing best suited for the application
nn The Gates-EMB DIN Tube Fittings range is now also available
with a zinc-nickel coating.
Advantages of the modified coating:
nn Increased corrosion resistance
nn Constant friction coefficients compared to phosphating
nn Reduced wear during installation and clamping
Gates-EMB Opticam 4S
More control-more safety- easier to use!
Gates-EMB OPTICAM 4S for the secure and efficient assembly of
hydraulic cutting rings DS and DSW..
nn Extremely easy to handle
nn Automatic tool recognition excludes errors
nn SPC control of each assembly
nn Increased assembly accuracy through reference check after
each tool change
nn Improved error detection
nn Wear monitoring with individual cycle counter for each size
nn Export of assembly data available as CSV-file
Hydraulic Components and Fittings

FluidPower
109Adaptors
Metric Tube
Compression Fittings
Manufactured to the highest standards, all compression
fittings conform to the international standard EN ISO 8434-1
(DIN 2353), and conform to the latest EU regulations on the
restricted use of hazardous substances.
EMB fittings in addition to the Chrome 6 Free surface finish
have an additional protection level- NANO Protect, which
provides up to 400 hours protection to Red Rust.
Male Stud Couplings
BSP Parallel
60° Cone Light Series L
Part No Tube BSP
OD Male
GE6LR-60 6mm 1/8”
GE8LR-60 8mm 1/4”
GE10LR-60 10mm 1/4”
GE12LR-60 12mm 3/8”
GE15LR-60 15mm 1/2”
GE18LR-60 18mm 1/2”
GE22LR-60 22mm 3/4”
GE28LR-60 28mm 1”
GE35LR-60 35mm 1.1/4”
GE42LR-60 42mm 1.1/2”
other sizes on request
60° Cone Heavy Series S
Part No Tube BSP
OD Male
GE6SR-60 6mm 1/4”
GE8SR-60 8mm 1/4”
GE10SR-60 10mm 3/8”
GE12SR-60 12mm 3/8”
GE14SR-60 14mm 1/2”
GE16SR-60 16mm 1/2”
GE20SR-60 20mm 3/4”
GE20SR1-60 20mm 1”
GE25SR-60 25mm 1”
GE30SR1-60 30mm 1”
GE38SR-60 38mm 1.1/2”
Tube to Tube
Equal Straight
Light Series L
Part No Tube OD
G6PL 6mm
G8PL 8mm
G10PL 10mm
G12PL 12mm
G15PL 15mm
G18PL 18mm
G22PL 22mm
G28PL 28mm
G35PL 35mm
G42PL 42mm
Heavy Series S
Part No Tube OD
G6PS 6mm
G8PS 8mm
G10PS 10mm
G12PS 12mm
G14PS 14mm
G16PS 16mm
G20PS 20mm
G25PS 25mm
G30PS 30mm
G38PS 38mm
Tube to Tube
Equal Tee
Light Series L
Part No Tube OD
T6PL 6mm
T8PL 8mm
T10PL 10mm
T12PL 12mm
T15PL 15mm
T18PL 18mm
T22PL 22mm
T28PL 28mm
T35PL 35mm
T42PL 42mm
Heavy Series S
Part No Tube OD
T6PS 6mm
T8PS 8mm
T10PS 10mm
T12PS 12mm
T14PS 14mm
T16PS 16mm
T20PS 20mm
T25PS 25mm
T30PS 30mm
T38PS 38mm
Bulkhead
Straight
Light Series L
Part No Tube OD
SV6PL 6mm
SV8PL 8mm
SV10PL 10mm
SV12PL 12mm
SV15PL 15mm
SV18PL 18mm
SV22PL 22mm
SV28PL 28mm
SV35PL 35mm
SV42PL 42mm
Heavy Series S
Part No Tube OD
SV6PS 6mm
SV8PS 8mm
SV10PS 10mm
SV12PS 12mm
SV14PS 14mm
SV16PS 16mm
SV20PS 20mm
SV25PS 25mm
SV30PS 30mm
SV38PS 38mm
Weld Nipple Assembly
DIN Fitting Body
Tube End Forming EMB FS System
Standard DIN nut
D
Single edged
Cutting Ring
DSW
Double Edge Cutting
Ring with Soft
Seal
DS
Double Edge
Cutting Ring
EMB – L Series Fittings Working Pressure up to 500 bar
EMB – S series Fittings Working pressures up to 800 bar
Size Range 6mm O.D – 42mm O.D
Adaptor System for 37° Flare

Know-How
FluidPower
110 Hydraulic Accessories
Tee Pieces
BSP Male/Male/Male Tee
Part No Thread Thread Thread
A B C
KBT04 1/4 1/4 1/4
KBT06 3/8 3/8 3/8
KBT08 1/2 1/2 1/2
KBT10 5/8 5/8 5/8
KBT12 3/4 3/4 3/4
KBT16 1 1 1
KBT20 1.1/4 1.1/4 1.1/4
KBT24 1.1/2 1.1/2 1.1/2
BSP Female/Female/
Female Swivel Tee
Part No Thread Thread
A B
KBTFFF040404 1/4 1/4
KBTFFF060606 3/8 3/8
KBTFFF080808 1/2 1/2
KBTFFF121212 3/4 3/4
KBTFFF161616 1 1
KBTFFF202020 1.1/4 1.1/4
KBTFFF242424 1.1/2 1.1/2
BSP Male/Male/Female
Swivel Tee
A B C
KBTMMF040404 1/4 1/4 1/4
KBTMMF060606 3/8 3/8 3/8
KBTMMF080808 1/2 1/2 1/2
KBTMMF121212 3/4 3/4 3/4
KBTMMF161616 1 1 1
KBTMMF202020 1.1/4 1.1/4 1.1/4
KBTMMF242424 1.1/2 1.1/2 1.1/2
BSP Male/Female/Male
Swivel Tee
A B C
KBTMFM040404 1/4 1/4 1/4
KBTMFM060606 3/8 3/8 3/8
KBTMFM080808 1/2 1/2 1/2
KBTMFM121212 3/4 3/4 3/4
KBTMFM161616 1 1 1
KBTMFM202020 1.1/4 1.1/4 1.1/4
KBTMFM242424 1.1/2 1.1/2 1.1/2
Female x Female Adaptors
Adaptors
High quality, market leading hydraulic adaptors.
nn Manufactured from steel BS EN 10277:3 1999 230 MOPb
and conforming to recognised international standards
nn Surface treatment Chromium-6 free conforming to EU regulations
Male x Male Adaptors
BSP Male/Male Equal
Part No Thread A Thread B
KB02 1/8 1/8
KB04 1/4 1/4
KB06 3/8 3/8
KB08 1/2 1/2
KB10 5/8 5/8
KB12 3/4 3/4
KB16 1 1
KB20 1.1/4 1.1/4
KB24 1.1/2 1.1/2
KB32 2 2
BSP Straight Bulkhead
KBH02 1/8 1/8
KBH04 1/4 1/4
KBH06 3/8 3/8
KBH08 1/2 1/2
KBH10 5/8 5/8
KBH12 3/4 3/4
KBH16 1 1
BSP Male/Male
90º Compact Elbow
KB040490C 1/4 1/4
KB060690C 3/8 3/8
KB080890C 1/2 1/2
KB101090C 5/8 5/8
KB121290C 3/4 3/4
KB161690C 1 1
BSP Male/Male Unequal
KB0204 1/8 1/4
KB0206 1/8 3/8
KB0406 1/4 3/8
KB0408 1/4 1/2
KB0608 3/8 1/2
KB0610 3/8 5/8
KB0810 1/2 5/8
KB0820 1/2 1.1/4
KB0412 1/4 3/4
KB0612 3/8 3/4
KB0812 1/2 3/4
KB1012 5/8 3/4
KB1016 5/8 1
KB0616 3/8 1
KB0816 1/2 1
KB1216 3/4 1
KB1220 3/4 1.1/4
KB1620 1 1.1/4
KB1224 3/4 1.1/2
KB1624 1 1.1/2
KB2024 1.1/4 1.1/2
KB1632 1 2
KB2032 1.1/4 2
KB2432 1.1/2 2
BSP Female/Female
Swivel
A B
KBFF0404 1/4F 1/4F
KBFF0406 1/4F 3/8F
KBFF0408 1/4F 1/2F
KBFF0606 3/8F 3/8F
KBFF0608 3/8F 1/2F
KBFF0808 1/2F 1/2F
KBFF0812 1/2F 3/4F
A B
KBFF1010 5/8F 5/8F
KBFF1212 3/4F 3/4F
KBFF1216 3/4F 1F
KBFF1616 1F 1F
KBFF2020 1.1/4F 1.1/4F
KBFF2424 1.1/2F 1.1/2F
KBFF3232 2F 2F
BSP Female/Female 90º
Compact Swivel Elbow
A B
KBFF040490C 1/4F 1/4F
KBFF060690C 3/8F 3/8F
KBFF080890C 1/2F 1/2F
KBFF121290C 3/4F 3/4F
KBFF161690C 1F 1F
KBFF202090C 1.1/4F 1.1/4F
KBFF242490C 1.1/2F 1.1/2F

FluidPower
111
Probe
Part No Port size
QRC-P04 1/4 BSPP
QRC-P06 3/8 BSPP
QRC-P08 1/2 BSPP
QRC-P12 3/4 BSPP
QRC-P16 1 BSPP
Carrier
Part No Port size
QRC-C04 1/4 BSPP
QRC-C06 3/8 BSPP
QRC-C08 1/2 BSPP
QRC-C12 3/4 BSPP
QRC-C16 1 BSPP
Probe
Part No Port size
QRC-P04FF 1/4 BSPP
QRC-P06FF 3/8 BSPP
QRC-P08FF 1/2 BSPP
QRC-P12FF 3/4 BSPP
QRC-P16FF 1 BSPP
Carrier
Part No Port size
QRC-C04FF 1/4 BSPP
QRC-C06FF 3/8 BSPP
QRC-C08FF 1/2 BSPP
QRC-C12FF 3/4 BSPP
QRC-C16FF 1 BSPP
Quick Release Couplings
ISO 7241 Series A
nn Cost effective solution, tested to
ISO 7421 standard
nn Zinc plated, heat treated carbon steel,
Nitrile “O” ring seals are fitted as
standard. Viton available on request
nn Suitable for both agricultural and
industrial use requiring frequent
connections and disconnections
nn Maximum working pressure range
from 350 bar (1/4) to 130 bar (2)
ISO 7241 Series B
nn Heat treated carbon steel, zinc
plated, Nitrile O-ring seals with
Teflon backing rings
nn Ideally suited to heavy duty
applications such as: automotive,
offshore, railways, petrochemical,
steel, civil engineering
nn Maximum working pressure
range from 300 bar
Screw to Connect
nn Screw connection style eliminates brinelling,
increasing the life of the coupling
nn Screw connection style allows for connection with
up to 50 bar pressure in each hydraulic hose line
nn Screw connection style prevents accidental
uncoupling under vibration
nn Suited to heavy duty industrial
applications which are subject to
heavy mechanical loads and high
pressure pulse application on
construction plant
Probe
Part No Port size
QRC-P04B 1/4 BSPP
QRC-P06B 3/8 BSPP
QRC-P08B 1/2 BSPP
QRC-P12B 3/4 BSPP
QRC-P16B 1 BSPP
Carrier
Part No Port size
QRC-C04B 1/4 BSPP
QRC-C06B 3/8 BSPP
QRC-C08B 1/2 BSPP
QRC-C12B 3/4 BSPP
QRC-C16B 1 BSPP
Probe
Part No Port size
QRC-P04SC 1/4 BSPP
QRC-P06SC 3/8 BSPP
QRC-P08SC 1/2 BSPP
QRC-P12SC 3/4 BSPP
QRC-P16SC 1 BSPP
Carrier
Part No Port size
QRC-C04SC 1/4 BSPP
QRC-C06SC 3/8 BSPP
QRC-C08SC 1/2 BSPP
QRC-C12SC 3/4 BSPP
QRC-C16SC 1 BSPP
Glycerine Filled
Pressure Gauges
A small selection of the range available from
ERIKS.
nn Stainless steel case
nn Accuracy ±1.6% FSD
nn 63mm (2.1/2) Diameter, 1/4 BSPP
nn Available bottom and rear entry fittings
Bottom Entry
Part No Pressure Range
PG63BO10 0-10 bar
PG63BO16 0-16 bar
PG63BO25 0-25 bar
PG63BO40 0-40 bar
PG63BO60 0-60 bar
PG63BO100 0-100 bar
PG63BO160 0-160 bar
PG63BO250 0-250 bar
PG63BO400 0-400 bar
PG63BO600 0-600 bar
Rear Entry
PG63RO10 0-10 bar
PG63RO16 0-16 bar
PG63RO25 0-25 bar
PG63RO40 0-40 bar
PG63RO60 0-60 bar
PG63RO100 0-100 bar
PG63RO160 0-160 bar
PG63RO250 0-250 bar
PG63RO400 0-400 bar
PG63RO600 0-600 bar
Flat Face
nn Zero leakage coupling, easy to clean
to prevent contamination ingress, and
manufactured to ISO 16028 standard
nn Pressure rated up to 350 bar,
warranty for 1 year including
on hammer applications
nn Zinc-Nickel plating reduces corrosion,
rated for 280 hours
to white rust in a salt spray test
nn Available in stainless steel

Know-How
FluidPower
112
Part No Description Thread Max WP
ESNA01 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece BSP 1/4 630 bar
ESNA06 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece BSP 1 345 bar
1620 Male/Swivel Female Test
Tee Piece
nn Also available in stainless steel
Part No Description Hose Length
ETH1614-1000 1620 Fem x 1/4 BSP Gauge Fem 1000mm
ETH1614-2000 1620 Fem x 1/4 BSP Gauge Fem 2000mm
ETH1616-1000 1620 Fem x 1620 Fem 1000mm
ETH1616-2000 1620 Fem x 1620 Fem 2000mm
High Pressure Micro
Bore Assemblies
Other hose lengths/combinations available on request.
Max working pressure 400 bar, other pressures on request.
Single Gauge Digital Pressure Test Kits
EDPTK0/60 0-60 Bar
EDPTK0/250 0-250 Bar
EDPTK0/600 0-600 Bar
Universal
Standard
Pressure Test Kits Digital Pressure Test Kits
nn Single digital pressure gauge with minimall test points,
adaptors and hose in a carry case
nn Three kits available in the different pressure ranges
nn Gauges have peak min/max storage, great accuracy
and easy to read display
Pressure Test Kits 40/400bar
Part No Pressure
ESPTK40/400 Standard
EUPTK40/400 Universal
Other pressure ranges available on request.
EMA3R1/8ED 1620 Test Point with Metal Cap BSP 1/8 400 bar
EMA3R1/4ED 1620 Test Point with Metal Cap BSP 1/4 630 bar
1620 Test Point with Metal
Cap
nn Can be used as sampling points
EPGC1604 1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct) BSP 1/4 630 bar
EPGC1608 1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct) BSP 1/2 630 bar
1620 Pressure Gauge
Connection (direct)
nn Also available in stainless steel
Lifetime leak free guarantee

FluidPower
113Oil Transfer Units and Ball Valves
Oil Transfer Units
This high performance series provides fast and efficient oil clean-up with
simple maintenance procedures that require no tools to change.
This filter is designed to ensure it does not become blocked on the outer fibres but allows
the full depth of the filter media to be utilised, capturing and retaining larger debris in the
outer layers and the finer particles in the inner contamination control section of the media.
This results in longer service life and better performance over
a wide range of different sized contaminants.
The assembly also includes an indicator button which activates when
the filter-can needs changing. Available in a range of high
performance efficiency ratings from 1 to 25 micron.
nn Group 2 gear pump giving up to 27 litres/min
nn Options of 110V, 240V standard supply
nn Includes standard DOL Starter
nn Fully wired and ready to use
nn Visual ‘pop-up’ contamination indicator
nn Includes 2 metre suction and delivery hose
nn Carrying handle
nn Pall 6 Micron cartridge fitted as standard
Oil Transfer Unit
Part No Description
OTU1-110V-25 Oil transfer unit 110V, 25 litre A
OTU1-220V-25 Oil transfer unit 220V, 25 litre A
Accessories
Part No Description
DIPTUBE-25 Dip tube for 25 litre drum B
DIPTUBE-205 Dip tube for 205 litre drum C
HC7400SKP4H Pall 3 Micron replacement cartridge D
HC7400SKN4H Pall 6 Micron replacement cartridge,
(fitted as standard) D
HC7400SKS4H Pall 12 Micron replacement cartridge D
QRC-P12 QRC Probe, 3/4 BSP E
QRC-C12 QRC Carrier, 3/4 BSP F
B
C
A
D
E
F
Cable Lock
Safety Retaining System for High Pressure Hydraulic Hose Assemblies
Cablelock is an innovative retention system for high-pressure hydraulic hoses, which
offers protection to a person from the dangerous effects of whip lash by the sudden
release of hydraulic energy. Cablelock will restrain the hose assembly if the end
termination is blown off or if there is end connection separation.
This retaining system allows for the compliance to the DIN ISO 4413 section of the
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG
Advantages of the Cablelock system:
nn Installable without removing the current hydraulic hose assembly
nn Compact structure , can be installed in areas where space is a premium
nn Universal system, can be installed across different hose types
nn Cost effective, safe, easy and quick installation

Know-How
FluidPower
114 Hydraulic Valves
Part No Port size Nominal pressure
HBV2G14 BSP 1/4 500
HBV2G38 BSP 3/8 500
HBV2G12 BSP 1/2 400
HBV2G34 BSP 3/4 315
HBV2G1 BSP 1 315
HBV2G114 BSP 1.1/4 315
HBV2G112 BSP 1.1/2 315
HBV2G2 BSP 2 315
Part No Port size Nominal
pressure
DVG18 BSP 1/8 350
DVG14 BSP 1/4 350
DVG38 BSP 3/8 350
DVG12 BSP 1/2 350
DVG34 BSP 3/4 350
DVG1 BSP 1 350
DVG114 BSP 1.1/4 350
DVG112 BSP 1.1/2 350
pressure
DRVG18 BSP 1/8 350
DRVG14 BSP 1/4 350
DRVG38 BSP 3/8 350
DRVG12 BSP 1/2 350
DRVG34 BSP 3/4 350
DRVG1 BSP 1 350
DRVG114 BSP 1.1/4 350
DRVG112 BSP 1.1/2 350
pressure
RVG14 BSP 1/4 500
RVG38 BSP 3/8 500
RVG12 BSP 1/2 500
RVG34 BSP 3/4 400
RVG1 BSP 1 350
RVG114 BSP 1.1/4 350
RVG112 BSP 1.1/2 350
RVG2 BSP 2 250
Part No Port size Nominal pressure
HBV3LG14 BSP 1/4 500
HBV3LG1 BSP 1 250
High Pressure 2-way Ball
Valves
High Pressure 3-way Ball
Valves L-port
Ball Valves
High-pressure ball valves have a true on-off function; they should not be used in a partially
opened position. Three-way ball valves come in different versions. The most commonly
used has an L-bore with one defined pressured inlet port (the centre one).
nn The flow can be switched from one to the other outlet port by turning the handle
over a 90º angle
nn In the 45º position the flow is blocked
Flow Control Valves
nn Flow control valves are designed
to restrict the flow going through the
valve from a fully opened position to a
fully closed position
nn Be aware that highly restricted
flow levels will cause
considerable
heat generation
Speed Control Valves
nn These speed control valves have
a built-in check valve which makes
the adjustable flow restriction only
work in one flow direction
nn In the reversed flow direction
the check valve opens
and offers virtually
unrestricted flow
Check Valves
nn A check valve simply allows flow in
one direction and completely blocks
flow in the reversed direction
nn The so-called cracking pressure is
normally set at 0.5 bar. This is the
pressure at which the valve starts
to open when pressured in the free
flow direction
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

FluidPower
115Bladder Accumulators and LAC Oil Coolers
Bladder Accumulators and
Accessories
Parker UK Series - a high pressure range of bladder accumulators and
accessories
Ideally suited for the UK Industrial market (207 to 420 bar/ up to 54L).
The UK series has been engineered to the highest quality standards to
optimize service life and product safety. Its robust shell and bladder design
offers strength and reliability which ensure the provision of constant
pressure storage in any hydraulic system.
The UK series is fitted with a bonded seal fluid port and 1/4” BSP Gas
Connection as standard.
A hydrostatic pressure test is carried out on all hydraulic accumulator
shells during the manufacturing process. We can also offer additional
pressure testing for shells or for a complete assembly - witnessed by a
specified Inspection Authority and/or customer - as an optional extra.
Benefits
nn Engineered to the highest quality standards
nn Long service life
nn Technical and application expertise
nn Accessories including charging kits.
Typical Applications
nn Hydrostatic bearings
nn Lubricating oil supplies
nn Chucking systems
nn Machine tools.
Also available: A complete range of piston and
diaphragm accumulators.
From 1kW up to a 300 kW cooling capacity. With its simple and
robust design and wide selection of accessories, this range will suit all
industrial applications with a high voltage electric source.
It is quiet in operation and offers a low pressure drop and high cooling
capacity. It has a single-phase or three-phase AC-motor and is suitable
for installation in most applications and environments.
Benefits with the correct working temperature
nn Extended system life
nn Increased output and fewer shutdowns
nn Reduced service and repair costs
nn High efficiency level maintained in continuous operation.
Typical Applications
nn Power units
nn Lubrication systems
nn Marine cranes
nn Presses
nn Wind power
LAC Oil Cooler Series and Accessories
Special versions also available for Marine
and ATEX applications.

Know-How
FluidPower
116
Intelligent control valves
for electrical engineers
Need greater control or
better menu handling?
Advanced hydraulic control
for mechanical engineers
Focused on product quality,
speed and accuracy?
VIRTUAL REALITY
B261115-Parker Racor Advert-A5.indd 1 02/12/2015 12:46
• Enhanced motion control
gives repeatable, realistic
simulations for life
cycle testing
• Downloadable move
parameters let you easily
dump new data sets for
quick product line
changeovers or
replacement valve setup
• Fast voice coil technology
operates at frequencies
up to 350 Hz
• Higher valve precision means more
accurate cylinder positioning mid-stroke,
with better product quality and tolerance
• Robust design, tested in
up to one billion cycles in
tough marine diesel
applications, makes it
among the best-in-class
for reliability
• Optimised cycle times
boost productivity, even
with existing machines
and equipment
It’s time to get Parker’s DF Plus Valve on board.
Dynamic performance and intelligent
control, all in one clever valve.
To find out more, please contact
Tim Duffy at ERIKS on 024 7644 6644,
or email Tim.Duffy@eriks.co.uk.
http://www.parker.com/literature/Hydraulic%20
Controls%20Europe/Brochures/HY11-3328UK.pdf
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Parker advert.pdf 1 26/01/2016 10:44
Hydraulic Valves

FluidPower
117
Directional Control Valves
Series D1VW
Parker’s directional control valve series D1VW in NG06 (CETOP 03 / NFPA D03) provides
high functional limits up to 80 l/min in combination with a very low, energy-saving pressure
drop due to optimized flow passages. The maximum pressure is 350 bar.
Performance Characteristics
Nominal Size NG06 / CETOP 03
Operation Style Direct
Maximum Flow Rate 80 Litres/Min (depending on spool), 60 (depending on spool)
Connection Type Connector as per EN 175301-803, plugs not included.
Actuation Solenoid
Weight 1.5kg (D1VW with 1 solenoid), 2.1 kg(D1VW with
2 solenoids) valves in more detail.
Part No. Voltage Spool in Neutral Spring Arrangement Spool Code
D1VW002CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 2
D1VW002CNJW 24V DC 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 2
D1VW001CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 1
D1VW001CNJW 24V DC 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 1
D1VW004CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 4
D1VW004CNJW 24V DC 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 8
D1VW008CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 8
D1VW008CNJW 24V DC 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 020
D1VW020HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 20 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 020
D1VW020BNJW 24V DC 20 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 030
D1VW020BNYW 110V AC 50Hz 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Offset End to End 020
D1VW020BNJW 24V DC 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Offset End to End 020
D1VW030BNYW 110V AC 50Hz 0 All Ports Connected Spring Offset End to End 030
D1VW030HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 30 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 030
D1VW030BNJW 24V DC 30 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 030
Part No. Voltage Spool in Neutral Spring Arrangement Spool Code
D3W002CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 002
D3W002CNJW 24V DC 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 002
D3W001CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 001
D3W001CNJW 24V DC 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 001
D3W004CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 004
D3W004CNJW 24V DC 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 004
D3W008CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 008
D3W008CNJW 24V DC 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 008
D3W020HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 20 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 020
D3W020BNJW 24V DC 20 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 020
D3W030HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 30 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 030
D3W030BNJW 24V DC 30 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 030
Series D3W
Parker’s direct operated directional control valve series D3W in NG10 (CETOP 05/ NFPA
D05) features low energy losses due to optimized flow passages for economical operation.
It offers high functional limits up to 150 l/min and a maximum pressure of 350 bar.
Performance Characteristics
Nominal Size NG10/CETOP 5
Mounting Style Sub-plate mounting
Operation Style Direct
Actuation Solenoid
Series Type Directional control valve
Weight (kg) 4.8 (1 solenoid), 6.3 (2 solenoids)
Spool Type Spool TypeCode Code
a 0 b
3 Position Spools 2 Position Spools
030
020
008
002
004
001
Spool Type Spool TypeCode Code
a 0 b
3 Position Spools 2 Position Spools
030
020
008
002
004
001

Know-How
FluidPower
118 Hydraulic Cylinders
HASSLEDBYHYDRAULIC
CYLINDERFAILURES?
B261115-Parker Racor Advert-A5.indd 1 02/12/2015 12:46
To find out more, please contact
Tim Duffy at ERIKS on 024 7644 6644,
or email Tim.Duffy@eriks.co.uk.
http://ph.parker.com/gb/en/hydraulic-cylinders-and-parts
Managing a production line is hard work when you
need to run machines faster, work plant harder
or put new products down an existing line.
With 90 per cent of failures down to
misalignment, contamination or
mechanical damage, it’s vital to keep
track of what’s going wrong. Occasional
repairs are fine; but if the same problems
keep cropping up, it’s time for a rethink.
ERIKS offers expert advice, backed
by Parker’s industry-leading
application and technological
knowledge. So if you’d like a chat
on how to sort out your cylinder
problems, please get in touch.
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Parker advert 2.pdf 2 26/01/2016 10:44

FluidPower
119
Hydraulic Cylinders
Developed with an uncompromising approach to durability and performance. Every
component is built from high quality materials for maximum life in harsh conditions
and every feature designed to ensure high load capacity, wear resistance and smooth
performance even in the most demanding application.
Metric Tie Rod Series HMI/HMD Roundline MMA “Mill Type” Series
The HMI and HMD ranges described in this catalogue are
Compact Series cylinders to ISO 6020/2 and DIN 24 554, rated
for use at working pressures up to 210 bar depending on the rod
end and type of service. They have been designed to satisfy the
requirements of a wide range of industries in which cylinders to ISO
or DIN standards are specified.
Technical Features:
nn Working pressure up to 210 bar
nn Bore sizes: 25mm to 200mm
nn Piston rod diameters: 12mm to 140mm
nn Single and double rod designs available
nn Strokes – available in any practical stroke length
nn Cushions – available at either or both ends
nn Five seal types to suit a wide range of fluid specifications
nn Temperature ranges: -20°C to +150°C.
Application Benefits
nn Extended life due to critical component design and
serviceability
nn Smooth operation for precise and dynamic performance
nn Solutions for existing application problems with an ISO /DIN
Product.
The heavy duty series MMA cylinder has been designed for
service in steel mills and in other arduous applications where a
rugged, dependable cylinder is required. In addition to the standard
cylinders, MMA cylinders can be designed and manufactured to suit
individual customer requirements.
Technical Features:
nn Heavy duty construction
nn Styles and dimensions to: CETOP RP73H, ISO 6022, DIN
24 333, AFNOR NF E48-025, VW 39D 921
nn Rated pressure: 250 bar
nn Fatigue-free at the rated pressure
nn Hydraulic mineral oil – other fluids on request
nn Temperature range of standard seals: -20°C to +80°C
nn Construction: head and cap bolted to heavy steel flanges
nn Bore sizes: 50mm to 320mm
nn Piston rod diameters: 32mm to 220mm
nn Cushioning – optional at both ends
nn Air bleeds – optional at both ends
nn Tested in accordance with ISO 10100 : 2001.
Application Benefits
nn Extended life due to critical component design and
serviceability
nn Smooth operation for precise and dynamic performance
nn Customer specific solutions for special applications.

Know-How
FluidPower
120
Can you afford unplanned and
expensive downtime?
You will receive:
nn Fixed price up front so you know exactly what you are paying
nn Free collection service of your old pump saving you valuable
time,
effort and money
nn Service exchange items available from stock
nn An “as new” 12 month manufacturers warranty
nn 3-5 day turnaround service
Benefits:
nn Prevention of repeat repairs
nn Reduction of downtime
nn All parts are fully tested and adjusted to Bosch Rexroth
settings
nn Increase in productivity
Whether you need spare parts, onsite or field service support,
product training, a system health check or you simply want to talk
through your service issues, don’t take the risk.
Price List
A10 Pump Type Size Price
A10VSO 18 18 £721.43
A10VSO 28 28 £764.29
A10VSO 45 45 £861.43
The cost effective exchange
programme for your A10
pumps
Bosch Rexroth is the only company that can
repair and replace Rexroth products
back to the original specification.
Brand new from Bosch Rexroth, an environmentally-
friendly A10 pump service exchange programme.
Call 0845 006 6000
Back to New Service
A10 Pump Type Size Price
A10VSO 71 71 £960.00
A10VSO 100 100 £1,151.00
A10VSO 140 140 £1,349.00
We can
n Help save you expensive downtime
n Help reduce your machinery failure
n Offer you bespoke service contracts at no
extra cost
n Provide a full warranty
Exchange Programme

FluidPower
121
IT’S A SOLUTION THAT
LASTS A LIFETIME
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services Solutions
MORE THAN THE
SUM OF THE PARTS
A product is just a product, but a
product supported by services that
are provided by people with know-
how is more than just a product...
we CAN,
we WILL
we DO
SAVING TIME SAVING COSTS SAFETY CONSCIOUS
www.eriks.co.uk
Here for you for
greater EFFICIENCY,
greater RELIABILITY
and longer SERVICE
LIFE which equals
greater SAVINGS

Know-How
FluidPower
122
RESPONSIVE
HYDRAULIC REPAIR
ERIKS offer a highly responsive
repair service to help keep your
’down time’ to a minimum.
We guarantee fast turn around
times, and great quality products
all supported by our application
engineers who have the technical
know-how when you need it most.
ENGINEERING
SITE SERVICES
FUNCTIONS:
nn Full machine shop / fabrication
nn In house honing
nn Full testing facility
nn Working capacities for:
600bar – 200rpm
0-15 mtrs
0-18 mtr Diameter
nn Heavy duty torque multiplyer for excavator
rebuilds
nn Complete strip down of cylinder
WHY ERIKS:
A ‘Comprehensive’ Strip and Quote Service
which includes:
nn Comprehensive assessment and full diagnosis
nn Locating all spares required for the repair
nn Prompt quotation to reduce down time
CALL: 0845 006 6000

YOUR Complete
FILTRATION solution
ERIKS has brought together a range of filtration
brands not available from any other supplier.
All market leaders in their specific fields, these
manufacturers are now partnered with the
UK’s number one distributor of pneumatic,
hydraulic and filtration products.
At ERIKS we believe that having field based, competent technical
sales engineers separates us from those who simply supply
product in a box
SERVICES
nn On-site fluid sampling
nn Independent filtration
audits
nn Lab services
nn Plant commissioning
PRODUCT RANGE
nn Hydraulic / Air / Process Filtration
nn Dust and fume control
nn Purifier equipment
nn Monitoring equipment
nn Housings and assemblies
nn Transfer units
123

Know-How
FluidPower
124
Industry leading filter performance
(Betax(c)≥2000), even under high
cyclic conditions
u Consistently high filter performance
delivers improved fluid cleanliness
for the full life of the filter
u The smallest footprint for your
operations
u Anti-static construction reduces
charge generation and virtually
eliminates static discharge
u Coreless, synthetic construction
minimizes waste disposal
maximise equipment
reliabilityreduce costs
Pall Corporation, serving the fluid power industry, specialize in the removal and control of contamination
in hydraulic, lubrication and fuel systems for markets such as mobile, mining, power generation, industrial
manufacturing, primary metals, offshore and petrochemicals. As the world’s premier provider of filtration,
separation and purification science enabling technologies, Pall has built a reputation as the applied solutions
experts in filtration, based on technical expertise, proven performance, quality products, and responsive
service. The breadth of our product line and scientific resources makes us uniquely qualified to deliver the
best product technologies for each application we support.
AthalonTM
Hydraulic
and Lube Oil Filters
Oil Purification
Systems
Reliability of systems, the life of system
components and fluids can be extended
by minimising water contamination
u Vacuum dehydration technology for
fluid viscosities up to 700cSt.
u Removes 100% free water, air and
gases and up to 80% dissolved
water, air and gases
u High efficiency particulate and salt
contamination removal
u Compact footprint in a range of flows
u Available for purchase and hire
Diagnostics and
monitoring equipment
u Fluid cleanliness monitoring using
proven mesh blockage technology
- Accurate results even in water
based, cloudy or aerated fluids
- Real time monitoring for immediate
corrective actions
u WS Series fixed and portable
water sensors measure dissolved
water levels in hydraulic, lube and
insulating oils, supporting predicative
maintenance programs of plant and
machinery
© 2016 Pall Corporation. Pall, Coralon, Profile, Nexis, Claris, FSI, Ultipleat,
Athalon and Ultipor are trademarks of Pall Corporation. ® indicates a trademark
registered in the USA. BETTER LIVES. BETTER PLANET and Filtration. Separation.
Solution.SM are service marks of Pall Corporation.
For more information visit www.pall.com/me
For further details, contact your local
ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000
Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM
Industry leading filter performance
(Betax(c)≥2000), even under high
cyclic conditions
u Consistently high filter performance
delivers improved fluid cleanliness
for the full life of the filter
u The smallest footprint for your
operations
u Anti-static construction reduces
charge generation and virtually
eliminates static discharge
u Coreless, synthetic construction
minimizes waste disposal
maximise equipment
reliabilityreduce costs
Pall Corporation, serving the fluid power industry, specialize in the removal and control of contamination
in hydraulic, lubrication and fuel systems for markets such as mobile, mining, power generation, industrial
manufacturing, primary metals, offshore and petrochemicals. As the world’s premier provider of filtration,
separation and purification science enabling technologies, Pall has built a reputation as the applied solutions
experts in filtration, based on technical expertise, proven performance, quality products, and responsive
service. The breadth of our product line and scientific resources makes us uniquely qualified to deliver the
best product technologies for each application we support.
AthalonTM Hydraulic
and Lube Oil Filters
Oil Purification
Systems
Reliability of systems, the life of system
components and fluids can be extended
by minimising water contamination
u Vacuum dehydration technology for
fluid viscosities up to 700cSt.
u Removes 100% free water, air and
gases and up to 80% dissolved
water, air and gases
u High efficiency particulate and salt
contamination removal
u Compact footprint in a range of flows
u Available for purchase and hire
Diagnostics and
monitoring equipment
u Fluid cleanliness monitoring using
proven mesh blockage technology
- Accurate results even in water
based, cloudy or aerated fluids
- Real time monitoring for immediate
corrective actions
u WS Series fixed and portable
water sensors measure dissolved
water levels in hydraulic, lube and
insulating oils, supporting predicative
maintenance programs of plant and
machinery
© 2016 Pall Corporation. Pall, Coralon, Profile, Nexis, Claris, FSI, Ultipleat,
Athalon and Ultipor are trademarks of Pall Corporation. ® indicates a trademark
registered in the USA. BETTER LIVES. BETTER PLANET and Filtration. Separation.
Solution.SM are service marks of Pall Corporation.
For further details, contact your local
ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000
Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM
Pall Filters for Hydraulic and Lubricating Fluids

FluidPower
125
Pall AthalonTM
Filters Offer:
nn Betax(c)
≥2000 removal efficiency - unequalled in industry today
nn Stress Resistant media Technology (SRT)
nn Improved fluid cleanliness
nn Consistent performance throughout filter service life
nn Low, clean differential pressure
nn Long service life
nn Environmentally friendly coreless filter pack
Filters for Hydraulic
and Lubricating Fluids
For asset protection without compromise, Pall offers the most
innovative filtration technology available to achieve the optimum
fluid cleanliness levels to make your operations more reliable.
The Ultimate in Filter Performance
Pall’s Athalon™ hydraulic and lube oil filters combine
Betax(c)
≥2000 rated, stress-resistant filter technology and a
full range of housings to provide the greatest overall filter
performance and value available in industry today
Application Which Pall product to ask for?
Pre-filtration Pall FSI filter bags or Meltblown filter
cartridges (Profile®
, Nexis™ and Claris™)
Replacement filter
element upgrades
Coralon™ and Red1000 filter
elements
High performance
fluid cleanliness
control
Coralon (for existing Ultipor filters)
AthalonTM
filter elements and housings
for new installations
Water removal
from oil
HNP portable oil purifiers
Diagnostics and
Monitoring
Pall cleanliness monitors (PCM),
WS series water sensors and Pall
Cleanliness Cabinets (PCC)
Upgrade your existing Pall Ultipor™ filters with Coralon™ filter elements to provide improved
fluid cleanliness, enhanced fluid cleanliness consistency, and lower clean pressure drop
while providing equivalent service life of its Ultipor predecessor.
Coralon filter elements are the same form, fit, and function as Ultipor elements. Replace
alternative filter elements retrofitted into original Pall filter housings to return your hydraulic
and lubrication systems back up to 15x cleaner and more consistent fluid cleanliness.
Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment
Fluid Condition Monitoring
For accurate, reliable measurement of fluid cleanliness, the PCM500 is the only fluid
cleanliness monitor you’ll need. Using proven mesh blockage technology the fully
portable PCM500 provides accurate 3-part ISO 4406 cleanliness class code results in
under 6 minutes, even in water based, cloudy or aerated fluids.
Our WS Series fixed (WS12) and portable (WS19) water sensors measure dissolved
water levels in hydraulic, lube and insulating oils, supporting predictive maintenance
programs of plant and machinery
Did you know?....
An effective filter is an
efficient filter. Pall’s
Athalon filters are
rated to Betax(c)
≥2000
efficiency - the highest
available rating in
industry today.
PCM500 Fluid
Cleanliness Monitor
WS19: Portable hand-held
Water Sensor
WS12 Fixed In-line
Water Sensor

Know-How
FluidPower
126 Amazon Filtration
... A comprehensive off the shelf range of UK manufactured
Stainless Steel filter housings
... A variety of connection and couplings available as standard
(screwed, flanged, dairy type fittings etc.)
... Specialist Super Duplex and Hastelloy filter housing
fabrications
... Bespoke and Coded designs available (PD5500/ASME etc)
... An own manufactured range of process filter consumables
FIRST CLASS SERVICE
WORLD CLASS FILTERS
Amazon Filters Ltd makes what it sells.
We control our own quality, cost and lead times.
Our rigorous procedures and approvals ensure that quality is
assured, both ours and yours, when Amazon products are chosen.
Our success is underpinned by quality and also through the
application of our knowledge.
This is Amazon’s key differentiator and is the secret of our
progression into a globally recognised brand that provides
innovative filtration solutions.
Europe’s best kept filtration secret...
Process filtration specialist manufacturer
TEL: +44 (0) 1276 670600
FAX: +44 (0) 1276 670101
EMAIL: sales@amazonfilters.co.uk
WEB: www.amazonfilters.com
Supplied by TEL: 0845 006 6000 VISIT: www.eriks.co.uk
Do you know that Amazon provides ...

FluidPower
127
From causing fatalities to killing a brand’s reputation, the Cryptosporidium
parasite – found in water – is a very real danger in any food or beverage
production process. Fortunately there is a simple, reliable and cost-effective
filtration solution.
Used as part of a product’s make-up, for rinsing food – such as salads – and simply
for washing-down equipment, water is an intrinsic part of food and beverage production. So
ensuring it is not contaminated by the deadly cryptosporidium parasite is essential.
But how can you stop it entering your
plant, mixing with your product, and ultimately reaching your end consumer
– with potentially fatal results?
Removing the Risks
Using the right filter for your water supply can minimise the risk of the cryptosporidium
parasite and its associated risks.
Amazon Filters offer a choice of two filter cartridges – the SupaSpun II depth filter and
SupaPleat II pleated filter – which
have been proven in use with numerous food and beverage producers.
By installing these products to filter incoming mains water, you can demonstrate ‘due
diligence’ in preventing contamination.
And you can ensure complete peace of mind for your customers and yourself.
Cryptosporidium – the facts
nn Potentially fatal parasite found
worldwide in water systems
nn Causes 50.8% of water-borne
diseases that are attributed
to parasites
nn Causes symptoms including
severe diarrhoea – lasting up to
two weeks even in healthy adults
nn Causes more serious problems
in the young, elderly and immuno
compromised
nn Protected by an outer shell that allows
it to survive outside the
body for long periods of time
nn Very tolerant of chlorine disinfection
When water can KILL
Amazon filters have the anwser
SupaSpun II
Features Benefits
nn Absolute removal ratings for consistent and reliable performance
nn Graded density structure for maximum dirt holding capacity
nn Increased void volume giving high flow rates and low initial pressure losses
nn Wide chemical compatibility using polypropylene
nn Range of Absolute ratings from 0.3 to 180μm (Beta Ratio 5000)
nn Thermal bonding process minimises media migration and ensures minimal
extractables
SupaPleat II
Features Benefits
nn Absolute removal ratings for consistent and reliable performance
nn PP – Wide chemical compatibility using 100% polypropylene to meet
nn XP - Extended life version for more challenging applications
nn GP – Glass microfibre media gives excellent dirt holding capacity
nn Thermal bonding process eliminates adhesives and ensures minimal extractables
nn Cryptosporidium grade (CRY) with typical 104 log reduction value for use in food
and beverage applications
nn Batch traceability

Know-How
FluidPower
128 Filtration
Panel and Bag Filters
MANN+HUMMEL VOKES AIR filters are designed to provide maximum value
and performance in HVAC, industrial and clean room applications. Ranging from
panel pre-filters through bags to final compact filters, a wide range of sizes and
configurations are available. The products detailed here are our most popular sizes.
IF2 Pleated Panel Filters
Most commonly used as a pre-filter to M or F grade filters (bag and rigid bag
filters). Suitable for a very broad range of applications, but is commonly employed
in environments such as hospitals, food and beverage production areas and
installations where glass media is prohibited. Available in all cross sectional sizes;
22, 47 and 98mm depth as standard in card or metal case.
Rigid Bag Filters
With 20 or 25mm deep plastic frame, these compact filters are suitable for high
air volumes or where long filter life is required. Available in M6, F7, F8 and F9
grades and in 592x592, 490x592 and 287x592mm sizes.
Bag Filters
With a 20 or 25mm deep plastic or metal frame, these ultrasonically-sealed bag
filters are designed for use in general air conditioning equipment and computer
rooms. Available in M5, M6, F7 and F8 grades and in all cross sectional sizes. Speak
to us about our Low Energy Revo II Bag Filters.
Compatex FP Rigid bag filters, rated to F7
Part No Height Width Depth Box Qty
Compatex FP 592X592X300 F7 592mm (24) 592mm (24) 300mm (12) 1
Compatex FP592X287X300 F7 592mm (24) 287mm (12) 300mm (12) 2
SoniQ II Bag filters, 8/4 pocket rated to F7
Part No Pockets Height Width Depth Box Qty
SoniQ II 592X592X635-20H 8 592mm (24) 592mm (24) 635mm (25) 5
Please note that these items are sold in box quantities only.
IF2 Pleated Synthetic Panel Filter – Rated to Grade 4
IF2-496X395X47-G4 496mm (20) 395mm (16) 47mm (2) 10
IF2-496X496X47-G4 496mm (20) 496mm (20) 47mm (2) 10
IF2-496X496X98-G4 496mm (20) 496mm (20) 98mm (4) 5
IF2-596X287X47-G4 596mm (24) 287mm (12) 47mm (2) 20
IF2-596X496X47-G4 596mm (24) 496mm (20) 47mm (2) 10
IF2-596X596X47-G4 596mm (24) 596mm (24) 47mm (2) 10
IF2-596X596X98-G4 596mm (24) 596mm (24) 98mm (4) 5
IF2-624X395X47-G4 624mm (25) 395mm (16) 47mm (2) 10
IF2-624X496X47-G4 624mm (25) 496mm (20) 47mm (2) 10
IF2-624X496X98-G4 624mm (25) 496mm (20) 98mm (4) 5

FluidPower
129
How does a change of filter
help reduce energy bills?
Whether you are using an air filter as part
of your process (in a cooling, warming
or venting system, for example) or to
maintain an environment (as part of your
air conditioning system) you face the same
problem of maintaining an acceptable
balance of filtration efficiency and back
pressure.
The higher the filtration efficiency, the
higher the initial back pressure, and
the sooner the filter becomes clogged
– leading to a further increase in back
pressure. In both cases, reduced air flow
leads to higher energy use, as the fan has
to work harder or run faster to push the air
through the filter.
Developments in filter technology over
the past few years have largely been
aimed at achieving acceptable filtration
levels without increasing back pressure
or shortening filter life through faster
clogging, and without increasing energy
consumption through the need for a more
powerful or faster fan.
One way to do this is through an increased
filter surface area – providing exceptionally
low pressure drop – combined with high
filtration efficiency and a high dust-
holding capacity. This technology is now
commercially available in the shape
of the Vokes-Air Synsafe Revo II filter.
The Synsafe Revo II combines
advances in filtering technology.
Firstly, it utilises not one but four progressive
filter layers. This not only means a greater
dust-holding capacity but also ensures the
filters have a longer life before the build-up
of filtered particles increases and reduces
efficiency to unacceptable levels.
The four layers comprise:
1. Pre-filter with a coarse structure
to remove the largest particles
2. Primary fine filter to remove smaller
particles
3. Secondary fine filter incorporating
Nanofyne Technology™
4. Self-cleaning outer layer which also
provides rigidity to the media
Secondly, the filters in the Synsafe Revo II
are made from nano fibres, using unique
Nanofyne Technology. These fibres have
a diameter of less than 1μm (compared
with 3μm for fibres in conventional filters)
which means they offer a greater fibre
surface area for trapping dust, together
with less density to create back pressure.
The result is higher filtration efficiency
and a longer lower pressure drop, which
means the fan operates at lower speed
and consequently uses less energy. If the
fan is belt driven, then this will provide
the opportunity for a change of belt and
pulley ratio to reduce the fan speed, or an
inverter to provide speed control – both
areas in which ERIKS can provide expert
advice and assistance.
Synsafe Revo II vs. Conventional Filters
Airflow Velocity m/s
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
PressureDrop(pa)
Composite graph showing actual
airflow and pressure drop readings
on 10 air handling units
Pressure Drop (cost) Savings
Filter Tips
Just as cigarettes come with health warning, perhaps
some air filters should come with a ‘wealth warning’.
Because simply by changing your filter to a different type of technology
you can reduce your energy costs whilst still maintaining the level of
filtration and airflow you need.
*The current filtration efficiency grades categorised as G, M and F grades (to EN779:2012) will soon be superseded by products adhering to the new ISO 16890 test
standard. From 2018, all filters will be tested in accordance to the stipulations of ISO 16890 and will carry new product labelling in line with updated industry standards.
** Please call ERIKS to find out more about ISO 16890 and how this change may impact your filtration requirements.

Know-How
FluidPower
130 Fluid Level Gauges and Hydraulic Filters
The perfect fluid control
programme from one source
Hydac is a multinational company with numerous production plants in Germany, UK, USA, Switzerland and China.
Sales are achieved, worldwide, through over 30 wholly owned subsidiaries, many who in turn work in partnership
with local distribution outlets.
The partnership of Hydac Technology and ERIKS supply all types of industry with high quality products
in a timely and efficient manner.
Section
Part No Micron Maximum nominal flow Filter
Rating rate litres/minute Material
0015S125W 125 15 Wire mesh
0025S125W 125 25 Wire mesh
0050S125W 125 50 Wire mesh
0100S125W 125 100 Wire mesh
0180S125W 125 180 Wire mesh
Return
0030R010P 10 30 Paper
0060R010P 10 60 Paper
0060R025W 25 60 Wire mesh
0100RK015MM 15 100 Mobilemicron
0110R010P 10 110 Paper
0110R020BN4HC 20 110 Betamicron
0160R010P 10 160 Paper
0160R025W 25 160 Wire mesh
0240R010P 10 240 Paper
0240RS125W 125 240 Wire mesh
0330R010BN/AM 10 330 Betamicron/
Aquamicron
0330R010P 10 330 Paper
0330R010V 10 330 Metal fibre
Pressure
0030D010BN4HC 10 30 Betamicron
0030D010V 10 30 Metal fibre
0030D025W 25 30 Wire mesh
0060D003BH4HC 3 60 Betamicron
0060D025W 25 60 Wire mesh
0110D003BH3HC 3 110 Betamicron
0110D025W 25 110 Wire mesh
0110D050W 50 110 Wire mesh
0160D025W/HC 25 160 Wire mesh
0160D100W 100 160 Wire mesh
0160DN025W/HC 25 160 Wire mesh
0240D025W 25 240 Wire mesh
0660D020V 20 660 Metal fibre
0660D025W 25 660 Wire mesh
Spin on cartridge
0090MA010BN 10 90 Betamicron
0160MG010P 10 160 Paper
Fluid Level Gauges
Hydac fluid level gauges FSA are used to
monitor levels of operating fluids.
nn Available with or without thermometer
in display tube
nn 12mm banjo mounting bolts as
standard
Part No Description
FSA76-1.1/12 3 Gauge
FSA76-1.1/T/12 3 Gauge c/w thermometer
FSA127-1.1/12 5 Gauge
FSA254-1.1/12 10 Gauge

FluidPower
131
Focused expertise and
high tech equipment produce
reliable operating fluids.
An operating fluid is as specialised as its application.
We are familiar with almost all aspects – the applications and the appropriate operating fluids.
The lubricating properties of hydraulic and lubricating fluids are key to properly functioning industrial systems.
Fluid condition monitoring and the corresponding fluid conditioning guarantee the functionality, availability, and
service life of industrial systems in stationary and mobile hydraulics and in lubrication technology.
In order to assess and predict the actual performance and characteristics of industrial fluids, a proper
understanding of the interaction of mechanical and chemical factors is required, experience and knowledge of
relevant factors, derived from research and real-world operations.
HYDAC have created a FluidCareCenter which is a centre of excellence for study and development of
optimised hydraulic applications.
In addition to the systematic analysis of various fluids, we perform tests commissioned by customers, tailored
to their specific applications. Our objective is to develop machines and systems optimised for lubrication
applications and to select the optimal type of fluid and ensure its proper conditioning.
HMG 3000, AS 1000
e.g. FTIR spectroscopy
Various chemical analyses
Electrostatic test stand,
Stat-Stick, HMG 3000
ICP-OES Karl Fischer Titration: TAN / TBN,
HYDACLab®
, RULER, MPC
Test rig for characterisation
of air separators
Mobile FluidCareCenter
Microscope, Patch test,
Spectroscopy
Automated Laboratory Particle
Counter (ALPC), Bottle
Sampling Unit, SEM-EDX
Mechanical shearing, thermal,
oxidative and hydrolytic oil
ageing, Brugger test etc.
Operating pressure
Temperature
Flow rate
Lubricant properties
Particle contamination
Contaminant analyses
Select analyses
Gaseous
contamination (air)
Analyses of oil,
additive degradation,
varnish analyses
Contamination
caused by water
Oil and additive
elemental analysis
Behaviour of fluids
and filter media
Synthetic, accelerated
oil ageing
Oil and additive
molecular analysis

Know-How
FluidPower
132
Condition Monitoring
Using Condition Monitoring you can determine the health of your machinery
and even better predict when your machinery will require maintenance.
To ensure you have the best technology available to help your maintenance
needs, contact ERIKS for:
nn Dedicated Condition Monitoring Business Unit
nn In-house nationwide network of ISO 18436 certified
nn In-house oil analysis facilities
nn Online condition monitoring
nn Team of technical application engineers
In brief these comprise of:
nn An ERIKS branded oil sampling kit and laboratory analysis
nn ERIKS Application Engineer “Patch Test” report
nn Onsite analysis via particle counter and water sensor
nn Equipment hire fleet - filtration trolleys, purifier and diagnostic equipment
nn We also have access to a range of PALL equipment
132 Oil Cleanliness
*Figures based on ERIKS own research
If you fail to take avoidance
procedures this can result
in catastrophic failure.
You can resolve major contamination issues and reduce unexpected
downtime and systems failure by employing a really simple and
cost effective approach.
ERIKS UK has been offering services and support in the field of “Oil Cleanliness
Management” for over 10 years. We offer customers several levels of support
depending on the requirement, which also includes onsite technical support.
Benefit from:
of component failure
is due to system
contamination80%*
n Reduction of component
repairs/replacement
n Reduce downtime and increase
your production
n Reduction in energy use due
to less pressure drop
n Increasing lifetime of your
products reduces TCO
n Spares stock reduction
n Online reporting/condition
monitoring – central report
location, paperless and secure

FluidPower
133Filtration Solutions
Nederman Filtration Solutions
FilterCart Original
The Nederman FilterCart Original is a lightweight, highly manoeuvrable mobile filter unit for light welding
and extraction applications, and includes a Nederman Original 3m extraction arm, a 0.75Kw fan and is
capable of extracting a maximum of 1050m3/hr.
Arm dia, mm Max airflow, Filtration Filter surface Voltage, Power, Noise level, Part No.
m3/hr efficiency, % area, m2 V Kw dB(A)
160 1050 99 35 110 0.75 73 12624745
160 1050 99 35 230 0.75 73 12621445
Product Voltage, Power, Air flow Max vacuum, Filtration Weight, kg Noise level, Part no.
V W m3/hr (with 2.5m kPa efficiency, dB(A)
hose) %
FE 840 120 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70840100
FE 840 230 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70840442
FE 841 120 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70841100
FE 841 230 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70841010
Product Voltage, V Power, W Compressed air Part no.
consumption, l/min
SB750 230 1000 500 70750073

Fume Eliminator
The Fume Eliminator is designed to be carried to the working area. Connected to a welding torch or
to an extraction nozzle, the FE unit extracts the fume directly at source. .
nn Manual or automatic start/stop function
nn Portable and easy to carry
nn Low service costs
SB750 Suction Blaster, compact portable vacuum sandblaster
The Suction Blaster 750 has a superior accessibility irrespective of the shape of the surface and
different accessory nozzles keep the blasting process closed and dust free.
nn Manual or automatic start/stop function
nn Portable and easy to carry
nn Low service costs
160E Mobile Dust Collector
The Nederman high vacuum dry vacuum 160E is ideal when you have quality standards for
effective cleaning and dust removal.
nn Easy to handle
nn Powerful single phase motor
nn High filtration efficiency
nn Long filter lifetime (4-6000 hours) with bag filters
nn Light weight
nn Low operating and maintenance costs
Product Voltage, Power, Capacity r Max vacuum, Noise level, Weight, Part no.
V W freeblowing, kPa dB(A) kg
m3/h
160E 110 1200 160 -22 75 19.5 40055030
160E 230 1200 160 -22 75 19.5 40055020

ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services Solutions
LIFE SUPPORT
FOR PRODUCTS
„„ Preventative maintenance and root
cause failure analysis
„„ Customisation and design
engineering
„„ Impartial repair, replace or systems
upgrade
„„ On-site installation and commissioning
„„ Sub-assemblies and kitting solutions
PREVENTION IS
BETTER THAN A CURE...
It also extends life and lowers
costs. Our comprehensive condition
monitoring support services cover all
forms of preventative and predictive
maintenance both on site and
remotely.
EXTENDED
PERFORMANCE
with our
PREVENTATIVE
MAINTENANCE
know-how
More TLC,
less TCO
www.eriks.co.uk

So much more than great
industrial hose supply
Hoses are subject to many factors that can lead
to premature failure, such as manual handling
or incompatible products used, these failures
can lead to severe implications. Such risks are
becoming increasingly high profile and ERIKS Hose
Technology are here to help mitigate risk via a host
of options, based upon many years of experience.
ERIKS assemble
the full range of
industrial hoses,
including PTFE,
composite, metallic,
rubber, silicone and
PVC.
nn Metallic
nn Hygienic
nn Rubber
nn Plastic
nn PTFE
nn Silicone
nn Ducting
nn Together with extensive stocks
of Bellows, Fittings
135

Know-How
FluidPower
136 Commodity Hose Clips
Commodity Hose
Braided PVC
Can be used to convey many liquids and gases
under pressure, used in factory airlines, pneumatic
equipment general workshop use.
nn Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C
nn Working Pressure: 9 to 25 (Water)
nn Size: 05 to 50mm (Coil Length 30M)
nn Add EU Food 10/2011 simulant A, B, C, D1
Green Medium Duty
Outstanding resistance to the effects of
weather, widely used in agriculture,
construction and general industries.
nn Working Pressure: 3 to 5 bar
PVC Superflex
High flexibility PVC ducting hose, reinforced
with a semi-rigid crush resistant white PVC
helix. Suitable for water, slurry, and powder in
agricultural and industrial applications
nn Working Pressure: 0.5 Max
Green Tint
A lightweight PVC hose which is tough and
durable with outstanding weather resistance.
Suitable for water, slurry, and powder in
agricultural and industrial applications
Blue PVC Oil SD
Applications with exceptionally high flexibility
and resistance to hydrocarbons in industry,
engineering, construction, water supply and
waste water technology.
Hi Vac
Tough and flexible nontoxic transparent
PVC hose, used for suction and delivery of
water, slurries, granules, foodstuffs and dilute
chemicals.
nn Working Pressure: 2.5 to 12 bar
nn Add EU Food 10/2011 simulant A,B,C,D1
EHT Code ID OD Wall Vacuum Min. Bend
(mm) (mm) Thickness (mm) % Radius
1048-12 12.0 19.2 3.1 88 26
1048-152 152.0 170.4 9.2 88 456
EHT Code ID OD Wall OD over Vacuum Min. Bend
(mm) (mm) Thickness Helix % Radius
(mm) (mm) Pressure
1047-025 1 25 2.5 30 0.49 25
1047-254 10 254 7.0 268 0.29 254
EHT Code ID ID Wall Min Bend
(Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Radius
1041L-012 1/2 12.0 2.6 57
1041L-102 4 102.0 6.3 459
(Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Thickness (mm)
1042-025 1 25 4 88
1042-101 4 102 6.3 357
EHT Code Int. Dia ID Ext. Dia Min. Bend Coil
(mm) (Inches) (mm) (mm) Radius
1003-05 5.0 3/16 10.0 32.5 2.25
1003-50 50.0 2 61.6 325.0 39.42
EHT Code ID OD Wall Min Bend Vacuum
(Inch) (mm) Thickness Radius
(%)
1039-025 1 25 4.2 113 0.88
1039-254 10 254 13.0 1143 0.78
nn Size: 25 to 101mm (Coil Length 61 / 30.5M)
Tricoflex
A highly flexible easy handling garden
hose, with excellent resistance to
repeated bending, crushing and pulling
EHT Code ID Wall Burst Min. Bend
(mm) Thickness (mm) Pressure Water (bar) Radius
1003T-12-25M 12.5 2.75 25 125
1003T-50-50M 50 6.5 20 500
nn Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 25, 50 100M)

FluidPower
137
Core Product Available Ex Stock from Dudley
(Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Thickness (mm)
1037-351-0013-0000 1 25 4 88
1037-351-0508-0000 4 102 6.3 357
Jubilee®
Clips
Bolt Clamps
A stronger alternative to worm drive clamps, and able
to withstand greater pressures, whilst being completely
reusable.
nn Low carbon mild steel finished with a rust resistant
zinc plating or Stainless Steel
nn Size: 23-239
Wyrem
Heavy-duty ducting, suction and delivery, ideal
for general purpose dust and fume extraction.
nn Working Pressure: 0.35
Silicone
High temperature Silicone ducting.
nn Working Pressure: 0.1 to 1.5 bar
Neoprene
Ideal in the transportation of hot and cold air
in many air conditioning, refrigeration and
ventilation systems.
nn Working Pressure: 0.1 to 1.5 bar
nn Size: 12 to 305mm
(Coil Length 2.5 4M)
Abraflex 351
Intro text: Medium duty, Ω rated, abrasive PU
suction blower hose for abrasive solids such
as powder, chips and granulates. Also suitable
for aggressive gaseous and liquid products with
good resistance to oil and petrol vapors.
EHT Code ID (mm) Vacuum (bar)
1038N1-012 12 0.68
1038N1-305 305 0.05
EHT Code ID Vacuum Vacuum
Unlined: 1038A- (mm) Single Ply (bar) Two Ply (bar
1038A-012 12 0.52 0.68
1038A-203 203 0.07 0.09
EHT Code ID (mm) Min. Bend Radius (mm)
1038-025 25 60
1038-304 304 319
Worm Drive
Clips can be supplied in stainless steel or zinc plated
mild steel. A large range of sizes are available as
standard.
Non-standard sizes are also available.
nn Size: 12-160

Know-How
FluidPower
138
When to use Metal Hose
There are many different types of hose available on the market.
They include metal, rubber, composite, PTFE and fabric. The decision of which hose type to buy depends on the
application for which the hose is being used. Generally, there are eight factors that should alert you to consider using
metal hose:
Temperature Extremes
If either the temperature of the media
going through the hose or the surrounding
atmospheric temperature is very cold or
hot, metal may be the only material that can
withstand the temperature extremes.
Chemical Compatibility
Metal hose can handle a wider variety of
chemicals than most of the other hose
types. If the hose will be exposed to
aggressive chemicals (either internally
or externally), metal hose should be
considered.
Permeation Concerns
Non-metal hose is susceptible to having
gases permeate through the hose wall
and into the atmosphere. Metal hose, on
the other hand, does not allow permeation.
If containing the gases inside the hose is
important, metal hose may be required.
Potential for
Catastrophic Failure
When a metal hose fails, it usually develops
small holes or cracks. Other hose types
tend to develop larger cracks or come apart
completely. If a sudden failure of the hose
can be catastrophic, a metal hose may help
minimise the effects of a failure by leaking
product at a slower rate.
Abrasion and Over-
bending Concerns
To prevent abrasion and over-bending, a
metal hose can be used as a protective
cover over wires or even other hoses.
Fire Safety
Other hose types will melt when exposed to
fire while metal hose maintains its integrity
up to 1200º F.
Achieving Full Vacuum
Under full vacuum, metal hose maintains its
shape while other hose types may collapse.
Flexibility in Fitting
Configuration
Virtually any type of fitting can be attached
to metal hose while other hose types
require special shanks and collars.
4
3
2
1 5
6
7
8
Applications:
nn Cryogenic
nn Gas
nn Oil
nn Steam
nn Chemical
nn Glue
nn Food
nn Bitumen
nn Water and many more....
Metal Hose

FluidPower
139
Goodall®
MetalVisor®
A New Generation of Metal Hoses
and Fittings
At ERIKS we understand the importance of selecting the right metal hose for
your application. The new Goodall®
MetalVisor®
is a superior quality metal
hose which not only prevents leaks but reduces costly maintenance downtime
and improves the safety of both your plant and operators.
Extended Lifetime
nn High quality and thick stainless steel strip used for the corrugated tube
nn Extreme high coverage of the stainless steel braid
nn Welding procedures avoiding corrosion at the welds
nn No leaks and no loss of product
nn Fitting assortment designed for the Goodall®
MetalVisor®
hose
nn Special assembly and welding procedures
nn Single pass weld to avoid gaps and burrs between the hose end and the fitting
Mechanical strength
nn High working pressures
nn High braid coverage
Ergonomic
nn More flexibility and ease of use due to the design of the corrugated hose and braid
Welding procedures
Innovative single pass welding procedures
of the fittings on the corrugated hose
decrease the risk of corrosion and leaks
enormously
Goodall®
MetalVisor®
hoses stand up to
the toughest jobs, outlasting competitive
products for a lower lifetime cost and each
welded procedure and operator are subject
to strict certifications, which are renewed on
an annual basis.
All metal hoses have been subject to
extensive tests which include:
nn Surface cracks in weld using dye-
penetrant examination
nn Vacuum testing using helium leak
detection
nn Complete traceability of all parts with
original mill certification
EN ISO 10380: 2012
BS 6501-1: 2004
ASME IX
EN ISO 15614-1: 2004

Know-How
FluidPower
140
Camlocks
ERIKS Hose Technology cam groove couplers are available in aluminium, brass, stainless steel or polypropylene with
either BSP or NPT threads.
The couplers are fitted with standard nitrile rubber gaskets; nonstandard gaskets are available in: Viton, EPR, PTFE etc.
Other versions of cam and groove couplers include the “auto-Lock” with arms that lock into position
Camlocks Bellows
Part A
Adptor (Female BSP thread)
Part B
B Coupler (Male BSP thread)
Part C
Coupler (Hosetail)
Part P
Dust Plug
Part D
Coupler (Female Thread)
Part E
Part E Adaptor (Hosetail)
Part F
Adaptor (Male BSP Thread)
Part H
Dust Cap
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel
Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 12 1078QA-012 1078SA-012 1078A-012 1079A-012
3/4” 19 1078QA-019 1078SA-019 1078A-019 1079A-019
1” 25 1078QA-025 1078SA-025 1078A-025 1079A-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QA-032 1078SA-032 1078A-032 1079A-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QA-038 1078SA-038 1078A-038 1079A-038
2” 50 1078QA-050 1078SA-050 1078A-050 1079A-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QA-063 1078SA-063 1078A-063 1079A-063
3” 75 1078QA-075 1078SA-075 1078A-075 1079A-075
4” 101 1078QA-101 1078SA-101 1078A-101 1079A-101
6” 152 1078QA-152 1078SA-152 1078A-152 1079A-152
1/2” 12 1078QB-012 1078SB-012 1078B-012 1079B-012
3/4” 19 1078QB-019 1078SB-019 1078B-019 1079B-019
1” 25 1078QB-025 1078SB-025 1078B-025 1079B-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QB-032 1078SB-032 1078B-032 1079B-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QB-038 1078SB-038 1078B-038 1079B-038
2” 50 1078QB-050 1078SB-050 1078B-050 1079B-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QB-063 1078SB-063 1078B-063 1079B-063
3” 75 1078QB-075 1078SB-075 1078B-075 1079B-075
4” 101 1078QB-101 1078SB-101 1078B-101 1079B-101
6” 152 1078QB-152 1078SB-152 1078B-152 1079B-152
1/2” 12 1078QC-012 1078SC-012 1078C-012 1079C-012
3/4” 19 1078QC-019 1078SC-019 1078C-019 1079C-019
1” 25 1078QC-025 1078SC-025 1078C-025 1079C-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QC-032 1078SC-032 1078C-032 1079C-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QC-038 1078SC-038 1078C-038 1079C-038
2” 50 1078QC-050 1078SC-050 1078C-050 1079C-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QC-063 1078SC-063 1078C-063 1079C-063
3” 75 1078QC-075 1078SC-075 1078C-075 1079C-075
4” 101 1078QC-101 1078SC-101 1078C-101 1079C-101
6” 152 1078QC-152 1078SC-152 1078C-152 1079C-152
1/2” 12 1078QP-012 1078SP-012 1078P-012 1079P-012
3/4” 19 1078QP-019 1078SP-019 1078P-019 1079P-019
1” 25 1078QP-025 1078SP-025 1078P-025 1079P-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QP-032 1078SP-032 1078P-032 1079P-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QP-038 1078SP-038 1078P-038 1079P-038
2” 50 1078QP-050 1078SP-050 1078P-050 1079P-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QP-063 1078SP-063 1078P-063 1079P-063
3” 75 1078QP-075 1078SP-075 1078P-075 1079P-075
4” 101 1078QP-101 1078SP-101 1078P-101 1079P-101
6” 152 1078QP-152 1078SP-152 1078P-152 1079P-152
1/2” 12 1078QD-012 1078SD-012 1078D-012 1079D-012
3/4” 19 1078QD-019 1078SD-019 1078D-019 1079D-019
1” 25 1078QD-025 1078SD-025 1078D-025 1079D-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QD-032 1078SD-032 1078D-032 1079D-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QD-038 1078SD-038 1078D-038 1079D-038
2” 50 1078QD-050 1078SD-050 1078D-050 1079D-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QD-063 1078SD-063 1078D-063 1079D-063
3” 75 1078QD-075 1078SD-075 1078D-075 1079D-075
4” 101 1078QD-101 1078SD-101 1078D-101 1079D-101
6” 152 1078QD-152 1078SD-152 1078D-152 1079D-152
1/2” 12 1078QE-012 1078SE-012 1078E-012 1079E-012
3/4” 19 1078QE-019 1078SE-019 1078E-019 1079E-019
1” 25 1078QE-025 1078SE-025 1078E-025 1079E-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QE-032 1078SE-032 1078E-032 1079E-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QE-038 1078SE-038 1078E-038 1079E-038
2” 50 1078QE-050 1078SE-050 1078E-050 1079E-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QE-063 1078SE-063 1078E-063 1079E-063
3” 75 1078QE-075 1078SE-075 1078E-075 1079E-075
4” 101 1078QE-101 1078SE-101 1078E-101 1079E-101
6” 152 1078QE-152 1078SE-152 1078E-152 1079E-152
1/2” 12 1078QF-012 1078SF-012 1078F-012 1079F-012
3/4” 19 1078QF-019 1078SF-019 1078F-019 1079F-019
1” 25 1078QF-025 1078SF-025 1078F-025 1079F-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QF-032 1078SF-032 1078F-032 1079F-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QF-038 1078SF-038 1078F-038 1079F-038
2” 50 1078QF-050 1078SF-050 1078F-050 1079F-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QF-063 1078SF-063 1078F-063 1079F-063
3” 75 1078QF-075 1078SF-075 1078F-075 1079F-075
4” 101 1078QF-101 1078SF-101 1078F-101 1079F-101
6” 152 1078QF-152 1078SF-152 1078F-152 1079F-152
1/2” 12 1078QH-012 1078SH-012 1078H-012 1079H-012
3/4” 19 1078QH-019 1078SH-019 1078H-019 1079H-019
1” 25 1078QH-025 1078SH-025 1078H-025 1079H-025
1 1/4” 32 1078QH-032 1078SH-032 1078H-032 1079H-032
1 1/2” 38 1078QH-038 1078SH-038 1078H-038 1079H-038
2” 50 1078QH-050 1078SH-050 1078H-050 1079H-050
2 1/2” 63 1078QH-063 1078SH-063 1078H-063 1079H-063
3” 75 1078QH-075 1078SH-075 1078H-075 1079H-075
4” 101 1078QH-101 1078SH-101 1078H-101 1079H-101
6” 152 1078QH-152 1078SH-152 1078H-152 1079H-152

FluidPower
141
Non Metallic
Moulded Rubber Bellows are designed to compensate for misalignment, neutralise movement and reduce
noise and vibration in pipelines. They effectively dampen the transmission of sound and vibration from plant
items in building service installations, and depending upon the grade of the rubber can be used for many
applications including:
Metallic
ERIKS Hose Technology (EHT) design and manufacture a comprehensive range of metallic expansion bellows,
metallic expansion joints and bellows assemblies in a wide range of stainless steels and exotic alloy
materials, with sizes from 50mm (2”) to 3000mm (120”) nominal diameter inclusive.
As a full metallic hose manufacturer, EHT are able to offer custom sizes of bellows to suit your
individual requirements.
Bellows
All installations may be subjected to movements, these movements can vary from very slow (thermal expansion or
shrinking movements) to very fast (vibrations). Thermal expansion and vibrations can result in adverse material stresses
in piping, with vibrations also causing unpleasant noise in the work environment. The solution for all these problems is
the RX® bellow, which has a fast turnaround and excellent stocks in the UK.
The faultless functioning of bellows requires careful fitting to take place according to the instructions and ensuring the
pressure and temperature limits concerned are not be exceeded.
Our knowledge and supply capabilities offer you the opportunity to choose the correct bellow to optimally meet your
requirements.
Applications:
nn High flexibility
nn Short lead times
nn Large movement capacity
nn Durability and excellent
chemical resistance
nn Pressure resistant
nn Vacuum tightness
nn Temperature resistant
nn Ageing resistant
nn Torsional rigidity
Max Working Temperature:
nn 600oC
Certification:
nn WRAS, ISO 9001, 3.1 mill
certificate, ISO 10380:2012,
ISO 6129-1 :1981
Options:
nn Different Lengths
nn Higher pressure/temperature
ratings
nn Flanges to suit i.e. BS, JIS, DIN,
ASA
nn External covers/insulation
nn Limit Rods
nn Swivel Flanges
Material:
nn Flanges 316 or 304 Stainless
Steel, or Mild Steel
nn Bellows 316 or 321 Stainless
Steel
Certification:
nn WRAS, ISO 9001, 3.1 mill
certificate, ISO 10380:2012,
ISO 6129-1 :1981
Material Colour Chart
Colour Material Main Applications Max Temp. °C
Red EPDM Hot water, heating ventilation systems, weak acids alkalis 90
Double Red EPDM High temperature hot water, heating ventilation systems,
weak acids alkalis 120
Yellow Nitrile Oil Gas transportation, refineries 80
Green Hypalon Water, good chemical resistant qualities for acids 90
Purple Viton High temp. applications, transportation of products derived from
petroleum / chemicals / oils / solvents 180
White Food Transportation of food stuffs, potable water distribution
Grade
Nitrile 80
Blue Butyl HT High temperature 130
EHT Part No. Size Size Elongation Max. WP Flange Type
(mm) (inches) at 20°C (bar)
2901-050-PN16-130MM 50 2” + / - 10mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)
2901-063-PN16-130MM 63 2 ½” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)
2901-075-PN16-130MM 75 3” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)
2901-050-ASA150-130MM 50 2” + / - 10mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)
2901-063-ASA150-130MM 63 2 ½” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)
2901-075-ASA150-130MM 75 3” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)
nn Water
nn Oils
nn Chemicals
nn Food Industry (please see Material Colour Chart)
They are available from 25mm nb to 600mm nb (1”nb to 24”nb)
and generally come complete with zinc plated carbon steel swivel
backing flanges.
They can be drilled to suit any table or special drillings and can be
supplied either tied or untied.

Know-How
FluidPower
142
Goodall®
Tanker SD Flexoline
Suction and delivery hose for hydrocarbon
fuels and mineral oils having an aromatic
content of maximum 55% by volume.
nn Working Pressure: 10 bar
nn Size: 19 to 152mm (Coil Length 30.5, 60M)
nn Ohm Hose: Yes
Goodall®
Titon Black
A light, flexible, multipurpose hose for air and
water up to 95°C. Also very flexible at low
temperatures, ideal for compressed air tools.
nn Temp. Range: -40°C to +95°C continuous
+110°C briefly
nn Working Pressure: 15 - 20 bar
nn Size: 6 to 50mm (Coil Length 50, 100M)
nn Burst: 4:1 (2” 3:1)
nn Ohm Hose: Yes
nn Standards: ISO 1402
Goodall®
Multiserve
A very strong multipurpose hose for compressed
air, oil, (lead free) petrol, diesel, hydraulic fluid,
aqueous solutions.
nn Temp. Range: -40°C to +95°C continuous
nn Size: 6 to 50mm (Coil Length from 25M)
nn Burst: 4:1 (2” 3:1)
nn Ohm Hose: Yes
nn Standards: ISO 1402
Sand Blast Hose
Abrasion resistant sandblast hose for cleaning
and blasting metal, stone and concrete surfaces.
nn Ohm Hose: Yes
Goodall®
Alligator Water SD
Water suction and discharge hose for industrial
and construction services.
nn Working Pressure: to 10 bar
nn Size: 25 to 203 mm (Coil Length 61M)
Goodall®
Tanker SD Flexotek
Very flexible and lightweight suction and
delivery hose for use in tank truck and other
general industrial fluid transfer operation.
nn Size: 51 to 152mm (Coil 40M)
nn Burst: 4:1
nn Ohm T hose: Yes
nn Standards: BD5119/A ISO 1403 EN1761:1999
Rubber Hose Including Assemblies
EHT Code ID (mm) Wall Thickness (mm) Min. Bend Radius
(mm)
1020MS-06 6 40
1020MS-25 25 150
EHT Code ID (inch) ID (mm) OD (mm) Min. Bend Radius
(mm)
1023-12-25 ½ 12.7 25 65
1023-101-122 4 101.6 122 600
EHT Code ID ID OD Vacuum Min. Bend
(inch) (mm) (mm) (bar G) Radius
1014GA-025 1” 25 35 Vac Bar 100% 100
1014GA-203 8” 203 221 Vac Bar 70% 1015
EHT Code ID ID Wall Thick Min. Bend
(inch) (mm) (mm) Radius (mm)
11014OIL-019-10BAR ¾ 19 5 76
1014OIL-152-10BAR 6 152 9 608
EHT Code ID (mm) Wall Thickness (mm) Min.
Bend Radius (mm)
1017TB-06 6 3.5 72
1017TB-38 38 5 456
EHT Code ID (mm) OD (mm)
1014FLEX-051-10BAR 51 61
1014FLEX-152-10BAR 152 166
Compressor Hose
nn General purpose compressed air hose for use
with compressors in the construction industry.
nn Temp Range: -35°C to +95°C continuous +80
°C
nn Standards: BS EN 2398 1997: BS 5118/2
EHT Code ID (mm) Length (m)
1015-019-15M 19 15
1015-019-20M 19 20
1015-019-30M 19 30
nn Size: 125 to 122 (Coil Length 61M)
nn Standards: TS 5928 EN ISO 3861, ISO 1307
Rubber and Goodall®
Steam Hoses

FluidPower
143
Steam
Goodall®
Inferno ISO 6134
Textile reinforced Steam Hose, for saturated
steam services, used in chemical plants, steel
mills, refineries, shipyards and all industries.
nn Temp. Range: -40
o
C to +232
o
C
nn Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 61)
nn Standards: ISO 6134-2a
Goodall®
Super Inferno
Steel wire reinforced Steam Hose for saturated
steam services, used in chemical plants, steel
mills, refineries, shipyards and all industries.
nn Temp. Range: -40
o
C to +232
o
C
nn Burst Pressure: 20:1
nn Size: 19 to 50mm (Coil Length 30.5)
Steam Hose Fittings
Heavy-duty tapered male BSPT thread
coupling with long hose nipple that complies
with EN ISO 14423.
EHT Code ID ID OD Min. Bend
(Inch) (mm) (mm) Radius (mm)
1018R-12-Inferno ½ 12.7 25 130
1018R-50-Inferno 2 50 68 500
Inferno
The GOODALL®
BR8 INFERNO distinguishes
itself from every other steam hose on the market.
Its longer service life ensures fewer failures,
greater up time, but in particular, the ability
to not popcorn despite not being
drained during use. Used for both steam
and hot water
nn Temp. Range: -40o
C to +232o
C
nn Standards: Exceeds EN ISO 6134-2A
EHT Code ID ID Min. Bend
(Inch) (mm) Radius (mm)
1018R-12-Inferno ½ 12.7 130
1018R-19-Inferno ¾ 19 190
1018R-25-Inferno 1 25.4 250
1018R-32-Inferno 1 ¼ 32 320
1018R-38-Inferno 1 ½ 38 380
1018R-50-Inferno 2 50 500
EHT Code Thread Hose Tail size
(inch) (inch)
1018STM-12 1/2 1/2
1018STM-19 3/4 3/4
1018STM-25 1 1
1018STM-38 1 1/2 1 1/2
1018STM-50 2 2
Heavy flat sealed BSP female, with long
hose nozzle in compliance with EN ISO
14423.
EHT Code Thread Hose Tail size
(inch) (inch)
1018STF-12 1/2 1/2
1018STF-19 3/4 3/4
1018STF-25 1 1
1018STF-38 1 1/2 1 1/2
1018STF-50 2 2
Steam Hose Clamp
Steam hose safety clamp in compliance with EN ISO 14423.
EHT Code Clamp Size Hose OD
(Inch) Min - Max (mm)
1018SC-1227 1/2 24-27
1018SC-1230 1/2 27-30
1018SC-1937 3/4 30-33
1018SC-1938 3/4 33-38
1018SC-2540 1 36-40
1018SC-2543 1 38-43.5
1018SC-3851 1 1/2 48-52
1018SC-3856 1 1/2 52-57
1018SC-5063 2 63-69
1018SC-5070 2 50-70
EHT Code ID ID OD Min. Bend
(Inch) (mm) (mm) Radius (mm)
1018R-19-Inferno-S ¾ 19 32.3 101.6
1018R-50-Inferno-S 2 51 71.4 355.6
Goodall®
DuraCrimp®
The new clamp system has been
specifically designed to:
nn Prevent leaks
nn Reduce maintenance time
nn Improve ergonomics
nn Increase safety
Call ERIKS to find out more...

Know-How
FluidPower
144 Food Beverage, Chemical Pharmaceutical
Dairy
Excellent for suction and discharge
applications and for the food transfer
application that demands both flexibility
and ruggedness with a clean white FDA
grade tube. The food grade nitrile tube is
odourless and tasteless for oily transfer applications.
nn Standards: Meets FDA, USDA 3A sanitary standards
Dairy Lite
This food transfer hose is designed to
provide maximum flexibility along with
an abrasive resistant cover. Excellent
for the transfer of oily product in full
suction and discharge applications.
nn Standard: Meets FDA, USDA 3A sanitary standards
Goodall Blue Guardian
A flexible and strong hot water and steam hose
suitable for cleaning floors in abattoirs and food
industry with a nonmarking cover.
nn Temp: Hot water up to 95°C
nn Temp: Saturated Steam up to 164°C
nn Working Pressure: 6 Bar
nn Working Safety Factor Hot Water 3:1
nn Working Safety Factor Steam 10:1
nn Size: 10mm – 51mm
Food and Beverage
The food and beverage market requires a high degree of cleanliness and purity. All parts of a hose assembly should
have a very fine level of finish, and assemblies should be designed to avoid bug traps.
All EHT hoses for the Food and Beverage market have been checked and are approved as suitable, including where
necessary; 3.1 material certification, FDA and fill post assembly testing.
EHT Code ID ID Wall Min. Bend
(Inch) (mm) Thickness Radius (mm)
HYGB101-010 3/8 10 5 75
HYGB101-050 2 50 13.5 310
EHT Code
RX1212-3001
EHT Code ID (inch) ID (mm) Min Bend Working Pressure (Bar)
HYGB701-012 1/2 25 XX 10
HYGB701-102 4 102 XX 10
EHT Code ID (inch) ID (mm) Min Bend Working Pressure (Bar)
HYGB601-025 1 25 x 10
HYGB601-102 4 102 x 10
Catering Hoses
Ideal for the gas connections of all gas-fired catering
appliances
EHT Code ID (Inch) Length (mm) Description
EHT-9076 1/2 1000 st/st male / quick
release check unit. c/w
yellow cover lanyard
kit.
EHT-9077 3/4 1000 st/st male / quick
release check unit.
Braided c/w yellow
cover lanyard kit.
nn Constructed: 321 Stainless Steel corrugated inner hose and
sleeved with a non-chlorinated easy clean yellow cover for
cleanliness and are corrosion resistance
nn Standards: BS6173 : 2001 and BS669-2 : 1997
nn Connections: Fitted with carbon steel BSP Taper Hexagon Male to
connect to any appliance and a brass quick release rotary coupling
(valve) to connect to a gas supply
Dinga Gun
Heavy Duty Spray/Washdown Gun,
ideal for general wash-down, commonly
used in the food processing and dairy
industries
nn Connections: 1/2” BSP
nn Max Pressure: 25 bar

FluidPower
145
Chemical and Pharmaceutical
PTFE
nn PTFE tube has the best chemical resistance (alongside PFA) of all
known polymers. It has a temperature range of -70°C to +265°C
opens up PTFE tubing to many applications most other polymers
can’t withstand.
nn The electrical insulation properties of PTFE tubing are superb making
it an ideal choice for electrical sleeving. Chemical dosing metering
pumps require long continuous lengths of PTFE tube, very difficult to
produce but possible with EHT.
UHMWPE
Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene
Suction and Delivery hose for a variety of chemicals and solvents.
Highly resistant to abrasion and corrosive chemicals except
oxidizing acids (better than PTFE).
nn Temperature Range: -20°C to +65°C
nn Size: From 19 to 102mm (Coil Length 40M)
nn Standards: FDA
Steri-vac
Platinum cured suction delivery
Please note that the burst pressure reduces
by 1% for every 1°C rise over 100°C.
nn Working Pressure: According to
EN ISO 7751 the ratio of burst pressure to
working pressure is:
Water 3:1, all other liquids 4:1
nn Ohm Hose: Conductive through steel helix
Steri-sil
Platinum cured reinforced silicone hose,
manufactured from a medical grade clear silicone
rubber polymer producing a very high grade,
soft pliable hose making it ideal for critical
pharmaceutical, biomedical, food, and cosmetic
applications.
nn Working Pressure: 2.3 to 140 psi
nn Standards: FDA regulation 177.2600, Certified free of
animal-derived ingredients
EHT Code ID ID Tol. Wall Wall Tol. OD Bend Radius BP (bar)
(mm) +/-(mm) (mm) +/- (mm) (mm) (mm) 20°C (mm) 20°C
1219M-03-2 2 0.1 0.50 0.10 3.00 13 61
1219M-15-12 12 0.30 1.50 0.20 15.0 122 31
Other tube sizes available upon request.
Coil sizes; 24, 50, 75, 100m
EHT Code ID Wall Thickness Vacuum Min. Bend
(mm) (mm) % Radius
1025-19 19 6.5 88 135
1025-102 102 6.5 88 800
EHT Code ID ID Wall Vacuum Min. Bend
(inch) (mm) Thickness (mm) (IN/HG) Radius
1008V-012 ½” 12.7 4.9 29” 35
1008V-101 4” 101.6 8.0 26” 360 EHT Code ID (mm) OD (mm) Minimum Bend Radius (mm)
1008-03 3.0 10 30
1008-32 31.75 40 160

Know-How
FluidPower
146
Industrial Hose Cable Reels
Reelcare Ltd specialise in the supply of spring driven, manual and motor driven
hose reels in a variety of materials, if you have any requirements for a reel that
isn’t listed please contact your nearest ERIKS branch with your application
requirements.
Value Range
Part No Application Description
RE-SA02-05-9 Compressed Air Value Air Reel C/W 9mt x 8mm PU tube terminating in a 1/4” BSPT male
RE-SA01-06-15 Compressed Air Value Air Reel C/W 15mt x 9.5mm PU Mesh air hose terminating in a 1/4” BSPT male
AW815-001 Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 15m x 8mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water Hose
AW820-001 Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 20m x 8mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water hose
AW1015-001 Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Ree c/w 15m x 10mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water hose
AW1020-001 Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 20m x 10mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water hose
AW1215-001 Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 15m x 12mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water hose
AW1218-001 Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 18m x 12mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water hose
AW1020-001-HV Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 20m x 10mm Fluorescent Hi - Vis hose
AW1218-001-HV Air Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 18m x 12mm Fluorescent Hi - Vis hose
HW1215-001 Hot Water Recoila GEN3 Hot Water Hose Reel c/w 15m x 12mm Blue 10 bar 80°C hot water hose
OA615-001 Oxy/ Acetylene Recoila GEN3 Hose Reel c/w Oxy/Acety 15m x 6mm hose
OA815-001 Oxy/ Acetylene Recoila GEN3 Hose Reel c/w Oxy/Acety 15m x 8mm hose
ME-070-1302-320 Air Cold water ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 10mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air Water Hose
ME-070-1304-318 Pressure Wash ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 18M 10mm ID Pressure Wash hose
ME-070-1408-515 Fuel - Diesel ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 19mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose
ME-070-1408-610 Fuel - Diesel ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 10M 25mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose
ME-070-2302-415 Air Cold water ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 12mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air Water Hose
ME-070-2305-318 Pressure Wash ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 18M 10mm ID Pressure Wash hose
ME-070-2408-515 Fuel - Diesel ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 19mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose
ME-070-2408-610 Fuel - Diesel ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 10M 25mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose
Reelcare value hose reels are an excellent
product ideal for the small to medium workshop
and most air tool applications, the value range
includes two hose reels with the following
features
nn Polypropylene Case
nn Pivoting Wall Bracket
nn Hose Layering System on the RE-SA01-06-15
only
nn PU tube on the RE-SA02-05-9 PU Mesh hose
on the RE-SA01-06-15
nn Supplied complete with feed hose
nn Auto Lock
GEN3 Recoila Range
The GEN3 Recoila Range of spring driven reels, is a durable, high quality range of UPVC hose reels
for many applications. Manufactured from high density UV stabilised polypropylene, all products in the
range boast a whole host of features some of which are listed below.
nn Virtually maintenance free
nn Full flow complete brass swivels to allow
maximum product delivery
nn Multi position locking mechanism to allow wall,
floor or ceiling mount
nn 160º pivot brackets
nn Rolled edge drive spring to ensure maximum
spring life
nn Supplied complete high quality hose
nn 5 Year limited warranty – subject to standard T’s
C’s and not including hose
ME Range
The ME range of spring driven hose reels represents outstanding value for money. EU manufactured,
the range suits hose sizes ranging from 6mm id (1/4”) up to 25mm id (1”) hose sizes dependant on
your application.
nn Easy Installation
nn Powder Coated Steel or Stainless Steel
nn Enclosed Lubricated High Quality Drive Spring
nn Adjustable Guide Arm to allow wall, floor or
ceiling mount applications
nn Full Flow Swivel and fluid paths for maximum
product delivery with minimal flow restriction
nn Available with or without hose
nn Suitable for numerous applications
Hoses and Cable Reels

sealing polymer
Technology
Quick reference
Our Technology Centre has sealing all
wrapped up. With products, materials,
processes, application know-how and
resources all available 24/7 - ERIKS really
does offer a complete sealing solution
package.
147
Sealing
O-rings 150-153
Clamp Seals 151
Bonded Washer Seals 154
Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals 155
Shaft Sleeves 155
Circlips 156
V-Rings 156
Hydraulic Seals 157-159
Component Mechanical Seals 160-161
Gaskets
Gasket Sheeting 162-163
Soft Cut Flange Gaskets 164
EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets 165
Spiral Wound Gaskets 166
Ring Type Joints 167
Graphite Gaskets 168
Elastograph Gaskets 168
Gland Packings 169
162-168 168-169
150-161

Seals
solutions for
Sealing Polymer
Find out more
about our
Mechanical
Seals Refurb
Service
Product Range
n O-rings
n Rotary Shaft Seals
n Hydraulic Seals
n Unitised Seals
n Mechanical Seals
n Metal Face Seals
n Bespoke Mechanical Seals
n Gland Packings
n Gasket Sheets
ERIKS Sealing and Polymer is dedicated not
only to innovation in sealing technology, but also
to customer service and satisfaction. Continual
investment in technology and expertise
ensures product quality is maintained and new
compounds and technical solutions continue to
be developed for the benefit of our customers.
148
n Soft Cut Gaskets
n EPDM Gaskets
n Spiral Wound Gaskets
n Ring Type Joints
n Elastograph®
Know-How

INDUSTRIES SUPPORTED
Our team of specialist application
engineers are on hand to support
customers with technical know-how
across a wide range of industries
including:
„„ Chemical Process
„„ Agriculture and Earth Moving
„„ Oil and Gas
„„ Automotive and Transportation
„„ Heavy Industrial Application
„„ Utilities and Power Generation
„„ Defence and Aerospace
„„ Pharmaceutical
„„ Offshore
„„ Food and Beverage Industry
„„ HVAC
„„ OEM Industry
„„ Many more…
SEALING POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
DESIGN ASSISTANCE
Our in-depth technical knowledge means
we can specify the optimal seal for your
application – whether it’s a standard
product from our premium manufacturers or
a bespoke solution, our design capabilities
include:
n Impartial application and design
support
n Industry specialists
n 3D Computer Aided Design
n Finite Element Analysis
n Validation testing
ON-LINE TOOLS
Discover our on-line design tools at
http://oring-groove-wizard.eriks.co.uk
n Chemical Compatibility Chart
n Look-up Standard Sizes
n Groove Designer
Visit our Seal Shop to buy many standard
items and take advantage of the additional
services we offer.
https://sealshop.eriks.co.uk/
TAILORED LOGISTICAL
SOLUTIONS
Whether you’re looking for O-rings, rotary
shaft seals, hydraulic or mechanical seals,
our extensive branch network offers
unbeatable service and a range of delivery
solutions including direct supply through to
managed inventory.
KEEPING YOU WORKING
As a market leader we carry phenomenal
stock levels supported by an extensive, high
quality supply chain.
Our generous stocks are available 24 hours
a day allowing you to deal with unexpected
operational issues. Our in-house CNC
facilities are able to machine seals to-order
to help resolve breakdown situations.
Our technical experts are available to help
you in the event of premature failure or
obsolescence.
All of this is backed up by highly
professional and reactive supply chains all
focused upon keeping you working.
149

150
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Focus on Pharmaceutical and Food
Sealing solutions for the Pharmaceutical Industry
Material Compliance
The United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) United Codes of Federal Regulations 21 CFR 177.2600 controls the specification
of rubber articles for use in food, pharmaceutical and similar applications through a list of approved ingredients: Paragraph A–D and
extraction limits in water and n-hexane, paragraphs E and F for aqueous and fatty applications.
United States Pharmacopeia (USP) Class VI testing determines the effects of materials upon living tissue in-vitro (Suffix 87)
and in-vivo (Suffix 88).
EHEDG DIN 11864 Sizes
Nominal Size O-Ring Inner O-Ring
(inches) Diameter (mm) Cross Section
1/2 12 3.5
3/4 18 3.5
1 24 3.5
1.1/2 37 3.5
2 50 5
2.1/2 62 5
3 75 5
4 100 5
BS4825 Part 5 RJT Fitting Sizes
Nominal Size O-Ring Inner O-Ring
(inches) Diameter (mm) Cross Section
1 26.7 6.6
1.1/2 39.4 6.6
2 52.1 6.6
2.1/2 64.8 6.6
3 77.5 6.6
4 93.9 6.6
O-rings for Hygienic Couplings
ASTM
Family
Grade
Hardness
IRHD
Colour Available in:
FDA 21CFR177.2600
United States
Pharmacopeia
Dry food, paras A-D
formulation
compliance
Dry and
aqueous,
paras A-E
Dry,
aqueous
and fatty,
paras A-F
USP 87
in-vitro
USP 88
Class VI
in-vivo
NBR 366470 70 Black O-rings X X X
NBR Various* 70 Various
Hygienic Clamp,
SMS, ISO 2853
X
EPDM 55985 70 Black O-rings X X X X
EPDM Various* 70 Various
Hygienic Clamp,
SMS, ISO 2853
X X X
(please
enquire)
VMQ 714772 70 White O-rings X X X
VMQ 714177 70 Red O-rings X X X
VMQ Various* 70 Various
Hygienic Clamp,
SMS, ISO 2853
X X X
(please
enquire)
FKM (A) 514010 75 White O-rings X X X
FKM (GF) 514683 75 Black O-rings X X X
FKM (GF) 514592 70 White O-rings X X X X X
FKM (A) Various* 70 Various
Hygienic Clamp,
SMS, ISO 2853
X X X
(please
enquire)
FFKM FFKM-75-164 75 Black O-rings X X X
FFKM FFKM-70-246 70 White O-rings X X X X X
FEP / VMQ 900554 75 Clear / red O-rings
FDA 21CFR177.2600 A-F;
FDA 21CFR177.1550
Outer FEP
only
PFA / FKM 900561 75 Clear / black O-rings
FDA 21CFR177.2600 A-D;
FDA 21CFR177.1550
Outer PFA
only

Various* = please refer to http://sealshop.eriks.co.uk/

151
Sealing
Polymers
ASME BPE
Size Form Nom. Size C (Ref) F (Ref)
(inch) (inch) (inch)
1/4 C 0.250 0.180 0.800
3/8 C 0.375 0.305 0.800
1/2 C 0.500 0.370 0.800
3/4 C 0.750 0.620 0.800
1 C 1.000 0.870 1.160
1 B 1.000 0.870 1.718
1 1/2 B 1.500 1.370 1.718
2 B 2.000 1.870 2.218
2 1/2 B 2.500 2.370 2.781
3 B 3.000 2.870 3.281
4 B 4.000 3.834 4.344
6 B 6.000 5.782 6.176
Hygienic Clamp Seals
Standards:
nn BS 4825
nn ISO 2852
nn DIN 32676
nn ASME BPE
BS 4825
Size (mm) Size (inch) C E/S
25.4 1 22.8 50.5
38.1 1.1/2 35.5 50.5
50.8 2 48.2 64
63.5 2.1/2 60.5 77.5
76.2 3 73.2 91
101.6 4 97.8 119
114.3 4.1/2 110.5 130
139.7 5.1/2 135.9 155
168.3 6.5/8 163.3 183
219.1 8.5/8 214.1 233.5
DIN 32676
Nom. Size (mm) C (mm) E/S (mm)
10 10.2 34
15 16.2 34
20 20.2 34
25 26.2 50.5
32 32.2 50.5
40 38.2 50.5
50 50.2 64
65 66.2 91
80 81.2 106
100 100.2 119
125 125.2 155
150 150.2 183
200 200.2 233.5
ISO 2852
Nom. Size (mm) C (mm) E/S (mm)
12 10.2 34
12.7 10.9 34
17.2 15.4 34
21.3 19.5 34
25 22.8 50.5
33.7 31.5 50.5
38 35.8 50.5
40 37.8 64
51 48.78 64
63.5 60.5 77.5
70 67 91
76.1 73.1 91
88.9 85.1 106
101.6 97.8 119
114.3 110.5 130
139.7 135.9 155
168.3 163.3 183
219.1 214.1 233.5
Form A* Form B
Lipped Seal
Unlipped Seal
* Type A: Flanged seals are typically used and provide location
upon the mating hardware.
- -HCS B 0100 559515A
material
type
A (lipped)
B (non-lipped)
C (Compact)
Nominal size (Pipe Outer Diameter)
A or B – inches rounded down to
2 dp then X100.
I – mm to 1 decimal place
D – mm to 1 decimal place
‘standard’ designator
A – ASME BPE
B - BS4825
I – ISO2852 (Used with ISO 2037 pipes)
D – DIN32676 (Type A only)
clamp seal designator
Design Considerations
Square section O-ring grooves are unsuitable in most applications
due to the risk of bug traps.
Proven hygienic coupling designs are readily available
including: hygienic clamp seals, DIN 11851 D-Seals,
O-Rings for DIN 11864 and BS 4825 part 5 RJT fittings,
SMS and ISO 2853 couplings.
Further design guidelines are published
by the ASME-BPE (American Society of
Mechanical Engineers Bio Processing Equipment guidelines)
and the EHEDG (European Hygienic Engineering and Design
Group) which look beyond the seal material and consider the
seal in its operating environment.
Note that nominal/DIN sizes typically reflect the outer
diameter of the tube onto which the unions are fitted.
Compact Seal
Form C

152
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Focus on Pharmaceutical and Food and O-rings
DIN 11851
This German standard hygienic fitting is
recognised by the round slotted nut,
D-section joint ring and the coned recess in
the male part.
ISO 2853 International Dairy
Federation (IDF)
This aseptic fitting is designed to accept an
L-section seal ring and give a true crevice free
bore. On assembly, the nut is tightened until
metal to metal contact is made between the
outer rim of the liner and male part. This gives
a pre-set compression on the seal, eliminating
the possibility of over-tightening and prolonging
joint life.
SMS 1149
This Swedish standard hygienic fitting can
be recognised by the round slotted nut and
square section joint ring.
-- DN51HIDF EP 70 559515
Compound reference
hardness
material family designator
hygienic L-ring designator
nominal size
-- DN38HSMS EP 70 559515
Compound reference
hardness
hygienic SMS designator
nominal size
DIN Size ID OD H
d (mm) D (mm) (mm)
DN25 23.6 32.5 6
DN38 36.6 46 6
DN51 49.6 59.5 6
DN63.5 61.3 73.2 6
DN76.1 73.9 86.5 6
DN101.6 98.6 112.5 6
DIN Size ID OD H
d (mm) D (mm) (mm)
DN25 25 32 5.5
DN32 32 40 5.5
DN38 38 48 5.5
DN51 51 61 5.5
DN63.5 63.5 73.5 5.5
DN76 76 86 5.5
DN101.6 101.6 113.5 5.5
-- DN25HDR EP 70 559515
Compound reference
hardness
hygienic d-ring designator
nominal size
DIN Size ID OD H
d (mm) D (mm) (mm)
DN10 12 20 4.5
DN15 18 26 4.5
DN20 23 33 4.5
DN25 30 40 5
DN32 36 46 5
DN40 42 52 5
DN50 54 64 5
DN65 71 81 5
DN80 85 95 5
DN90 94 104 5
DN100 104 114 6
DN125 130 142 7
DN150 155 167 7

153
Sealing
Polymers
O-ring
The most common type of static seal is the flexible elastomer O-ring. O-rings provide an affordable
seal that in most cases are simple to install and subject to correct material selection, give acceptable
life between maintenance checks.
Available in a variety of materials to suit every sealing application, fully moulded O-rings are manufactured to
several international sizes standards, including BS 1806, BS 4518, AS 568 and ISO 3601. Alternatively non-
standard custom sizes, up to 2.5m (8ft) diameter can be produced to specific requirements.
Imperial O-rings
Metric O-rings
O-rings are supplied to ISO 3601-1 class b
tolerances unless otherwise specified.
BS
139.3
-
-
214
5.7
NBR
FPM
70
75
36624
51414
compound REFERENCE
36624
compound REFERENCE
51414 Viton®
hardness
70 °IRHD ±5
hardness
75 °IRHD ±5
NBR Nitrile
FPM Viton®
dash size REFERENCE*
214
Nominal cross section
5.70mm
type
BS 1806, AS 568, ISO 3601-1
Nominal inner diameter
139.30mm
Teflex®
O-ring
Harsh chemicals may replace the use of conventional elastomeric O-ring seals.
This is where ERIKS FEP/PFA Teflex O-rings offer a high performance solution.
A Teflex O-ring comprises an elastomeric energising core, which has a seamless
jacket made from a fluoropolymer. The elastomeric core may be Viton®
or Silicone.
The jacket is made from Teflon®
FEP or PFA.
Advantages:
nn Excellent chemical resistance, comparable with that of PTFE
nn Special dimensions available on request
nn ADI (Animal Derived Ingredient) free
ASTM Designator Grade Colour Hardness Family Designator
NBR 36624 Black 70 NBR
FKM 51414 Black 75 FPM
EPDM 55985 Black 70 EP
VMQ 714177 Red 70 SIL

154
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Bonded Seals and Rotary Lip Seals
Bonded Washer Seals
Bonded Seals were originally designed to replace copper type washers in high pressure systems.
The bonded seal comprises of a metal washer (square or rectangular in section), to which a trapezoidal elastomeric ring is bonded. The
advantages of this system is that the metal washer resists the bursting forces applied and also limits any deformation of the elastomeric
element. The metal washer also limits the compression of the seal and eliminates any over torque of the joint.
Bonded Seals
nn Reliable high and low pressure
sealing
nn Wide temperature capability
nn Over compression prevented by metal
outer ring
nn Wide range of metals and elastomers
nn Available in a wide range of imperial
and metric sizes
Self-Centring Bonded Seals
The self-centring type of bonded seal has
the additional benefit of pre-assembling on
to threads. The thin seal membrane offers
little resistance during assembly.
nn All key benefits of original design
nn Concentrically located
nn Positively retained
nn Ability to pre-assemble
nn Can be automatically installed
Bonded washer part number break down
---400 820 4490 41
Outer Ring
Mild Steel Zinc Plated
Elastomer Material Family
NBR 90 Shore
Size Code 1/8 BSP
Industrial grade Bonded Washer
Common sizes
BSP Standard Self ID (Lip) ID (Metal Ring) OD (Metal Ring) Thickness Minimum Burst
Centering ±0.13 ±0.14 +0.13 –0.01 Pressure bar
1/8 020 820 10.37 11.84 15.88 2 1480
1/4 021 821 13.74 15.21 20.57 2 1540
3/8 023 823 17.28 18.75 23.80 2 1230
1/2 025 825 21.54 23.01 28.58 2.34 1120
5/8 026 826 23.49 24.97 31.75 2.34 1240
3/4 027 827 27.05 28.53 34.93 2.34 1050
7/8 029 829 38.10 32.29 38.10 2.34 860
1 030 830 33.89 36.88 42.80 3.25 780
1.1/4 032 832 42.93 45.93 52.38 3.25 690
1.1/2 033 833 48.44 51.39 58.60 3.25 690
1.3/4 034 834 54.89 58.3 69.85 3.25 950
2 036 836 73.03 63.63 73.03 3.25 720
2.1/4 038 838 66.68 69.98 79.50 3.25 670
2.1/2 039 839 76.08 79.38 90.17 3.25 680
Elastomeric material options
Compound
reference
Elastomeric
materials/
shore hardness
4490 NBR 90
9775 FKM 75
Metal outer ring options
Metal reference Metal type
41 Mild steel zinc
plated
74 Stainless steel type
316
* Other metal options as well as
elastomeric options available on request.

155
Sealing
Polymers
Shaft Sleeves
Shaft Sleeves are typically used to repair
damaged running surfaces, however
they can be used in production to cost-
effectively achieve appropriate surface
hardness and finish.
ERIKS Sealing Technology can provide
shaft sleeves manufactured from chromed
stainless steel and HVOF-applied wear
surfaces. Our manufacturing processes
carefully control the average roughness
(Ra) and material ratio (Tp) of the surface to
maximise life and sealing efficiency.
METRIC
IMPERIAL
A1
AS
B1
BS
12
200
R
R
x x28
300
7
37
A1
A1
N#
N#
material
n = Nitrile v = fkm / fpm
material
n = Nitrile v = fkm / fpm
profile
a1, AS, B1, BS
profile
a1, AS, B1, BS
Width
7mm
Width
0.37
housing diameter
28mm
housing diameter
3.00
rotary seal designator
rotary seal designator
shaft diameter
12mm
shaft diameter
2.00
To download a PDF of Common Elastomeric Rotary
Lip Seal sizes
visit www.eriks.co.uk/techdirect/issue10-16 or scan the QR code.
Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals

156
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Circlips and Hydraulic Seals
V-rings
V-rings are an all elastomer axial seal for shafts and bearings. It installs onto the shaft or
counterface. This type of seal has been used widely for many applications and has proved to
be reliable and effective against dust, dirt, water, oil splash and other media.
Circlips
Circlips also known as retaining rings, are typically used to maintain the axial location of bearings and
seals within housings. Available in metric (DIN 471/DIN 472) and imperial sizing circlips are typically
produced in high performance spring steel, although other materials, including stainless steel and
phosphor-bronze are available upon request.
External circlips fit around the outside diameter of a shaft, and internal circlips are installed into a
housing bore recess.
*Metric Size is nominal shaft (External) / housing bore (Internal) diameter multiplied by 10, expressed as 4 digits.
*Imperial size, nominal shaft (External) / housing bore (Internal) diameter rounded down to two decimal places and multiplied by 100.
Part No Shaft Diameter (mm)
V0016A-NBR 15.5 - 17.5
V0020A-NBR 19 - 21
V0025A-NBR 24 - 27
V0030A-NBR 29 - 31
V0035A-NBR 33 - 36
V0040A-NBR 38 - 43
V0045A-NBR 43 - 48
V0050A-NBR 48 - 53
V0055A-NBR 53 - 58
V0060A-NBR 58 - 63
V0065A-NBR 63 - 68
V0075A-NBR 73 - 78
V0080A-NBR 78 - 83
V0085A-NBR 83 - 88
V0070A-NBR 86 - 73
V0090A-NBR 88 - 93
V0095A-NBR 93 - 98
V0100A-NBR 98 - 105
V0110A-NBR 105 - 115
V0140A-NBR 135 - 145
V0220A-NBR 210 - 235
D1300-0080SS 8
D1300-0140 14
D1300-0190 19
D1300-0200 20
D1300-0220 22
D1300-0230 23
D1300-0260 26
D1300-0260SS 26
D1300-0280 28
D1300-0320 32
D1300-0340 34
D1300-0400 40
D1400-0070 7
D1400-0080 8
D1400-0100 10
D1400-0120 12
D1400-0150 15
D1400-0160 16
D1400-0170 17
D1400-0200 20
D1400-0250 25
D1400-0250SS 25
D1400-0300 30
D1400-0350 35
V-ring part number breakdown
Circlips part number breakdown
A Type
L Type
S Type
RME Type
–D1300 0520 SS
Special feature if applicable
SS = Stainless Steel
Size
52mm
Style
1300 = Internal 1400 = External
Call Out
D = Metric N = Imperial
V 0050 A - NBR
TYPE / MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR NBR NITRILE
Nominal shaft size
50mm
V-ring Designator

157
Sealing
Polymers
Hydraulic Seals
Our Series 21 hydraulic and pneumatics range allows you to specify commonly used dynamic seal profiles by hardware
envelope and function, but does not limit supply to
an individual manufacturer. Taking this approach clearly defines the product specifications, but maximises flexibility,
ensuring continuity of supply for readily available products, keeping your industrial fluid power equipment or mobile
plant operational. If your application requires a specific branded item we offer expertise in the optimal selection and
sourcing of such items. Our in-house design engineers are happy to help you select one of our premium hydraulics
range for applications demanding resistance both to mechanical extremes
and thermo-chemical attack.
Please contact ERIKS Sealing Technology for further assistance.
IMPERIAL
7
37
20
225
30
175
WR
U
–
–
/
/
/
/
/xx 10 WSB
UR
21
21
NBR
NBR
material
material
series
series
seal profile
seal profile
leg length
(if applicable)
DRIVING DIAMETER (Shaft Diameter for Rod,
Cylinder Bore Diameter for Piston)
housing diameter DRIVING DIAMETER
(Shaft Diameter for Rod, Cylinder Bore
Diameter for Piston)
inches rounded down to 2 dp then x100
class of hydraulic seal
class of hydraulic seal
length
length
driving diameter (Gland Diameter for Rod,
Piston Groove Diameter for Piston)
HOUSING DIAMETER (Gland Diameter for Rod,
Piston Groove Diameter for Piston)
inches rounded down to 2 dp then x100
Note: If selected profile requires leg length to be detailed insert / _ as detailed in metric part numbering above
METRIC
Classes
WR Wiper Ring
U U-Cup
SA Single Acting
DA Double Acting
CSR Composite Rod Working
CSP Composite Piston Working
Material
NBR Nitrile B - Bronze PTFE
NFR Nitrile/ fabric C - Carbon PTFE
PUR Polyurethane G - Glass PTFE
V - Virgin PTFE
Seal Profiles
Rod Wipers WSA WSB WSM WSF WSG WSO WSW WSV WPA WPB WPE
Rod Seals UR UI SPB SEI GPB CSR VP
(Single Acting)
Piston Seals DOP DOP DOP DPB DWL DEO CSP
(Double Acting) (Alpha) (Compact)
Other Seals CP DI DE UE

158
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Hydraulic Seals
Piston Seals
Features Advantages
DOP n Elastomeric energiser
n Compliant, wear resistant sealing element
n High strength anti-extrusion rings
n Integral bearing features
n Low compression set for extended operating life
n High sealing efficiency
n High pressure operation with large diametral clearances
n Reduced axial length requirements
CSP n Elastomer energiser
n Symmetric design
n Pressure assisted sealing
n Bi-directional operation
DE n Pressure actuated
n Radially asymmetric
n Deflected lip geometry
n Optimised for piston applications
n Low friction
n Often used for pneumatic/distributor applications
Wear Rings/Bearing Strip
Features Advantages
Fabric
Reinforced
n High compressive strength
n High compressive modulus
n High pressure velocity rating (PV) factor
n Low wear rate
n High side load
n Outstanding alignment
n Low axial length requirement
n Long life
PTFE
Styles
n Low friction
n Self-lubricating
n Low wear
n Energy efficient
n Dry running possible
n Long life
Valve Packing – VP
Features Advantages
VP n Staged design
n Multiple lips
n High pressure capabilities
n Redundancy and minimised fugitive emissions
Heavy Duty Hydraulic Seal Profiles

159
Sealing
Polymers
Rod Seals
Features Advantages
UR n Pressure actuated
n Radially symmetric
n Can be used in both rod and piston applications
n Low friction
UI n Pressure actuated
n Optimised for rod applications
n Low friction
SPB n Elastomer contact sealing
element
n Fabric reinforced jacket
n High pressure extrusion resistance
CSR n Thermoplastic sealing element
n Elastomer energiser
n Surface compliance
n Transmits sealing pressure to assist sealing
DI n Pressure actuated
n Optimised for rod applications
n Low friction
n Often used for pneumatic/distributor
applications
Wipers
Features Advantages
WSB n Extended scraping lip n Excellent contaminant exclusion
WSM n Extended scraping lip
n Positive mechanical retention
n Excellent contaminant exclusion
n Improved hardware location
WSF n Pressure activated
n Axially located within groove
n Combined scraping and
sealing
n Cantilever sealing lip
n Efficient sealing efficiency
n Low hysteresis
n Low axial length requirement, ideal for
secondary sealing
n Low friction
WPB n Metallic insert location
n Extended scraping lip
n Press-fit
n Excellent contaminant exclusion

160
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Component Mechanical Seals
Mechanical Seals
ERIKS Sealing Technology offers a vast range of products,
the company holds ISO 9001:2008 quality accreditations
for dynamic sealing solutions and specialist moulded
products.
Taper Spring Seals
An extremely popular and effective design featuring positive drive via the
spring, these seals are available in a wide range of sizes and styles, and
are used in many applications, including pumps, mixers, agitators and
compressors.
All designs feature O-ring sealing on the shaft and positive spring drive.
nn Wide range of metric sizes
nn For shafts from 10mm to 100mm
nn Faces: carbon, ceramic, stainless steel and silicon carbide
Bellow Seals
Non-directional and extremely versatile, these bellow seals are designed with no
loose parts that could be damaged during installation, and feature static sealing
that cannot cause shaft wear or fretting. Suitable for a wide range of applications,
such as pumps, mixers, agitators and compressors, they can also be used where a
previous seal has caused shaft damage.
nn Wide range of metric and imperial sizes
Parallel Spring Seals
Widely used as the standard upgrade from packing to mechanical seals, parallel spring
seals are the mainstay for many industries. Using a rubber diaphragm to
seal against the shaft and provide drive to the face, they are suitable for use in
applications such as water, food and chemical processing. Designs are also available
with a balanced configuration to reduce heat and friction, extending seal life.
nn Wide range of metric and imperial sizes

161
Sealing
Polymers
Stationary Components
Generally O-ring mounted stationary components, or seats, are available in
various materials to suit application requirements.
nn Some designs feature a pin groove to improve seat retention. It is important to
consider the application conditions and condition of the equipment when selecting
a stationary component
nn The stationaries illustrated are those commonly found in use today
PC0KA 0300 --- -0 C A N
ELASTOMER MATERIAL
STATIONARY MATERIAL
ROTARY MATERIAL
BUILD CODE
SIZE CODE
SEAL TYPE
IDENTIFIER
Identifier Build Code Rotary Material Code Stationary Material Code
Elastomer Material
Code
KA Assembly 0 Standard O Not Req’d 0 Not Req’d O Not Req’d
KR Rotary Only 1 SA0 Stationary A Alumina Ceramic A Alumina Ceramic E EPDM
KS Stationary Only 2 SB0 Stationary C
Double Phenolic Resin
Impregnated Carbon/
Graphite
C Carbon F FEP
3 SC0 Stationary C2 Antimony Carbon C2 Antimony Carbon N Nitrile
4 SD0 Stationary C3
Double Phenolic Resin
Impregnated Carbon/
Graphite FDA Compliant
C3 Carbon FDA P PTFE
5 SDA Stationary C4
Triple Phenolic Resin
Impregnated Carbon/
Graphite
N Ni-Resist V Viton
6 SE0 Stationary S
Reaction Bonded Silicon
Carbide
S
Reaction Bonded
Silicon Carbide
7 SF0 Stationary S2 Sintered Silicon Carbide S2
Sintered Silicon
Carbide
8 SG0 Stationary S3
Sintered Silicon Carbide
Graphite Loaded
T Tungsten Carbide
9 SGA Stationary T Tungsten Carbide X Stainless Steel
R Right Hand spring X Stainless Steel
L Left Hand spring
Mechanical seals part number breakdown

162
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Gasket Jointing Materials (Super 8)
Maximum
Operating
Temperature
Degrees C
150
+250
(200-
Steam)
+200 +250 +450
-210
+260
-210
+260
-210
+260
-240
+230
Maximum
Pressure
Bar
60 100 85 100 150 55 85 55 230
Material PT20 PT30 PT50 PT60 Egraflex
Clipperlon
2110
Clipperlon
2100
Clipperlon
2115 Flowtite
Air Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Steam Y Y Y Y Y
Oxygen Y Y
Oil Y Y Y Y Y
Solvent Y Y Y Y Y Y
Petrochemical
Products Y Y
Potable Water Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Weak Acid Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Strong Acid Y Y
Weak Alkali Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Strong Alkali Y Y Y
Food Stuffs Y Y Y Y Y Y
General Duty Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Gasket Selection Chart
Gasket jointing materials can fulfil over 80 original material types with a simple selection of just 8 and are supplied as
complete sheets or cut gaskets.
ERIKS Gasket Jointing Materials
SHT PT20 05
Thickness in mm
See the chart for availability
Material
See the chart for availability
Product
SHT
Part Number Identifier
All sheets are available at 1.5mtr sq as standard
Example
SHTPT2005 0.5mm thick PT20 sheet
SHTFLOW15 1.5mm thick Flowtite sheet
Material Code
Thicknesses available in mm
0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 4
PT20 PT20
PT30 PT30
PT50 PT50
PT60 PT60
Egraflex EGRA
Clipperlon2110 C211
Clipperlon2100 C210
Clipperlon2115 C215
Flowtite FLOW

163
Sealing
Polymers
Fibre Sheet Jointing
General Grade Non-Asbestos
Gasket Materials
PT20 is a composite of mineral and aramid
fibres with NBR binders. Suitable for use in
low pressure applications, in a wide range
of non-aggressive media.
BS7531 Grade Y
For use with water, steam and gases at
temperatures up to 200ºC and for oil,
solvents and inert liquids at temperatures
up to 350ºC.
PT30 is a high quality, sheet jointing
comprising of a mixture of polyaramid and
inorganic fibres, bonded with a NBR binder.
It is a general purpose gasket material,
suitable for hot and cold water, steam, oil,
fuel, gases and other general duties.
PT50 is an aramid based sheet jointing.
Suitable for general purpose low
temperature applications.
BS7531 Grade X
A Premium Grade Non-Asbestos
Gasket Materials
For use with water, steam and gases at
temperatures up to 250ºC and for oil,
solvents and inert liquids at temperatures
up to 440ºC.
PT60 is our premium quality, private brand
sheet jointing, comprising of glass and
aramid fibres, bonded together with a NBR
binder. It is a general purpose, medium
pressure rated gasket material and an
excellent choice for general chemical
applications.
Pink Modified PTFE sheeting. High
performance biaxially orientated sheet
sealing material containing PTFE with silica
filler. Excellent resistance against cold-
creep. Universal quality for (petro) chemical
applications,
acids and gases.
Clipperlon 2115 USP is modified PTFE
sheet specially designed for high purity
applications such as Pharmaceutical,
Semicon, Food and beverage. The material
is free of any pigment and has a natural
white color and meets the requirements for
USP class VI plastics (USP 88) and meets
Food Diary requirements FDA 21 CFR.
1771550 and EC 1935/10/2011.
Highly recommended for low torque
applications, plastic pipe systems and
flanges, as well as glass and ceramic lined
equipment in a wide variety high purity
applications.
Graphite Laminates
A semi-rigid laminated material
manufactured from high purity exfoliated
graphite reinforced with nickel or stainless
foil or tanged stainless steel. It is suitable
for sealing against steam and most other
media with the exception of strongly
oxidising reagents. General material grades
available from ERIKS Gasket Technology
include:
Egraflex is a Graphite Laminate sheeting
reinforced with a Tanged 316 stainless
steel insert.
A universal material for (petro)chemicals.
Used in high pressure and high temperature
applications. Recommended for applications
involving high sealing stresses and where
high blowout resistance is required. The
inclusion of the steel reinforcing layer gives
rise to a robust sheet. Can be used to seal
a wide range of media, with the exception
of strong oxidising agents, at extremes of
temperature and pressure.
Expanded PTFE Sheet
100% multidirectional expanded PTFE
sheet, minimum of cold-creep, high gas
permeability. Universal chemical resistant,
pH 0-14, excellent on rough or damaged
flange surfaces.
nn WRc
nn TA-Luft
nn Blow-Out-Test VDI 2200
nn FDA
nn USP Plastic Class VI
nn Germanischer Lloyd
nn BAM
nn AREVA
Composite
PTFE Products
Modified PTFE Materials
Composite PT150 and PT160 are a
PTFE-based group of products capable of
sealing chemicals right across the 0–14pH
range, at temperatures from cryogenic
to 260°C and at pressures from 85 bar
down to vacuum. Typified by low creep,
sustained service capability and robustness
and has numerous advantages over many
alternatives including pure and filled PTFE
and envelope gaskets.
Blue Modified PTFE sheeting. High
performance biaxially orientated sheet
sealing material containing PTFE with hollow
glass micro spheres. Excellent resistance
against cold-creep and very gas tight. Seals
with low bolt force. Universal chemical
resistance and can be used for several
flange materials: steel, plastic, glass and
ceramic lined.
PT30
PT20
PT50
PT60
Egraflex
Clipperlon 2110
Clipperlon 2100
Clipperlon 2115
Flowtite

164
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Soft Cut Flange EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets
SCG A
Size
(1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)
Class
eg. 150, 600, PN16, PN40 , TABE or TABF
Flange
FF=Full Face RF =Raised Face
Material
see selection chart
Specification
A, B, C, D or E
Product
SCG
PT20 FF 150 M
Soft Cut Flange Gaskets
As one of the UK’s leading gasket manufacturers ERIKS Gasket Technology
can offer a tailored fast service for Soft Cut Flange Gaskets. Encompassing
materials from PTFE, non-asbestos fibre and high temperature sheeting
through to graphite, ERIKS Super 8 range provides a complete product
portfolio that can be selected to suit your application
Specification Class
A
B
C
D
E
B16.21
B16.47 A
B16.47 B
DIN
TABLE/BS10
150, 300, 600, 900 1500
150, 300, 600 900
150, 300 600
PN6, PN10, PN16,
PN25 PN40
TABA, TABD, TABE, TABF, TABH
TABJ, TABK,
TABR TABS
Thickness
05, 08, 10, 15, 20 30
1000
Example: Metric = SCGDPT60FFPN25M100015
Imperial = SCGAPT20RF1500I12530
Unit of Measure
I = Imperial M = Metric
05
In addition Clipperlon offers outstanding
chemical resistance across a wide range of
temperature extremes. This material has a
rather high compressibility characteristics and
low minimum seating stress value, therefore
highly recommended for low torque applica-
tions.
Combined with ERIKS gasket cutting facility
ensures that each gasket is cut to the exact
dimensions of each door to provide the
perfect seal.
Following an FDA audit a large blue-
chip pharmaceutical company contacted
ERIKS to assist with changing all of the
vessel manway door seals, which were all
unique.
It was suggested that Leader’s Clipperlon 2115
would be the best solution. Designed for high
purity applications such as the pharmaceutical
industry, the material is natural white modified
PTFE, free from pigments and meets USP-6
compliance which would more that satisfy the
demands of the FDA audit.
FDA COMPLIANCE WITH CLIPPERLON GASKETS
Material Code
0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 4
PT20 PT20
PT30 PT30
PT50 PT50
PT60 PT60
Egraflex EGRA
Clipperlon2110 C211
Clipperlon2100 C210
Clipperlon2115 C215
Flowtite FLOW

165
Sealing
Polymers
EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets
EPDM rubber has excellent resistance to weathering and ozone; it has good, to very good ageing resistance and
low temperature flexibility, low electrical conductivity and satisfactory resistance to polar chemicals. ERIKS Gasket
Technology can supply EPDM Cut gaskets that have WRAS approval or FDA approval. These are ideal choices for
Food and Pharmaceutical Industries.
SCG A
Size
(1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)
Class
Flange
FF=Full Face RF =Raised Face
Material
see selection chart
Specification
A, B, C, D or E
Product
SCG
E772 FF 150 M
Specification Class
A
B
C
D
E
B16.21
B16.47 A
B16.47 B
DIN
TABLE/BS10
150, 300, 600, 900 1500
150, 300, 600 900
150, 300 600
PN6, PN10, PN16,
PN25 PN40
TABA, TABD, TABE, TABF, TABH
TABJ, TABK,
TABR TABS
Thickness
15, 20, 30, 50 60
1000
Example: Metric = SCGE772FFPN25M100015
Imperial = SCGAE773RF1500I12530
Unit of Measure
15
Chemical Composition E-70-772 E-70-773
Physical Form Sheet/Cut Gaskets Sheet/Cut Gaskets
Colour Black White
Storage Stability* 10 Years 10 Years
Compliance/Approvals WRAS FDA 177.2600-rubber articles for repeated use
Specific Gravity 1.13 1.30
Polymer Content 100% 100%
Tensile Strength 10.8 Mpa 4.9Mpa
Elongation at Break 400% 300%
Compression Set 22h/70`C 8% 30%
Parametric Material Code E772 E773
Material Code
1.5 2 3 4 5 6
E-70-772
EPDM
E772
E-70-773
EPDM
E773
Other thicknesses available on request

166
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Spiral Wound Gaskets Ring Type Joints
Specification Class Rings Windings Filler
A
B
C
D
E
B16.50
B16.47 A
B16.47 B
DIN
TABLE
150, 300, 600, 900 1500
150, 300, 600 900
150, 300 600
PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25 PN40
TABA, TABD, TABE, TABF, TABH TABJ, TABK, TABR, TABS
00 No ring
01 316
03 Carbon Steel
02 316L
GR Graphite
SRI A
Class
Filler
GR
Spiral Wound Gaskets
A comprehensive stock of SWG manufactured in accordance with ASME
B16.20 is available for immediate delivery. Spiral wound gaskets are used for
high pressure and temperature applications. ERIKS has a selection
in all conceivable models and in various materials. In addition, special
gaskets can be made quickly in our own production facility.
All SR and SRI gaskets for these standard flanges are 0.175” (4.5mm)
thick, fitted with 0.125” (3.2mm) thick solid metal rings, unless
otherwise stated.
Windings
02,
Specification
A, B, C, D or E
Product
SRI = Inner Outer Ring
SR = Outer Ring only
01 GR 150 M
Inner Ring
00, 01
Outer Ring
01, 03
02 03
Example:
Imperial SRIA0102GR03600I125
Metric SRD0002GR03PN40M1000
Size
(1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)
Unit of Measure
1000

167
Sealing
Polymers
Ring Type Joints
Ring joint gaskets are used primarily in the up-stream oil and gas industries
where high pressures are often encountered.
nn Manufactured to API 6A and ASME
standards
nn Standard materials are soft iron
and 316 stainless steel
nn Available in a range of styles
Size
11 to 303
Shape
OVR, OCR, RX or BX (See opposite)
Product
RTJ
RTJ OCR 11
Material
SI=Soft Iron SS=316
SI
Example: RTJOCR11SI
RTJRX303SS
Style R
Octagonal Section - For use with ASME and API
flanges with flat bottomed groove
Style R
Oval Section - For use with ASME and API flanges
with flat bottomed or oval groove
Style BX
Square Octagonal Section - For use in API BX flanges
Style RX
Asymmetric Octagonal Section - For use in
ASME and API flat bottomed grooves

168
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
Graphite Gaskets
Novaphit®
with XP technology
The first graphite gasket that is easy to remove from the flange
Long-term non-stick properties throughout the application temperature range from
–200°C to +550°C:
nn Time and money are saved in maintenance operations thanks to
fast gasket replacement without any residue
nn Higher plant reliability and less downtime, because the sealing surfaces
do not need to be cleaned mechanically and are not therefore damaged
Higher oxidation resistance:
nn More stable long-term sealing properties
nn Consistently low leakage
High density graphite (115lb) on the
“humps” results in low gas permeability,
super sealability and exceptional recovery.
By contrast, the exceptionally low density
(40lb) compressive inner ring provides an
extremely low “minimum design seating
stress” of just 800psi.
The patented DynaGraph™ bonding
process eliminates volume loss due
to adhesive bake off, resists over-
compression damage, and allows for easy
removal from flanges.
The new Elastagraph®
emission
reduction gasket from Leader Gasket
Technologies enables fugitive emission
control to 50ppm or lower.
Manufactured from a combination of
high- and low-density graphite, the gasket
has unique “humps” and “valleys” in the
Elastagraph®
corrugated steel, creating
a bellows effect to counter the effects
of movement and misalignment. The
corrugation of the whole gasket – including
the metal layer – creates a spring-back
effect.
ERIKS Leads the way with new
emission-reducing gasket
Elastograph®
The Leader Elastagraph®
gasket
for standard EN/ASME and
non-standard flanges is ideal for
process piping, fuel refineries,
and other locations where fugitive
emissions pose an environmental
and health and safety issue.
Operating Limits** Specifications
Maximum Operating
Temperature
1200F Steam – 850F Oxidizing
PH Range 0-14
Composition High Purity Inhibited Grade flexible graphite infused over a
corrugated metal core
Metal Substrate 316L (standard), 304ss, Monel, Zirconium, Hast B276 etc.
(other metals available upon request)
Values M value = 1.5 Y value = 2000
Most commonly used for standard ANSI/ASME and DIN pipe flange connections. Standard stock
items are 316L metal core for 1/2” through 24”. Other special sizes available upon request.
Frenzalit, Elastograph®
Gland Packings

169
Sealing
Polymers
High Temperature
Materials
High temperature gaskets for extreme applications and environments.
Frenzelit NovaMICA®
Thermex
NovaMICAThermex is a brand-new gasket material based on processed phlogopite mica
resistant to continuous temperatures of up to 1000ºC.
Suitable for extreme thermal and mechanical applications, especially exhaust.
nn Extremely high temperature stability
(up to 1000 °C)
nn Low long-term leakage even at high temperatures due to the expanded metal insert
nn Reliable handling
nn Smooth processability by all standard manufacturing processes
Gland Packings
Material Grades
ERIKS Gasket Technology is able to supply a comprehensive range of material
grades to suit your specific needs. In addition, we also stock a wide range of
extraction tools.
GLP 110 065
Size in sq mm
3, 5, 6.5, 8, 9.5, 12.5, 14, 16, 19, 22 or 25
Material
110, 130, 140, 150, 170, 180 or 200
Product
GLP
All coils are generally supplied at 8mtrs in length
Example: GLP140125 GLP200050
Material Application
110
130
140
150
170
180
200
Cost effective cotton fibre gland packing with graphite and lubricated
Graphite/PTFE with aramid in corners reinforced braided with a silicone rubber core
Twisted fibreglass and impregnated with a composite inc. a high percentage of graphite with lubricant
General use twisted fibreglass gland packing impregnated with PTFE and silicone lubricant
Braided PTFE filament, also impregnated with PTFE dispersion and additional lubricants
Braided and manufactured from expanded graphite yarn with an exceptionally high carbon content
Extremely hard wearing gland packing with aramid fibres, braided and impregnated with PTFE

170
Know-How
Sealing
Polymers
CALL: 0845 006 6000
Repair or rewind
Maintain and Monitor
Replace
ENGINEERING
SITE SERVICES
FUNCTIONS:
n HV motor and generator rewind
n Overhaul of high voltage machines
n Partial discharge analysis
n Removal, re-installation and commissioning
n Site monitoring and testing
n Diamond, concentric hairpin or alternator half bar
coils produced
n Maintenance and repair of HV rotating equipment
n In-house copper rolling mill
n Fully documented repairs
WHY ERIKS:
n Timeous effective solutions
n Facilities to support a broad
range of customers
n Largest electrical service
providers in the UK
HIGH VOLTAGE
MACHINES

FLOW
CONTROL
Quick reference
ERIKS Flow Technology have the know-how
to ensure your plant runs efficiently, keeping
expensive downtime to a minimum.
Whether you need a solution for Pumps, Hose
or Valves ERIKS have the engineering capability,
technical experience and supply chain you can
rely on, year in year out!
171
Valves
Econ®
Partner Brands 174
Ball Valves 175
Gate, Globe and Check Valves 176
Butterfly Valves 177
Knife Gate Valves 177
Pumps
Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps 181, 194
End Suction Pumps 183
Diaphragm Pumps 184-185
Grundfos Pumps 186-187
Munsch Chemical Pumps 188
Gorman-Rupp Pumps 189
Submersible Pumps 190-191
Hydra-cell Pumps 192-193
Hose Pumps 195
Petrol Driven Pumps 196
Coolant Pumps 197
Wobble Pumps 198
DOC 3 Pumps 198
Cavity Pumps 199
174, 169
184-185
192-193
174, 175-177
174
186-187
195
174
180-181 189
190-191 198-199
174
182-183
188

172
WHAT WE DO:
„„ Ball valves
„„ Gate, globe and check valves
„„ Butterfly valves
„„ Valves for marine service
„„ Bespoke manufactured solutions
„„ Actuators
„„ Full range of services from
actuation, modifications, drilling,
painting and special finishes
„„ Testing for pressure, temperature,
non-destructive examination and
PMI material testing all available
LEADING THE WAY IN
VALVE TECHNOLOGY
ERIKS Flow Control has reputation for
supplying quality products, technical know-how
and excellent customer service and has been
relied upon globally for over 25 years.
Strategically placed
UK warehouses
and 3 technology
centres in Leicester,
Aberdeen and
Glasgow
Know-How

VALVE TECHNOLOGY
173
SPECIALISTS IN VALVE ACTUATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ERIKS Flow Control works closely with
major engineering contractors both in
the UK and overseas and has developed
frame agreements with highly respected
companies within the industry.
Our dedicated experienced Projects team
have the required high level of technical
expertise, to manage your specialist
applications from concept to completion.
Products can be modified or manufactured
to suit the project or precise specification.
SERVICES
Customer service is at the heart of all
we do and our technical expertise is
relied upon throughout a wide range of
industries. Our total solution service
means we are able to support our
customers with:
„„ Seal changes
„„ Special finishes or painting
„„ Actuation
„„ Modifications
„„ Extensions
From our in-house actuation centre,
our team of technical experts offer an
unparalleled level of service. Using Econ®
or AMG pneumatic actuators from our
vast stock enables both a fast and cost
effective total solution. Other brands or
types are available and fitted to customers
bespoke specifications.
„„ Body material: Stainless Steel,
Aluminium and Steel
„„ Namur Mounting
„„ Rack and Pinion
„„ Spring Return (Single acting)
„„ Fail Open or Close
„„ Double Acting
„„ Fitted and tested in house with full
certification
„„ Scotch Yoke
„„ Tailored logistical solutions
Range of actuator ancillaries including:
„„ Solenoids
„„ Switchboxes
„„ Positioners
„„ Speed controllers common to safety
requirements
„„ 12 / 24 / 48VDC - 110 / 210 / 220 /
240VAC – IP65 / SAFE AREA / IP66
/ EXD / EXIA
„„ Mounting Kits
„„ Filters
„„ Manual valve visual indicators
Supported by ECON®
Electric
Actuators
„„ Direct Mounted
„„ ELA40 – ELA3000 Torque
40-3000Nm
„„ IP67, (IP68 ATEX OPTIONAL)
„„ 24VDC, 110VAC or 230VAC

Know-How
Flow
Technology
174 Econ®
, Partner Brands and Ball Valves
®
Exclusive to ERIKS
The Econosto Group, part of the ERIKS
Group, has been developing quality
products since 1892 and its ECON®
brand products are manufactured to
strictly controlled quality standards
whilst offering a cost-effective range to
complement other market-leading brands
supplied.
Suitable for a wide variety of applications,
the Econ® range includes:
nn Valves
nn Instrumentation
nn Related products
Econ®
Partner Brands
More and more customers are relying on the Econ® brand for their valves
and instrumentation. Products that qualify for the Econ® quality mark have
been specifically designed to meet the needs of our customers and our
sustainability policy.
In addition, ERIKS Flow Control supply a broad selection of ‘A’ brands from
renowned manufacturers covering all industry sectors, ranging from standard
products to high quality sustainable and environmentally-friendly products.
Partner Brands
ERIKS Flow Control strives to offer the
widest range of valves currently available
and has formed partnership agreements
with some of the industries leading
manufacturers including:
nn Smith
nn Taylor
nn JC
nn SRi
nn Vinco
nn Stockham
nn Valve Enterprise
nn CMO Smith
The Newdell Company became part of
the ERIKS group in 2010 resulting in the
opportunity fo ERIKS Flow Control to offer
their highly regarded Smith Valve brand to
the UK market.
Smith is one of the oldest valve brands
for API 602 forged steel valves in the
industry today. The products consist of
a wide range of gate, globe and check
valves used in the oil and gas, refinery,
petrochemical and many other industries
throughout the world. Smith also offers
many speciality products for services such
as HF acid, sour gas, cryogenic, chlorine
and oxygen.
Smith valves
are renowned
for offering a
useful colour
coding system,
whereby the
colour of the
handwheel
(gate and
globe valves)
indicates the
body/bonnet
material of
the valve and
the nameplate
colour (gate, globe and check) indicates
the trim material.
Taylor
For over 50 years, Taylor Valve has been
a pioneer in the design, development
and manufacture of valves and precision
instrumentation. With over 100 US
and foreign patents their unique
design, precision manufacturing and
uncompromising quality has enabled them
to build a reputation for excellence.
Every Taylor product is designed to meet
the highly demanding requirements of oil
and gas producers,
refiners, chemical plant
operators , power
generators and the
processing industry
in order to more
effectively control their
liquid, steam and gas
operations.
AMG Pesch
AMG Pesch manufactures a range of
rack and pinion actuators, positioners,
monitoring units and valves to strict quality
standards.
The patented rod-guide piston design
of the actuators ensures drives are
maintenance-free, compact and offer high
levels of reliability and long service life.
Since early 2011, when AMG-Pesch
became part of the ERIKS group, ERIKS
Flow Control have been able to offer these
actuators to the UK market.
Inoxpa
Expanding their Valve offering to food-
processing and pharmaceutical industries
ERIKS Flow Control secured UK
distributorship for Inoxpa Valves.
Founded in Banyoles,
Spain, Inoxpa is a
renowned and long-
standing business
group specialised in the
manufacture and trade
of stainless steel Valves
including:
nn Butterfly
nn Seat
nn Diaphragm and Pinch
nn C-Top Control Units
nn Ball and Check
nn Overflow and Vent

Flow
Technology
175
Material Temperature
range
Brass –20°/+150°C
ST/ST –34°/+205°C
Size Temperature
range
1/4–8 –10°/+200°C
–10°/+200°C
–10°/+200°C
–10°/+200°C
Size Temperature
range
1/4–2 –34°/+205°C
Flanged Floating Ball Valves
General Ball Valves
nn 1 2 piece in Bronze, Brass, Carbon
and Stainless Steels
nn Wafer Pattern
nn Multi-Port, 3 4 way
Trunnion Mounted Ball Valves
nn Soft Metal Seated
nn Cavity Relief
nn Flanged, Screwed, Hub and Weld Ends
nn Cryogenic to high temperature
nn Metal seats for severe service
nn Tandem Valves
nn Cast iron, Stainless and Carbon steel
(including low temperature options)
from stock
nn Special alloys available
nn 1/2”-16”
nn ANSI 150-2500 and DIN Flanges
nn V Ball Control
nn Firesafe
nn NACE
nn ATEX
nn Low temperature carbon, Stainless
and Duplex Stainless steels from stock
Special alloys available
nn 1/2” - 30”
nn ANSI 150-2500. API 3000-15000
nn Firesafe
nn NACE
3 Piece Ball Valves
nn Stainless and Carbon steel (including
low temperature options) from stock
nn 1/4” - 4”
nn ANSI 150-2500
nn Firesafe
nn NACE
nn Screwed, Weld End and Flanged
Ball Valves
Ball valves take a lead role in the valve industry and have
wide-ranging applications. The high flow capacity
coupled with being very simple to automate make
ball valves ideal for many applications where an
open/close facility is required but not regulating of
flow. They can however, be used for regulation with
characterised seat/ball combinations.

Know-How
Flow
Technology
176 Gate, Globe, Check Butterfly and Knife Gate Valves
Size Temperature
range
2–16 –9°/+500°C 20
–9°/+500°C 51
Gate, Globe Check Valves
When process applications are critical, Gate, Globe or Check Valves are used. Manufactured from a variety of materials
makes them suitable for all types of media and they can be modified to customer’s requirements.
Forged Steel
nn A105, LF2, F304, F316, F11, F22
from stock
nn Various trim options
nn ANSI 150-2500
nn 1/4” - 2”
nn Screwed, flanged and weld-end
nn Bolted and welded bonnet
nn Bellows, sealed and conventional
Cast
nn Cast iron, Bronze, low temperature
Carbon steel and Stainless steel from
stock
nn 2” - 72”
nn ANSI 150-2500 also API 6A
Wellhead valves
nn Flanged, hub and weld ends.
nn Wide range of bonnet, gland designs
and trim options available
gland
nn NACE
Wafer Lugged Check
nn Al-Bronze, Cast iron, Carbon, low
temperature Carbon and Stainless
steel from stock.
nn Dual plate, swing and
disc type.
nn 1/2” - 84”
nn ANSI 150-
2500 and
DIN to suit a
flanged or hub
connection
Modifications
nn Seat, seal, trim and/or bolt changes
nn Special operators
nn Full actuation
nn Painting and coating
nn Fabrication, assemblies and pipe pups
nn Locking and interlocking
nn Flange facing and drilling
nn Extended spindles and bonnets
nn Cleaning
nn Special packaging options
Testing
nn PMI testing
nn Hydraulic and pneumatic tests
nn High pressure gas testing
nn Low temperature testing
nn Hot oil testing
nn Non-destructive examination. Dye
penetrant, magnetic particle, radiography,
ultrasonic etc.
nn Ferritescope inspection
nn Hardness testing
nn Paint thickness verification
A full range of testing is available from our Leicester
and Aberdeen facilities including:

Flow
Technology
177
Butterfly Valves
These valves can be used for many applications either as open/close or simple
regulating valves. A useful characteristic of butterfly valves is the availability
of different lining materials, this allows for uses ranging from non-aggressive
media such as water or air through to chemicals and corrosive media.
High Performance Butterfly
Valves
nn Carbon steel and stainless steel from
stock
nn Aluminium-bronze and special alloys
available to order
nn 2”-24”
nn ANSI 150 to 300 (other classes
available)
nn Wafer, Lugged and Flanged
nn Firesafe Certified
nn Double and triple offset disc
nn Soft and metal seated
Resilient Seated Valves
nn Cast iron from stock
nn Carbon Steel, Bronze, Stainless and
special alloys available
nn 2” - 60”
nn PN6 - PN16, ANSI versions
available
nn Bonded and replaceable liners
nn Liners in Nitrile, EPDM, Viton
PTFE (others available)
Knife Gate Valves
Knife gate valves are widely been used in pulp or paper industry applications
and for handling slurries, they are also used in the offshore sector and are
suitable for a wide range of wet or dry media.
Both Uni and bi-directional designs are available, and are ideal where quarter
turn valves are unsuitable and can also be fitted with actuators or otherwise
modified to suit the customer’s application.
Knife Gate stock range
nn Cast iron and Stainless steel from
stock.
nn Cast carbon steel and special alloys
available
nn 2”-24” (DN50-DN600)
nn PN10 also ANSI 150
nn Wafer Pattern
nn Handwheel, lever and Double-acting
cylinder
nn EPDM, Viton, Nitrile, PTFE or metal
seats
Special valves
nn Sizes up to 40”
nn Special flange drilling
nn Lugged pattern flanged, square flange
nn Double knife, Rubber coated blade
nn Bi-directional, Penstocks
Other valve types
We stock a range of other valves in a wide
variety of materials and sizes. If we do
not have the item you require in stock we
will endeavour to obtain it from one of our
global suppliers.

178
YOUR Complete
pump solutions
ERIKS Pump Services provides a
comprehensive and cost-effective solution
for all your pump requirements, whatever the
application. From abstraction, through the
production process, to the final discharge, we
offer a complete service to take care of every
aspect.
ERIKS Pump services
offers a range of
pumps covering all of
the configurations and
applications you could
need
Complete capabilities:
„„ Design
„„ New supply
„„ Spares
„„ Installation
„„ Maintenance
„„ Repair
„„ Reverse engineering
„„ Pump and system energy audits
Know-How

PUMP TECHNOLOGY
179
CHOOSING FROM THE
MARKET LEADERS
A broad range of pump industry
experience enables us to put forward
solutions on the basis of impartiality
and fitness for purpose. We are not
constrained by the limitations or range of
products.
Our focus is clearly aimed at increasing
efficiency, reliability, durability, ease of
maintenance and product support while
reducing operating costs.
PUMP PARTNERS:
„„ Aro
„„ Capari
„„ Energy Pumps
„„ Gardener Denver
„„ GEA Hilge
„„ Gorman Rupp
„„ Graco
„„ Grundfos
„„ Munsch
„„ Seepex
„„ Wanner
„„ Xylem (Lowara, Flygt Jabsco)
PUMP AUDITS
ERIKS’ pump audits, data logging and
condition monitoring services will reveal
a wide range of information about your
pumps, including:
„„ Their energy efficiency
„„ Their actual performance
„„ The efficiency of the complete
hydraulic system
With these facts and figures to hand,
we can work with you to determine
whether you should continue to support
your existing plant – even through
obsolescence – or carry out replacements.
We will calculate Whole Life Costs and
provide payback analysis, giving you
factual evidence on which you can base
your final decision.
If maintaining existing pumps proves to be
the most cost-effective solution, ERIKS
Pump Services reverse engineering
capabilities mean we can help you to
keep your pumps running even after
parts obsolescence, and can also modify
and up-rate components, for improved
performance and reliability.
WE ARE FOCUSED ON:
„„ Delivering pump repair and
refurbishment to a high standard
„„ Reliability improvements as
collaborative projects
„„ Obsolescence risk auditing
„„ Site services
„„ Repair and maintenance contracts
„„ Asset management contracts
„„ Supply, installation and commissioning
„„ Reverse engineering
„„ Energy efficiency testing
and system diagnostics
„„ Training schemes
We are able to conduct pump
performance and system testing in our
workshops and on site.
Our ATEX accreditation qualifies us to
carry out work on rotating equipment
operating in all hazardous and explosive
environments and we have experience of
operating on COMAH tier 1 sites.

Know-How
Flow
Technology
180 Jabsco Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps

Flow
Technology
181
Jabsco Lobe Pumps:
HP UL Series
With a proven 50 year heritage in Lobe Pump manufacture, Jabsco branded
lobe pumps are taking the next step in flexibility and value. The Hy~Line+
(HP Series) and Ultra~Line (UL Series) range of lobe pumps replace the
Hy~Line, Ultima and 24 Series lobe pump offering the combined strengths and
experience on one key platform.
Combined strengths and experience on one key platform
Jabsco lobe pumps offer high flow, high pressure capabilities from a positive
displacement non contacting rotary lobe pump package.
With applications in industry, food, beverage and bio-pharmaceutical processing sectors,
Jabsco lobe pumps can be found decanting, transferring, filling, spraying, dosing a wide
range of fluids in many varied environments (including ATEX designated zones).
Product Range
The Jabsco HP/UL range of rotary lobe pumps offers low maintenance solutions to
pumping needs in multiple markets including essential industrial, demanding food and
beverage and critical bio-pharma. Up to 1809 litres per minute and up to 15 bar from a
single robust and effective design principle covered by 5 frame sizes.
Resilient construction materials ensure long pump life even in the toughest of
environments. Clever design allows multiple pump variant configuration from one pump
size providing the flexibility to meet ever demanding end user lead times and business
needs.
Jabsco Lobe Pump Range overview:
nn Product Description: High flow, high
pressure positive displacement non
contacting rotary lobe pump.
nn Applications: Industrial, food and
beverage, bio-pharmaceutical
processing; decanting, transfer, filling,
spraying.
nn Power Source: Shaft coupled electric
motor drive (not provided).
How do they work?
1. Fluid is drawn into the pump and
completely fills the space between
the rotors.
2. Held between the rotor lobes and the
pump case, closed cells of fluid are
carried smoothly through the pump.
3. The intermeshing rotor lobes positively
displace the fluid volume, generating
flow and overcoming the discharge
pressure.
Features
nn Modular ordering of port kits, foot kits
and pumping unit
nn Bi-wing Scimitar and tri-lobe rotors on
3A approved HP series
nn All 316L wetted part hygienic
construction, comprehensive seal
arrangements and EN1935:2004
approved elastomer choice
nn Simple design; front loading zero
contact rotors shaft seals
nn Robust preloaded large diameter shaft
taper bearings and Helical gearing
nn EHEDG approval on UL models
nn Optional all stainless steel construction
and USP Class VI elastomers available
on selected models
nn Materials of construction: 316L wetted
parts with epoxy coated aluminium
gear cover; choice of seals including
C/SS, SiC/SiC, single or double with
flush; 304 stainless steel mounting
feet with synthetic elastomer sealing
joints available in Nitrile, EPDM, Viton
and PTFE.

Know-How
Flow
Technology
182
LET’S CONSUME LESS
WHILE DOING MORE.
www.lowara.co.uk
© 2015 Xylem Inc. Lowara is a trademark of Xylem Inc. or one of its subsidiaries.
Achieve higher levels of efficiency and performance with the newly designed
e-range of in-line and end-suction pumps from Lowara. The system experts of
Xylem and its Lowara brand have redesigned and enhanced the hydraulic efficiency
of the e-range for an MEI better than 0.6 to exceed the ErP 2015 requirements.
Through cutting-edge design, the new e-range provides improved overall system
performance, with flows up to 2200 m³/h and heads up to 160 meters, while
enabling reduced electricity consumption and lower life cycle costs. And when
combined with the Hydrovar variable speed drive, you can see systems energy
savings of up to 70%. The e-range is available in several standardized sizes with
performance and curves specifically optimized for HVAC applications.
Find out more at www.uk.buildings.xylem.com
xylem GWP advert 210 x 280 mm.indd 1 07/07/2015 16:27:34
Lowara Pumps

Flow
Technology
183
Lowara e-NSC Series
Material options
nn Pumphousing: cast iron, ductile iron, stainless steel
1.4401/1.4408, duplex stainless steel 1.4517
nn Impeller: cast iron, bronze, stainless steel 1.4401/1.4408,
duplex stainless steel 1.4517
nn Elastomers: EPDM, FPM (other marterials on demand)
nn Mechanical face seal: Carbon, Ceramic, Silicon Carbide
and Widia
Configuration options
nn Configurations: Bare shaft, closed coupled
and frame mounted
Range Overview
nn Sizes: DN32 to DN300
nn Power: 1.1 kW – 75 kW (2-pole)
0.25 kW – 315 kW (4-pole)
nn Heads up to: 160 m
nn Flows up to: 1800 m3/h
nn Pressure class: PN16
nn Temperature of pumped liquid: - 25°C
to +120°C, extended temperature
nn Version -25°C to +140°C
nn Variable speed option: Hydrovar
High flexibility, heavy duty end suction pumps for building services, public
utilities and industry.
By combining high efficiency with high flexibility regarding installation, material options
and temperature, the new Lowara e-NSC series is the natural choice for water transport,
hydronic heating and chiller systems, fire protection systems and a vast number of
industrial applications. With efficiency levels well exceeding ErP 2015, the e-NSC series
offer long term economical pumping solutions.
High efficiency
New designed high efficiency hydraulics with MEI values well
above the ErP 2015 level and IE3 motors set the basis for very
low pperation costs.
Long service life easy maintenance
Robust design, different bearing frame sizes and stainless steel
replaceable wear rings ensure a long service life. The e-NSC
is also designed for easy maintenance and all service points
are easy reachable to reduce downtime.
Adapt to needs
In many applications. the need for water is always varying. By
equipping the e-NSC with a Hydrovar pump controller, the duty
is always exactly where it should be. And it pays off: reducing the
speed by 50% reduces the power consumption by 85%.
Exactly the right configuration
With materials options spanning from cast iron to duplex stainless
steel, the e-NSC is the right solution for 1000’s
of liquids.
Hot or cold
The standard e-NSC can handle liquid temperatures from -40°C
up to +140°C and the extended temperature version from -40°C
up to +140°C.
No leakage
The e-NSC offers a wide range of mechanical face seal options
regarding types and materials.

Know-How
Flow
Technology
184 ARO®
Diaphragm Pumps
ARO®
Diaphragm Pumps
Non-Metallic Models – Range and Performance
MaterialMaterial
bar
ATEX
certified
EXPERT
Series
1/4”
20
l/min
8.6 bar
(125 psi)
1/4” NPT
1/4” BSP
1/4” NPT
1/4” BSP
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
Groundable
acetal
1.6 mm
With
wetted
parts in
groundable
acetal.
EXPERT
Series
3/8”
40.1
l/min
6.9 bar
(100 psi)
3/8” NPT
3/8” BSP
3/8” NPT
3/8” BSP
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
Groundable
acetal
1.6 mm
With
wetted
parts in
groundable
acetal.
EXPERT
Series
1/2”
54.5
l/min
6.9 bar
(100 psi)
1/2” NPT
1/2” BSP
1/2” NPT
1/2” BSP
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
Groundable
acetal
2.4 mm
With
wetted
parts in
groundable
acetal.
EXPERT
Series
3/4”
56
l/min
6.9 bar
(100 psi)
3/4” NPT
3/4” BSP
3/4” NPT
3/4” BSP
Polypro-
pylene
2.4 mm
—
PRO
Series
1”
178
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
1” NPT
1” BSP
1”ANSI/DIN
1” NPT
1” BSP
1”ANSI/DIN
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
3.2 mm
—
EXPERT
Series
1”
200
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
1” NPT
1” BSP
1”ANSI/DIN
1” NPT
1” BSP
1”ANSI/DIN
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
Conductive
polypro-
pylene
3.2 mm
With
conductive
polypro-pylene
motor
PRO
Series
11
/2
”
378
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
11
/2
”
ANSI / DIN
11
/2
”
ANSI / DIN
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
6.4 mm
—
EXPERT
Series
11
/2
”
465
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
11
/2
”
ANSI / DIN
11
/2
”
ANSI / DIN
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
Conductive
polypro-
pylene
6.4 mm
With
conductive
polypro-pylene
motor
PRO
Series
2”
549
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
2”
ANSI / DIN
2”
ANSI / DIN
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
6.4 mm
—
EXPERT
Series
2”
696
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
2”
ANSI / DIN
2”
ANSI / DIN
Polypro-
pylene
PVDF
Conductive
polypro-
pylene
6.4 mm
With
conductive
polypro-pylene
motor
Specialty Specialty
Specialty Specialty
Specialty Specialty
Specialty Specialty

Flow
Technology
185
Metallic Models – Range and Performance
1/2”
EXPERT
Series
45.4
l/min
6.9 bar
(100 psi)
1/2” NPT
1/2” BSP
1/2” NPT
1/2” BSP
Aluminium
Stainless
steel
2.4 mm
All
models
3/4”
EXPERT
Series
51.5
l/min
6.9 bar
(100 psi)
3/4” NPT
3/4” BSP
3/4” NPT
3/4” BSP
Aluminium
2.4 mm
All
models
1”
PRO
Series
133
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
1” NPT
1” BSP
1” NPT
1” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
3.2 mm
All
models
1”
EXPERT
Series
197
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
1” NPT
1” BSP
1” NPT
1” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
Hastelloy
3.3 mm
With
aluminium
or stainless
steel motor
11
/2
”
PRO
Series
340
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
1 1
/2
” NPT
1 1
/2
” BSP
1 1
/2
” NPT
1 1
/2
” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
6.4 mm
All
models
11
/2
”
EXPERT
Series
465
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
1 1
/2
” NPT
1 1
/2
” BSP
11
/2
”ANSI/DIN
1 1
/2
” NPT
1 1
/2
” BSP
11
/2
”ANSI/DIN
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
Hastelloy
6.4 mm
With
aluminium
or stainless
steel motor
2”
PRO
Series
651
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
2” NPT
2” BSP
2” NPT
2” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
6.4 mm
All
models
2”
EXPERT
Series
651
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
2” NPT
2” BSP
2”ANSI/
DIN
2” NPT
2” BSP
2”ANSI/
DIN
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
Hastelloy
6.4 mm
With
aluminium
or stainless
steel motor
3”
PRO
Series
897
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
3” NPT
3” BSP
3” NPT
3” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
9.5 mm
All
models
3”
EXPERT
Series
1041
l/min
8.3 bar
(120 psi)
3” NPT
3” BSP
3” NPT
3” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron
Stainless
steel
Hastelloy
9.5 mm
With
aluminium
or stainless
steel motor
Specialty Specialty
Specialty Specialty
Specialty Specialty
Specialty Specialty

Know-How
Flow
Technology
186
be
think
innovate
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS
PUMPS SYSTEMS FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
For more information
scan the QR code or go to
www.grundfos.co.uk/industry
MAGNA1/MAGNA3
High Efficiency Glandless Circulators
CM
Horizontal Multistage Pumps
SMART DIGITAL
Digital Dosing Pumps
TP
In-line Industrial Circulators
CR
Vertical In-line Multistage Pumps
NB(G) NK(G)
EN733 and ISO2858 End Suction Pumps
MAGNA1/MAGNA3MAGNA1/MAGNA3 TP
HYDRO MPC-E
One of a range of packaged booster sets
SE/SL FEATURING S-TUBE IMPELLER
Submersible Waste Water Pumps
Particularly in replacement situations, Grundfos understands that
sometimes fast delivery is essential. This is why it has invested in stock
and systems to create its Fast Track express delivery scheme.
Now available on selected models of boosters, borehole, and end
suction (NB(G) and NK(G)) pumps, with deliveries as fast as next day.
Call your sales manager / office for more details.
www.grundfos.co.uk
bebe
SMART DIGITAL
Digital Dosing Pumps
Particularly in replacement situations, Grundfos understands that
sometimes fast delivery is essential. This is why it has invested in stock
and systems to create its Fast Track express delivery scheme.
Now available on selected models of boosters, borehole, and end
suction (NB(G) and NK(G)) pumps, with deliveries as fast as next day.
Call your sales manager / office for more details.
GRUNDFOS FAST TRACK
FASTER DELIVERY
EVERY TIME
GRUNDFOS GO REMOTE
Smartphone app wireless transceiver for
easy set up, diagnostics reporting
Grundfos Pumps

Flow
Technology
187
Grundfos Pumps
Multistage centrifugal
pumps
CR(E), CRI(E) , CRN(E)
(E version is electronically controlled)
IE5 Motors
Featured on the latest hydro booster sets
and TPE, CRE, CME NBE models, the
Grundfos MGE motor with IE5 efficiency
is one of the world’s most efficient motors.
Selecting a pump with these motors
incorporated can mean 10% energy and
up to 25% reduction in payback time.
End Suction Pumps
NB(G), NK(G)
nn Standard dimensions according to EN
and ISO standards
nn Compact design
nn Flexible pump range
nn EN 12756 shaft seal
nn Various shaft seals options
nn Cast iron, bronze or stainless steel
impeller options
nn Cast iron or stainless steel pump
housing options
HYDRO MPC-E
Turnkey booster system with CR(I)(E) pumps for transfer and pressure boosting of
water in buildings.
Smart Digital Dosing Pumps
DDI, DME
nn Accuracy: Industry-leading accuracy
confirmed by independent study
nn Durability: Diaphragm resistant to
virtually all chemicals; pump housing
IP65/NEMA4X certified
nn Reliability: Industry-leading service
intervals
nn No vapor lock: De-aeration features
enable continuous dosing of gassing
chemicals
nn High viscosity dosing: Handles liquids
with viscosities up to 3000 mPas
nn Watching your system: Advanced
monitoring and self-analysis features
nn Any application, anywhere: Any supply
voltage, flexible mounting options, and
a wide selection of accessories and
service kits
nn Easy to operate: Intuitive user
interface and easy set-up
nn Fully flexible control system
nn Low energy consumption
nn 2-6 pumps in cascade
nn Easy installation
nn Plug and pump solution no extra
programming or cabling required
nn Large user-friendly display
nn Energy-optimised control
nn Data communication
nn Perfect constant pressure
nn Application-optimised software
nn Custom built solutions available
nn Reduced noise level
nn Space-saving installation – no need
for control cabinets
nn WRAS approved product.
nn Reliability
nn High efficiency
nn In-line design
nn Extensive range
nn Service-friendly
nn Space-saving
nn Superior dry-running
protection
nn Suitable for slightly
aggressive liquids
nn E range for high
efficiency

Know-How
Flow
Technology
188 Non-Metallic Chemical and Self-Priming Pumps
NP/NP-B series Standardised Chemical pumps
to EN 22858/ISO2858
nn Capacity up to [1200 m³/h]
nn Differential head up to 85 [m]
nn Temperature range: –20°C up to 110 °C
nn Unique mechanical seal design specialised
for the individual requirements
CM/CM-B series Standardised Chemical pumps
to EN 22858/ISO2858
nn Capacity up to [180 m³/h]
nn Differential head up to 85 [m]
nn Temperature range: –20°C up to 180 °C
Vertical chemical pumps in Cantilever design
(dry-running proof) or with plain bearing
nn Capacity up to 700 [m³/h]
nn Head up to 90 [m]
nn Length up to 3000 [mm]
nn With suction pipe or strainer if required
nn Temperature range: –20 °C up to 100°C
MUNSCH Chemical pumps are non-metallic and designed for maximum
operating reliability, easy maintenance and lowest lifecycle cost to operate in
abrasive and corrosive service conditions.
Every pump is designed exactly to customer’s specification, and tested to EN ISO
9906 standards before it leaves the factory. Dedicated assembly engineers take full
responsibility for the complete assembly of each of their assigned pumps, which results
in shorter delivery times and increased quality. Munsch pumps are available in a variety of
materials specifically suited to the liquid being used in the application.
On request all pumps are available to be supplied with conformance to EU directive
94/9/EC for use in hazardous areas.
MUNSCH Chemical Pumps www.munsch.de

Flow
Technology
189
Super U Series
Super U Series pumps
are among the most efficient
self-priming solids-handling
pumps available.
nn Unique hydraulic design and
smooth wall volute casing
minimise friction loss and drag
nn The multi-vane, open impeller
is designed for high efficiency
operation yet can still handle
limited solids
nn Delivering high efficiencies (up to 75%), and performs
efficiently across a broad operating range
nn Varying machine loads minimally affects operating efficiency
10 Series®
Gorman-Rupp 10 Series®
pumps
are designed for handling:
nn Solids
nn Corrosive liquids
nn Slurries
Gorman-Rupp Pumps
Super T Series
Super T Series pumps are our
leading Gorman-Rupp range.
nn Robust construction
nn Extremely reliable and
simplistic operation
nn Applications range from pumping thick
abrasive slurries/sludges on flooded
suction to solid laden wastewater
nn Achieving suction lifts of up to 7.5m
nn External shimless adjustment
nn Dual protection of bearings
nn Easy grip cover plate handle
Ultra V Series
The very latest from the
Gorman-Rupp range.
nn Ultra V Series pumps
combine high head
performance with
outstanding efficiency
nn Priming and solids
handling capability
nn Available as single stage
units (V series) or as extreme
heads double stage units
(VS series)
80 Series®
80 Series®
pumps are
designed for non-stop workloads.
nn The straight-in-suction
design of these high-efficiency
pumps guarantees quick,
positive self-priming
nn Operates at higher suction levels than
most other self-priming centrifugal
pumps
nn Liquid enters directly into the
impeller eye
nn A suction check valve presents in-line
return flow when the pump is shut off
nn Minimal maintenance due to fewer
moving parts
nn Available with self-lubricated
mechanical shaft seals

Know-How
Flow
Technology
190 Submersible Pumps
LB, HS and LSC Series
Portable 1 phase submersible drainage
pumps. Heavy duty with excellent wear
resistance. LSC will pump water levels
down to 1mm.
KTZ(E) KTV(E) Series
Portable 3 phase submersible drainage
pumps. Heavy duty with excellent wear
resistance and performance in seapage
conditions.
KRS Series
3 phase submersible drainage pumps.
Heavy duty, high volume pumps with 4
pole motors for increased wear resistance
and performance in seapage conditions.
Tsurumi Manufacturing Company of Japan manufacture a wide range of submersible pumps for use in the toughest of applications found
in construction site dewatering, quarries and processing. Their growing reputation has been formed by integrating advance designs with
high grade materials to produce pumps with excellent durability and versatility. In many cases, Tsurumi pumps are selected and work
reliably, with minimal maintenance, in applications where other brands have previously failed to keep up with the duty. Hence, all Tsurumi
submersible pumps carry a 3 year guarantee.
The Tsurumi drainage pump range includes:
Submersible Pumps
series outlet sizes motor sizes flow range head range solids motor/RPM
(mm) (kW) (LPM) (mtrs) (mm)
LB/HS/LSC 25-80 0.48 - 1.50 205 - 420 11 - 18 6-7 2 pole - 2850
KTZ(E)/KTV(E) 50 - 150 0.75 - 11.0 320 - 2,440 14 - 49 6 - 20 2 pole - 2850
KRS 100 - 250 3 - 22 1,820 - 12,000 8 - 34 12 - 30 4 pole - 1450
nn Pressed steel or aluminium cast iron outer
construction
nn Urethane rubber impeller
nn Double mechanical seal
nn Internal motor protection
nn 10 Metre power cable
nn Available with or without level control
nn Cast iron or cast aluminium pressed steel outer
construction
nn Ductile iron impeller (KTV 0.75kW urethane
rubber)
nn Cast iron or rubber pump chamber
nn Internal overloads
nn 20 metre power cable (KTV 0.75kW: 10 metre)
nn Available as manual start or with probe level
sensor (KTVE KTZE)
nn Cast iron outer construction
nn Ductile iron impellers
nn Cast-iron pump chamber
nn Single phase drainage pumps: series
LB, HS, LSC
nn Three phase drainage pumps: series
KTV(E), KTZ(E), KRS
nn Three phase high-head pumps: series
LH(W), LH
nn Three phase sand slurry pumps:
series KTV2, KTD, NKZ, KRS2, GPN
nn One phase three phase chemical
pumps: Series SFQ TM

Flow
Technology
191
LH(W) LH Series
3 phase submersible drainage
pumps. Heavy duty, high head pumps
incorporating a narrow base area with
excellent wear resistance and performance
in seapage conditions
KTD KTV2 Series
Portable 3 phase submersible slurry
pumps with agitators. Heavy duty and
compact, with excellent wear resistance
and performance when pumping slurry,
sand, silt etc.
KRS2, NKZ GPN Series
3 phase submersible slurry pumps with
agitators. Heavy duty, high volume
pumps with 4 pole motors for increased
wear resistance and performance when
pumping slurry, sand, bentonite etc.
SFQ TM Series
Submersible pumps constructed in 316
grade (1.4436) cast stainless steel or
titanium for industrial pumping of sea-
water, salt-water and chemicals
KTD/KTV2 50 - 80 2.0 - 3.0 425 - 800 20 - 23 8.5 - 10 2 pole - 2850
KRS2/NKZ/GPN 80 - 150 2.2 - 22.0 930 - 5,000 12.6 - 34.0 20 - 30 4 pole - 1450
SFQ/TM 50-80 0.4 - 3.7 290 - 1,180 21.0 - 24.6 6 - 15 2 pole -2850
LH(W)/LH 50 - 200 3 - 110 600 - 6,500 39 - 216 6 - 20 2 pole - 2850
nn Cast iron outer construction
nn Chromium iron impellers
nn Grey cast iron or aluminium and pressed steel
outer construction
nn Chromium iron impeller and agitator
nn Grey cast iron rubber pump chamber
nn 20 metre power cable
nn Available as manual start or automatic
nn Cast iron and steel outer construction
nn Impellers: KRS2: 2.2kW to 3.7KW ductile iron,
KRS2: 5.5 kW to 11kW all NKZ models:
chromium
nn Grey cast iron pump chamber and casing
nn 20 metre power cable
nn Cast stainless steel or titanium and ABS
construction
nn Pressed stainless steel or ABS strainer
nn SQ: 3ph only, TM: 1ph 3ph with automatic options
nn 20 metre or 10 metre neoprene power cable

Know-How
Flow
Technology
192
Hydra-Cell Metering and
Dosing Pumps
For both Safe and ATEX/Explosive Environments
Unique, seal-less, API 675, positive displacement pumps with multiple, hydraulically
balanced diaphragms in a single pump head, designed to feed a precise, predetermined
volume of liquid into a system or process.
nn Virtually Pulseless Flow
nn Meet or exceed API 675 Performance Standards
Steady State Accuracy (±1%)
Linearity (±3%)
Repeatability (±3%)
nn Multiple Local and Remote Control Options
nn Compact Size… High Performance
nn Infinite Turndown Ratios
(1) Also applicable for pumps used in ATEX/Explosive Environments where the Variable Frequency Drive is sited in a safe area
P100 P200 P300 P400 P500 P600
Flow Range (l/hr) Safe
Environments(1) 1 to 85 1 to 256 1 to 256 5 to 764 10 to 1340 20 to 2800
Max Pressure (bar)
Safe Environments(1)
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 70
PP 17
PVDF 24
Flow Range (l/hr) ATEX/
Explosive Environments
Not Available 1 to 90 1 to 90 5 to 294 Not Available Not Available
Max Pressure (bar)
ATEX/Explosive
Environments
Not Available
Metallic 100
PP 1
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 100
PP 17
PVDF 24
Not Available Not Available
Liquid Head Materials
Brass
316L SS
Hastelloy
Polypropylene
PVDF
Brass
316L SS
Hastelloy
Polypropylene
PVDF
Brass
304 SS
316L SS
Hastelloy
Brass
Cast Iron
316L SS
Hastelloy
Duplex 2205
S-Duplex 2207
Polypropylene
PVDF
Brass
316L SS
Duplex 2205
Brass
Cast Iron
316L SS
Hastelloy
Duplex 2205
S-Duplex 2207
G13 G03 G04 G10 G25 G35
Flow Range (l/hr)
Safe Environments(1) 1.8 to 678 1.8 to 678 1.8 to 678 6 to 1818 24 to 4530 42 to 8400
Max Pressure (bar)
Safe Environments(1)
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
Metallic 70
PP 17
PVDF 24
103
Flow Range (l/hr) ATEX/
Explosive Environments
19 to 462 38 to 462 19 to 452 60 to 1470 216 to 2600 396 to 6360
Max Pressure (bar)
ATEX/Explosive
Environments
Metallic 60
PP 17
PVDF 24
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
Metallic 60
PP 17
PVDF 24
30
Hydra-cell Pumps

Flow
Technology
193
Hydra-Cell Industrial
Process Pumps
Unique seal-less, positive displacement pumps with multiple, hydraulically balanced
diaphragms in a single pump head, for liquid transfer, spraying, filling, blending, cleaning,
sampling, injecting, coating, cleaning and mixing.
Handles low to high viscosity liquids
nn Accurate and Controllable, Virtually Pulseless Flow
nn Long Service Life with Low Lifecycle Cost
nn Can Run-dry... Indefinitely
nn 100% Sealed Safe
nn Pumps Aggressive Corrosive Liquids and Abrasives
nn Compact Size, High Performance
T100 (Low Pressure)(3)
T100 (Medium Pressure)(3)
T100 (High Pressure)(3)
Flow Rate (l/min) up to 366 up to 170 up to 96
Max Pressure (bar) 144 241 345
Liquid Head
Materials
Nickel Aluminum
Bronze (NAB)
316L SS
Nickel Aluminum
Bronze (NAB)
316L SS
Nickel Aluminum
Bronze (NAB)
(1) For vertical mounting. Available in Brass, Cast iron (Nickel plated) 316L SS
(2) For vertical mounting. Available in Brass, Duplex 2205 316L SS
(3) API 674 options available
G20 G03 G04 G10(3)
G12(1)
G15(3)
G17(2)
G25(3)
G35(3)
Flow Rate (l/min) up to 3.79 up to 11.3 up to 11.3 up to 30.3 up to 50 up to 75.7 up to 140
Max Pressure (bar)
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103
PP 17
PVDF 24
172
Metallic 70
PP 17
PVDF 24
103
Liquid Head
Materials
Brass
316L SS
Hastelloy
Polypropylene
PVDF
Brass
316L SS
Hastelloy
Polypropylene
PVDF
Brass
304 SS
316L SS
Hastelloy
Brass
Cast Iron
316L SS
Hastelloy
Duplex 2205
S-Duplex 2207
Polypropylene
PVDF
Brass
316L SS
Duplex 2205
Brass
Cast Iron
316L SS
Hastelloy
Duplex 2205
S-Duplex 2207
Cast Iron(Nickel
Plated)
316L SS
Hastelloy
Duplex 2205
S-Duplex 2207
Propane/ Freon Ammonia Polymers Fuels/ D.I. Water Glycols Chlorine Acids/ Glues/ Inks/ Resins Slurries
Butane Additives Caustics Adhesives Paints

Know-How
Flow
Technology
194 Pumps
TECHNICAL DATA PUMP SIZE
T30 T80 T125 T225 T425
Max capacity [l/min] 30 80 125 225 425
Volume per stroke* [ml] 70 140 300 700 2600
Max discharge pressure [bar] 8
Max air pressure [bar] 8
Max suction lift dry** [m] 1.5 3 4 5 5
Max suction lift wet [m] 8
Max size of solids ø in [mm] 3 4 6 10 15
Max temp. With EPDM/NBR [°C] 80
Max temp. With PTFE [°C] 110
Weight [kg] 4 8 11 21 35
Low energy diaphragm pumps available on all Tapflo Models.
Hygienic Series
The sanitary pump range
nn T30 - 28 l/min, 1”
nn T80 - 78 l/min, 1”
nn T125 - 155 l/min, 1 ½”
nn T225 - 330 l/min, 2”
nn T425 - 570 l/min, 2 ½”
nn Reduce carbon footprint
nn Lower operational costs reduced air consumption
nn Ultra low start pressure 0.1 bar (1.5 PSI)
nn Full control and feedback
nn Easy to maintain lowest number of parts of any
AODD pump
nn Low noise
nn Low pulsation
nn Retrofit to pumps already in the field
Achieve up to 70%
energy savings
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

Flow
Technology
195
Tapflo Hose Pumps
Specifications PT hose pumps
Pump range Flow rate (l/h)
Type/
rpm
20 40 60 80 100
Max
Pressure
Bars
PT10 30 60 90 120 - 8
PT15 100 200 300 400 500 8
PT20 170 340 500 670 880 8
PT25 400 800 1200 1600 2000 15
PT32 750 1500 2250 3000 3750 15
PT40 1170 2340 3510 4680 - 15
PTX40 1600 3200 4800 6400 - 15
PT50 3500 7000 10500 - - 15
PT65 4900 9800 14700 - - 15
PTX65 8000 16000 24000 - - 15
PTX80 11000 22000 - - - 15
Darker cells indicate intensive use.
Lighter cells indicate intermittent use.
Specifications PTL hose pumps
Pump range Flow rate (l/h)
Type/
rpm
20 40 60 80
Max
Pressure
Bars
PTL09 20 40 60 80 4
PTL13 49 99 149 198 4
PTL17 130 260 390 520 4
PTL25 390 780 1160 1550 4
PTL30 830 1650 2490 3320 4
PTL45 2300 4620 6920 9240 4
Darker cells indicate intensive use.
Lighter cells indicate intermittent use.

Know-How
Flow
Technology
196 Pumps
SEH - 50x – 2 Water Pump
Water Pump 2 (50mm) 4hp Honda GX120
nn Power unit Honda GX120 4hp
nn Weight 24kg
nn Pump type centrifugal, self-priming
nn Maximum output 620 litre/min
nn Maximum head 30m
SEH - 80x – 3 Water Pump
Water Pump 3 (75mm) 5hp Honda GX160
nn Power unit Honda GX160 5.5hp
nn Weight 32kg
nn Pump type centrifugal, self-priming
nn Maximum output 900 litre/min
nn Maximum head 26m
Part No Description
WR/050-022 SHE-50X 2” Petrol Driven Pump
WR/030-390 2” Suction hose 6 metre
WR/030-306 2” Layflat delivery hose 1 metre (priced per metre)
Part No Description
WR/050-032 SHE-80X 3” Petrol Driven Pump
WR/030-439 3” Suction hose 6 metre
WR/030-308 3” Layflat delivery hose 1 metre (priced per metre)
Petrol Driven Pumps
Self-priming petrol engine driven water pumps, ideal for mobile pumping applications and those unplanned
emergencies!
nn Powered by top of the range Honda engines to provide years of trouble free service
nn Units come complete with full carry frame with rubber feet, hose couplings and suction filter
1 Petrol Driven Pump
A very lightweight unit for easy portability. Because of the high
pressure and flow rate, it is a very suitable pump for sprinkling and
irrigation.
Ideal for:
nn Irrigation applications
nn Pumping of well water
nn Feeding or training water
from a pond or trough
nn Agricultural uses
Part No Description
WR/050-003 SHE-25L 1” Petrol Driven Pump
nn Centrifugal pumps suitable for general
water and waste water
nn Hygienic pumps – suitable for food and
pharmaceutical
nn Air operated diaphragm pumps suitable for
chemicals, slurries, etc.
nn Magnetic drive pumps suitable for
chemicals
nn Suds coolant pumps suitable for
machine coolants
Other pumps
available from ERIKS

Flow
Technology
197
Part No* Supply Absorbed kW Amps Max Head/Flow
SAC/P/IMM50A-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.11 0.60 3m / 10 l/min
SAC/P/IMM63B-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.40 2.90 7m / 10 l/min
SAC/P/IMM71B-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.78 7.50 13m / 55 l/min
SAC/P/IMM50A-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.11 0.30 3m / 10 l/min
SAC/P/IMM63B-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.40 0.90 7m / 10 l/min
SAC/P/IMM80A-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3 phase 1.15 1.90 16m / 90 l/min
Coolant Pumps
IMM Series Coolant Pumps
The IMM range of coolant pumps offers a comprehensive and
economical range which is suitable for most machine tool coolants.
nn 1-phase or 3-phase options
nn Suitable for most machine tool coolants
nn Fast delivery
Basic Dimensions
Type Flange Diameter Outlet Port Stem Lengths
IMM50 130mm 3/8 BSP 080,120,150,180
IMM63 180mm 3/4 BSP 150,200,250,300
IMM71 230mm 1 BSP 200,250,325
IMM80 250mm 1.1/4 BSP 200,250,300,350
Part No* Supply Absorbed kW Amps Max Head/Flow
SAC/P/SPV12-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.15 0.65 4m / 7 l/min
SAC/P/SPV12-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.15 0.32 4m / 7 l/min
SPV Coolant Pumps
The SPV range is suitable for most machine tool coolants and offers cost-effective
solution to all coolant pump requirements within 1-phase or 3-phase areas.
nn 6 standard stem lengths
nn 1-phase or 3-phase options
nn Suitable for most machine tool coolants
Basic Dimensions
Flange Diameter Outlet Port Pump Body
130mm 3/4 BSP 98mm
* The XXX in the part number should be replaced with the required stem length code – (see above table for options).
* The XXX in the part number should be replaced with the required stem length code: (090=90mm, 120=120mm, 170=170mm, 220=220mm, 270=270mm and 350=350mm).
IMM71 and
IMM80 are
available in longer
stem lengths –
please call
for details

Know-How
Flow
Technology
198 Pumps
Lowara DOC 3 Pump
ITT Lowara DOC 3 pumps are versatile, corrosion-resistant and compact. Ideal for the
drainage of sumps, cellars, and basements, these pumps have stainless steel housings
and are fitted with 10 metres of cable.
Applications:
nn Emptying of residential sump pits, rainwater tanks or laundry drainage
nn Garden and lawn irrigation, with suction from rainwater tanks
nn Emergency draining of flooded basements and garages
nn Transfer of water from tanks, cisterns and swimming pools
nn Water display fountains
SEEPEX Wobble Pump
The SEEPEX Wobble Pump is a progressive cavity pump. Pumps of this design can be used in almost all industries.
They are able to handle liquids of all viscosities and even products with high solids contents. Due to the simple construction
wobble pumps are cost effective and easy to maintain.
Advantages and Characteristics:
nn Accurate linear variable flow rate: up to 10m³/h
nn Pulsation free flow
nn Pressure: up to 4 bar, 60 psi
nn Service-friendly and economical due
to simple pump construction
nn Rapid exchange of conveying elements
due to rotating unit with only one joint
nn Space-saving due to short, compact design
with directly flanged drive (block design)
Where would you imagine the major costs – and therefore potential savings
– associated with a pump would arise? The purchase price? The cost of
maintenance? Or the running costs?
In fact, the purchase price of a pump represents less than 5% of the whole life
cost, and even maintenance costs amount to only 8% on average. Which leaves
the remaining 87% of the cost taken up by energy consumption. And in some
applications, energy costs can actually rise to as much as 95% of the whole life cost
– which means there are huge savings to be made through more efficient pump
operation and more effective maintenance.
But to realise these potential savings, you first need to know what makes
pumping so expensive, then how to select the right pump for the job, and
finally how best to maintain the pump so it provides optimum performance
and maximum energy efficiency.
Visit eriks.co.uk/knowhow for more information on pump savings
and developing a sustainable pumping action plan.
Pump up the savings

Flow
Technology
199
Pump configuration
Choosing the right materials of
construction is essential for specific
applications. We have a wide range of
options for casing and hoppers, rotor and
stator materials, sealing options and drive
choice. Whatever you want to do we can
configure the correct pump for you.
SEEPEX Progressive
Cavity Pumps (PCP)
For low and high viscosity products with and without solid particles – we make All Things Flow
SEEPEX develops and produces progressive cavity pumps (PCP), macerators and control systems. We offer products for all market
sectors including water and waste water, food and beverage, biogas, pharmaceutical, oil and gas and many more. Our product groups
have high performance ranges within them. Modular design provides customers with tailor-made pumps for every application. For
complex handling we supply competent consulting, planning and project management.
Pumps for all applications
Low and high viscosity products,
containing soft solids can all be pumped
by SEEPEX PCP. The basic pump action
is low shear, making it ideal for most shear
sensitive food products e.g yeast, yogurt,
jams and pie-fillings etc. Open hopper
pumps transfer high viscosity products,
even whole chickens or mango stones
are pumped by our specialized solutions.
Hygienic ranges which are CIPable are 3A
sanitary standard and comply with FDA
and EHEDG regulations. Abrasive and
corrosive products can also be handled
using SEEPEX pumps.
Low operating costs
Smart Conveying Technology, a patented
development from SEEPEX, enables
internal inspection and rotor and stator
replacement when needed without
pipework removal, reducing maintenance
time by up to 85%. Adjusting the
stator segments restores original pump
performance, extending stator life by
up to 300%. Level control, dry running
protection and over pressure protection
are available from SEEPEX for all pumps
to optimise performance and reduce
operating costs.
Product Groups
nn N Range: standard configuration, for
flowable products 30L/hr - 500m3/hr
nn T Range: open hopper with feed auger,
for high viscosity products 50L/hr –
500m3/hr
nn D Range: metering pumps accurate to
+/- 1%, for accurate dosing 200ml/
hr – 1000L/hr
nn CS range: Hygienic and easy to clean,
for food and pharmaceutical 30L/hr –
130m3/hr
nn E range: semi-submersible, for very
high suction lifts 30L/hr – 300m3/hr
nn W range: single UJ, effective and
inexpensive up to 10m3/hr
nn M range: macerators, for particle size
reduction and pump protection 2m3/
hr – 150m3/hr
Accurate metering and
dosing
Accurate low pulsation linear flow is a
characteristic of our pumps, meaning that
flow rates are controlled by one variable
– pump speed. Simple installation and
calibration without the need for check ball
valves or calibration pots. Smart Dosing
Pumps have intelligent drives for added
control functionality
Versatile in Operation
SEEPEX pumps have an excellent
suction lift – up to 9m as standard and
more if needed using semi-submersible
pumps. They can be installed horizontally
or vertically and run both ‘forwards and
backwards’ enabling filling and emptying
vessels using a single pump. They can
generate pressures up to 144 bar if
needed and operate at temperatures from
-20 °C to 150° C.

Know-How
Flow
Technology
200
CALL: 0845 006 6000
PUMP
SERVICES
Repair, overhaul or rewind
Repair work carried out on customer’s site or an
ERIKS Engineering workshop
Maintain and Monitor
Preventative maintenance and condition monitoring
carried out using the latest technologies
Replace
If the two remedial actions above have not
suitable then a more energy and waste efficient
replacement product can be recommended.
ENGINEERING
SITE SERVICES
FUNCTIONS:
n Pump repairs and new pump supply
n Spare part and kitting capability
n Full in-house fabrication and machining facilities
n Reverse and surface engineering
n Pump coating approved contractors
n Stock rationalisation and obsolescence projects
n Pump energy audits and testing
WHY ERIKS:
n Technical and trading partnerships with most
major pump suppliers
n Reliability improvements and up-rating
n Obsolescence risk management
n Energy efficiency audits
n Certified Pump System Auditors
n Active members of the Pump Centre and BPMA

TOOLS, SAFETY AND
MAINTENANCE
ERIKS Tools, Safety and Maintenance Product
business unit are able to provide brand
leaders in all of its 3 main product areas –
Safety, Tooling and Consumables.
Choosing the right tools safety and maintenance
equipment is not just about getting the job done more
efficiently; it is also about protecting employees from the
risk of injury and protecting their employers from potential
compensation claims.
201
Wiping Products 204-205
Storage 206-207
Adhesives 208-209
Non-Sparking Tools 210
Safety Footwear 211
Safety Eyewear 212
Respiratory 213
Spill Control 214-215
Gloves 216-219
Lock Boxes and Labelling 220-221
Metal Cutting Tools 222-225
Torque Wrenches 226-227
Live Centres, Chucks Vices 228
Lubricants 229-243
Line Marking 241
Position Sensors 244-245
Torches 246
Variabox 247
240-241 204-205, 211-217, 237230-233, 242 234
238-239 243 235 244-245
247
206-207 220-221 218-219 222-225
246 208-209 228226-227
Quick reference

TOOLS, safety AND
MAINTENANCE
TOOLS Technology
Selecting products based purely on
price can be unproductive in terms of
efficiency, comfort and perhaps most
importantly the safety of the user.
We understand the stresses and
strains you face daily, and can help
you select the correct tool for the
correct job.
ERIKS can provide all the essentials required
for a safe and productive environment within
an engineering workshop.
Our range of products have been carefully selected by
experienced Tools, Safety and Maintenance specialists, to
ensure you receive the best quality service and value in the
marketplace, whilst ensuring your safety.
202
Know-How

TOOLS
ERIKS provide a comprehensive range
of tools, from a wide selection of leading
brands.
All products and brand partners are
selected with careful consideration in
terms of reliability, availability, performance
and the ergonomic effect to the user.
Providing you with the equipment that will
enable you to complete tasks in a timely
and safe manner.
nn Hand Tools
nn Cutting Tools
nn Power Tools
nn Metrology
nn Abrasives
TOOLS SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE
WORKSHOP
SAFETY
The working environment and conditions
determine the most appropriate protection
in order to guarantee the safety of people
in the workplace.
Working alongside our partner suppliers
you can rest assured that our range
of products conform to all the current
legislation and adopt best practice to
provide a safe working environment.
nn Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
nn Spill Control
nn Hand Hygiene
nn Janitorial
nn Lock Out - Tag Out Systems
EQUIPMENT
Through ERIKS you can also source all
your functional, durable storage solutions
with a wide range of workplace equipment.
nn Workbenches
nn Tool cupboards
nn Storage bins
nn Perforated and Louvred panels
MRO CONSUMABLES
ERIKS can provide you with a single
source for all your consumable
requirements, whether you are looking
for lubrication, adhesives, sealants or
fasteners we have the products to meet
your requirements.
All products conform to current safety
legislation and are fully traceable attaining
COSHH standards.
nn Lubrication
nn Cutting Fluids and Compounds
nn Degreasers
nn Adhesives and Sealants
nn Fasteners
nn Technical Wipes
203

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
204 Cloths and Wet Wipes
Part No Description
RX-PW-CF2138B RX Centrefeed 2 Ply Wiper Rolls Blue
RX-PW-CF2138W RX Centrefeed 2 Ply Wiper Rolls White
RX Wiping Products
New to the RX portfolio are a range of industrial wiping
products, they have been carefully selected to provide
you with a cost effective solution helping you get the
task in hand completed quicker and efficiently, whilst
ensuring hygiene levels are kept high.
Our products are manufactured to a
high quality specification, giving you the
confidence that the RX range of Wiping
Products will protect your employees
and customers reducing the risk of cross
contamination and enhance your hygiene
controls.
2 Ply Centrefeed Wiper Rolls
Highly absorbent solution for
dealing with everyday
non-hazardous substances
nn Pack Size: 6 rolls
Part No Description
RX-PW-HR225B RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, Blue, 250mm
RX-PW-HR225W RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, White, 250mm
RX-PW-HR250B RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, Blue, 500mm
RX-PW-HR250W RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, White, 500mm
2 Ply Hygiene Rolls
RX 2 Ply hygiene rolls provide a solution to a
multitude of wiping tasks. 100 sheets/roll
nn Pack Sizes: 250mm18 rolls/pack
500mm 9rolls/pack
Part No Description
RX-PW-LR2380B RX 2 Ply Large Rolls Blue
RX-PW-LR2380W RX 2 Ply Large Rolls White
2 Ply Large Rolls
The 2 Ply large rolls are
the perfect, highly absorbent
solution for dealing with
a wide variety of applications.
nn Pack Size: 2 rolls
Part No Description
RX-PW-LR3260B RX 3 Ply Wiper Large Roll, Blue
3 Ply Large Rolls
The additional thickness ensures
even faster absorbance for
non-hazrdous spill situations.
nn Pack Size: 1 roll

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
205
Part No Description
RX-NW-LWQB Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Blue
RX-NW-LWQG Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Green
RX-NW-LWQR Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Red
RX-NW-LWQY Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Yellow
Part No Description
RX-NW-LWRB RX Lite Wipe Roll, Blue
Lite Wipe Roll
Light-weight, disposable cleaning cloth, ideal
for general cleaning tasks.
nn Pack Sizes: 500 sheets/roll
Tech Wipes
Highly absorbent solution for
dealing with everyday
non-hazardous substances
nn Pack Sizes: Various
Part No Description
RX-WW-SS150 Sani surface sanitising wipes, 150 wipes tubs
RX-WW-SS1500 Sani surface sanitising wipes, 1500 wipes tubs
Sani Surface Sanitising Wipes
Medium-weight wipe eliminating
cross-contamination concerns
with a single stroke. Suitable
for use in a wide range of
applications.
nn Pack Sizes: 150 wipes/tub
1500 wipes/tub
Part No Description
RX-WW-MX80 RX Heavy Duty Max Wipes
Heavy Duty Max Wipes
Heavy duty hand wipe with a textured
finish on one side and impregnated
with orange scrub for fast cleaning and
degreasing.
nn Pack Sizes: 1 tub
Part No Description
RX-WW-MP150 RX Multi-Purpose Hand and Wet Surface Wipes
Multi-Purpose Hand and Wet
Surface Wipes
The ultimate portable wet hand wipe for
general applications.
nn Pack Sizes: 150 wipes/tub
Quarterfold Wipes
Reusable product designed
for the toughest wiping
tasks.
nn Pack Sizes: Heavy, 6 packs/25
Lite, 20 packs/50
Part No Description
RX-NW-HWQB Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Blue
RX-NW-HWQG Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Green
RX-NW-HWQR Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Red
RX-NW-HWQY Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Yellow
Part No Description
RX-NW-TWQB RX Quarterfold Tech Wipes, Blue
RX-NW-TWQDW RX Quarterfold Tech Wipes in Dispenser Box, White
RX-NW-TWRB RX Tech Wipes Roll, Blue
RX-NW-TWRW RX Tech Wipes Roll, White
Heavy Wipes
Lite Wipes

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
206 Workplace Storage
Why buy Bott
Understand
The Bott and ERIKS sales team will work together with you
to understand your requirements.
Develop
Using their knowledge and experience they will propose a
tailored solution and can provide full 3D simulations giving
a clear impression of the proposed workspace.
Manufacture
Bott products are manufactured here in the UK using the
latest sophisticated manufacturing processes, a dedicated
workforce and high quality materials. Bott are fully ISO 9001
and ISO 14001 certified.
Deliver
Bott have their own delivery vehicle fleet to get the products
to your site on time and in good condition.
Install
If required the Bott installation team will unwrap, assemble
and position the equipment.
Aftercare
Bott and ERIKS believe in long-term business relationships,
so you can be assured of an excellent aftersales service.
Built to last
All products undergo a rigorous testing and validation
programme, ensuring they are truly fit for purpose.
All Bott manufactured workplace storage equipment is proudly
covered by a 10 year guarantee so you can be totally confident
in the quality and durability of our range.

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
207
Bott Cubio
A comprehensive storage system designed for the most demanding of applications.
The range covers drawer cabinets, cupboards, workbenches and mobile storage solutions.
The modular system forms a harmonious solution and can be integrated with the Bott perfo
storage range.
All Bott Cubio products are epoxy powder coated in a choice of four standard colour schemes
and come in a vast range of sizes.
Heavy Duty Cabinets
nn Heavy duty construction with up to
1000kg U.D.L. capacity
nn Centrally lockable with
drawer blocking
nn 75kg U.D.L. capacity, 100% extension
drawers
nn Static and mobile versions
nn Optional adjustable metal, plastic box
and trough section divider kits
nn Top trays, worktops and base plinth
optional accessories
Heavy Duty Cupboards
nn Lockable doors with hinged, sliding,
up/over and window styles
nn Galvanised steel shelves with up
to 160kg capacity and wooden
shelf/worktop options
nn 75kg U.D.L. capacity, 100% extension
drawers
nn Perfo and louvre backpanels with
hook and bin accessories
Heavy Duty Benches
nn 40mm thick worktops in many styles
to cover all applications
nn Wide variety of bench styles from
basic framework to high capacity
storage with integrated cabinets
nn Static and mobile options
nn Backpanel and overhead shelf and
light accessories

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
208
Universal Structural Bonders
LIMITLESS
BONDING
LIMITLESS
REPAIR
LIMITLESS
DESIGN
Introducing limitless bonding
for limitless design and repair
Whatever your industry, Loctite has an adhesive solution.
Contact us on 01442 278100 www.loctite.co.uk
Henkel Loctite Adhesives

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
209
Universal Structur
LIMITLES
BONDIN
LIMITLESS
REPAIR
Introducing limitless
for limitless design a
Whatever your industry, Loctite has
Contact us on 01442 278100
LOCTITE 243
Medium
Strength Threadlocker
nn Resists vibration loosening
nn Threads are completely sealed
nn Temperature resistance up to
180°C
nn Improved cure even on mildly oil
contaminated parts
For general purpose threadlocking
LOCTITE HY 4070
Ultra Fast
Universal Repair Adhesive –
fixtures 60 secondsr
nn Gap fill up to 5mm
nn Bonds most substrates
including metals, most
plastics and rubbers
nn Good moisture, temperature and
chemical resistance
LOCTITE HY 4080
Toughened
Structural bonding with
good impact resistance
nn Fixtures in approximately
10 minutes even with a
2mm gap
nn Good moisture, temperature and
chemical resistance
nn Bonds most substrates including
metals, most plastics and rubbers
LOCTITE HY 4090
Fast
Fast and Strong
Structural Bonder
nn Good moisture,
temperature and
chemical resistance
nn Bonds most substrates
including metals, most plastics and
rubbers
nn Ultimate strength with maximum
temperature resistance up to 150°C
LOCTITE 638
High strength retaining
compound
nn Maximium strength
nn Prevents fretting
nn Gap fill up to 0.25mm
nn Temperature resistance up to 180°C
Ideal for bonding gears and impellors
onto shafts.
Use where permanent fixing is
required
LOCTITE 401,
406 454
Range of
instant adhesives
nn Thin to gel
consistencies
nn Handling strength in seconds
nn Can be used with LOCTITE 770
nn Polyolefin Primer
Suitable for bonding most close
fitting plastic and rubber
components. Single component
LOCTITE 577
Pipe Thread Sealant
nn Coarse pipe threads up to 3”
BSP
nn Instant seal on taper/parallel
joints
nn Improved cure even on mildly oil
contaminated parts
For sealing metal coarse threads,
locks and seals in any position
LOCTITE 577
Flange Sealant
nn One product for any shape or
size gasket
nn Seals scored or damaged rigid
flanges
nn No gasket relaxation
nn Improved heat aging
For sealing rigid flanges with gaps up
to 0.3mm
LOCTITE 3090
2 part instant gel
adhesive
nn Clear
nn Gap fill up to 5mm
nn Handling strength –
seconds to minutes
depending on gap
For sealing rigid flanges with gaps up
to 0.3mm
Continued innovation
from LOCTITE
New Hybrid
Technology
Established product range and New Hybrid Technology
- Threadlocking - Thread Sealing - Gasketing - Retaining - Structural Bonding
- Instant adhesives

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
210
RX
NON-SPARKING
TOOLS
The Range Includes:
nn Pliers
nn Screwdrivers
nn Spanners Wrenches
nn Sockets and sets
At ERIKS we take your
safety seriously and
when it comes to using
tools in potentially
explosive environments
we simply don’t offer
second best.
The RX range of non-sparking
safety tools are recommended
for use in all potentially explosive
environments, all areas where
combustible or easily ignitable
vapours, liquids and dusts are
present and anywhere that a
potential fire and explosion risk
from sparks is possible.
Safety at your fingertips...
nn Hex keys
nn Hammers
nn Brushes
nn Chisels and Bars
Non-sparking Tools

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
211Safety Footwear
RX®
Securo Safety Shoe
The RX Securo is a quality safety shoe made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent
soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole.
This makes the RX Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish on the market.
RX®
Solido Safety Boot
The RX Solido is a quality safety boot made of lightweight materials,
with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic
penetration resistant midsole. This makes the RX Footwear one
of the most comfortable and stylish on the market.
Part No Description UK size
W93L-50005 RX Safety Shoe Securo 5
W93L-50007 RX Safety Shoe Securo 6.5
W93L-50011 RX Safety Shoe Securo 9.5
W93L-50015 RX Safety Boot Solido 5
W93L-50017 RX Safety Boot Solido 6.5
W93L-50021 RX Safety Boot Solido 9.5
nn Composite toe cap which can
resist a pressure of 200 J
nn Anti-perforation sole made
from MS3 textile; very flexible,
gives a much better walking
comfort, isolates against the
cold and/or heat, protects a
larger area of the foot
nn Scuff pad allows more ‘give’
at the point where the foot
flexes. Ideal for jobs where
kneeling is required
nn Quality uppers stabilises
and supports the foot
nn TPU heel support
nn Reflective accents
for high visibility
nn Shock-absorbing comfort sole
for better walking comfort
nn PU/rubber sole material;
oil and petrol resistant
nn HRO resistant to 300°C
contact heat
nn SRC sole for improved
slip resistance
nn Ladder grip prevents
slipping on ladders
nn Extra wide fit
nn Composite toe cap which can
resist a pressure of 200 J
nn Anti-perforation sole made
from MS3 textile; very flexible,
gives a much better walking
comfort, isolates against the
cold and/or heat, protects a
larger area of the foot
nn Scuff pad allows more ‘give’
at the point where the foot
flexes. Ideal for jobs where
kneeling is required.
nn Quality uppers stabilises
and supports the foot
nn TPU heel support
nn Reflective accents
for high visibility
nn Shock-absorbing comfort sole
for better walking comfort
nn PU/rubber sole material;
oil and petrol resistant
nn HRO resistant to 300°C
contact heat
nn SRC sole for improved
slip resistance
nn Ladder grip prevents
slipping on ladders
nn Extra wide fit
RX Safety Footwear

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
212
Part No
W93L-50004
Safety Glasses, Goggles and Respiratory
Part No
W93L-50000
Part No
W93L-50001
Part No
W93L-50003
Part No
W93L-50002
RX Safety Glasses and Goggles
Maximum comfort and the highest level of protection
are essential when eye-protection must be worn.
Features such as lightweight, stability and a perfect fit
contribute to this end.
RX®
Optiflex-V Safety Glasses
nn Lightweight stylish design
nn Fits over regular glasses without compromising comfort
nn Side ventilation
nn Polycarbonate lens
Optiflex-B
Brown polycarbonate
lens improves the
adaptation of the eye
to variable lighting
conditions
Optiflex-W
Green polycarbonate
lens offer protection
against UV rays
and beams of light.
Shade 5 Lens
Optiflex-C
Clear polycarbonate
lens, the perfect
protection for a
wide range of
lighting conditions
CHOOSING THE RIGHT LENS
RX®
Optiflex-C Safety Glasses
nn Clear polycarbonate lens
nn Compliant with EN166 and EN170
nn Anti-scratch coating
nn Anti-fog coating
nn Ventilating
RX®
Optiflex-C Safety Glasses
nn Green lens protects against UV rays and beams of light
nn Shade 5 lens for oxy-fuel welding and soldering
nn Anti-scratch and anti-fog coating
nn Ventilating
RX®
Optiflex-B Safety Glasses
nn Brown lens protects against UV rays and beams of light
nn Good colour recognition, TSR (traffic signal recognition)
nn Anti-scratch coating
nn Anti-fog coating
nn Ventilating
RX®
Optiflex-G Wide Vision Goggles
nn Lightweight stylish design with adjustable elastic headband
nn Ergonomically designed, 180° wide-vision
nn Highest optical quality lens, class 1
nn CE approved, EN166 protection against splashes of chemical
liquids and molten metals
nn Anti-scratch and anti-fog coating
nn Indirect ventilation

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
213
Pack Normal Protection Assigned
Part No Description Size Factor Protection Factor
W93L-50031 RX FFP2 pre-formed disposable mask reinforced 10 12 10
W93L-50033 RX FFP2V P2 pre-formed disposable mask reinforced, valve 10 12 10
W93L-50035 RX FFP3V P2 pre-formed disposable mask reinforced, valve 5 50 20
Normal Protection Assigned
Part No Description Packaging Factor Protection Factor
W93L-50028 RX FFP1 disposable mask folded 20 4 4
W93L-50027 RX FFP1V disposable mask folded and valve 10 4 4
W93L-50029 RX FFP2 disposable mask folded 20 12 10
Normal Protection Assigned
Part No Description Packaging Factor Protection Factor
W93L-50037 RX FFP1 pre-formed disposable mask 20 4 4
W93L-50036 RX FFP1V pre-formed disposable mask and valve 10 4 4
W93L-50034 RX FFP2 pre-formed disposable mask 20 12 10
Respiratory
RX®
Fold Flat Disposable Mask
Single use, lightweight, ergonomically shaped disposable respirator for protection against
non-toxic and toxic particles.
nn Multi-layered filter medium electrostatically charged
nn Ergonomically shaped with adjustable head straps to provide individual fit
nn Adjustable nose clip to ensure a good seal around the nose
nn Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001 and A1:2009NR
nn Exhalation valve added for easier breathing (P1V, P2V and P3V)
RX®
RX®
pre-formed masks are manufactured to the highest standards, providing excellent comfort
and protection. A range of protective factors are available both with and without a valve.
nn Ergonomically shaped with adjustable nose clip to ensure a good seal around the nose
nn Exhalation valve added for easier breathing (P1V, P2V and P3V)
RX®
Due to its lightweight netted construction, this mask has a very low breathing resistance,
so even during the most demanding working conditions the wearer enjoys the highest
possible comfort.
nn Reinforced net keeps the mask in its original form making it last longer
nn Integrated cover protects the valve avoiding mechanical damage
nn Adjustable head straps to provide an individual fit
nn Exhalation valve added for easier breathing (P2V and P3V)

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
214
RX®
PERFORM+ Oil Range
Spill Control
Advantages of Melt Blown Polypropylene (MBPP) over Traditional Granules
Part No Description Size and Packaging Adsorption capacity (L)
RX-SC100-O3 Oil Only Heavyweight Triple Layer Pad 41cm x 46cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box 120L
RX-SC200-O3 Oil Only Lightweight Triple Layer Pad 41cm x 46cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box 154L
RX-SC81-O3 Oil Only Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 81cm x 46m 1 Roll/Box 240L
RX-SC41-O3 Oil Only Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 41cm x 46m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box 120L
RX-SC122-O Oil Only Sock 7.6cm dia x 122cm 15 Socks/Box 85L
RX-SC305-O Oil Only Sock 7.6cm dia x 305cm 6 Socks/Box 85L
RX-SC4646-O Oil Only Pillow 46cm x 46cm 10 Pillows/Box 78L
RX Spill Control
Spill control is not just incident management, it’s about
meeting Legal and Regulatory Frameworks that apply
to everyone in today’s environment.
Made from Melt Blown Polypropylene (MBPP) RX®
adsorbents are
a high quality, high performance workplace spill control solution.
Products are available for general maintenance use in
factories, workshops, and the manufacturing industry where there
is a general requirement for a clean workplace.
In outdoor situations, where oil and other liquids must be
controlled, RX®
provides an oil and fuel solution. This
is a hydrophobic product which will not adsorb water.
For incidents, and day-to-day situations involving chemicals
and solvents, the RX®
chemical range provides an instantly
recognisable and complete solution.
Available in:
nn Pads
nn Rolls
nn Socks
nn Pillows
nn Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water
nn Spunbound cover on both sides give superior strength allowing for high abrasion
resistance when wiping rough surfaces
nn Dimple bonded for added strength and speeds up the wicking of liquids
nn Available in two different weights
nn Virtually lint-free
nn Can be deployed even faster
nn Adsorbs spills more quickly
nn Flexibility of use; can be used reactively
or as a preventative measure
nn Easier and quicker to dispose of, can
be incinerated
nn Granules are dusty and messy
and in some cases harmful to
employees and machinery
nn Lower cost in use, customer
can save over 40%
RX®
Site Surveys
ERIKS can offer a full site survey for
assessment of suitable leak and spill
provision, ensuring full compliance
with current health and safety and
environmental legislation.
RX®
Spill Control Training
We can provide certified spill control
training for first responders or tailored
solutions dependant on requirements.
This will help with compliance with
Environmental Management Systems as
set out in ISO 14001.
Quicker and
faster than
granules
SITE SURVEYS
AND TRAINING

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
215
RX-SC100-C Perforated Heavyweight Pad 41cm x 46cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box 134L
RX-SC81-C Heavy Weight Perforated Roll 81cm x 46m 1 Roll/Bag 267L
RX-SC41-C Heavy Weight Perforated Roll 41cm x 46m 2 Rolls/Bag 134L
RX-SC122-C Chemical Sock 7.6cm dia x 122cm 15 Socks/Box 85L
RX-SC305-C Chemical Sock 7.6cm dia x 305cm 6 Socks/Box 84L
RX-SC4646-C Chemical Pillow 46cm x 46cm 10 Pillows/Box 78L
RX-SC100-M3 Perforated Heavyweight Pad 41cm x 46cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box 120L
RX-SC200-M3 Perforated Lightweight Pad 41cm x 46cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box 154L
RX-SC81-M3 Perforated Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 81cm x 46m 1 Roll/Box 240L
RX-SC41-M3 Perforated Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 41cm x 46m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box 120L
RX-SC122-M Maintenance Sock 7.6cm dia x 122cm 15 Socks/Box 85L
RX-SC305-M Maintenance Sock 7.6cm dia x 305cm 6 Socks/Box 84L
RX-SC4646-M Universal Pillow 46cm x 46cm 10 Pillows/Box 78L
Part No Description Content Adsorption
capacity (L)
RX-SCKIT130-M Maintenance Mobile Response Kit 50 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 136L
1 Roll Red/White Barrier Tape, 1 A Frame Floor Sign, 5 Ties
RX-SCKIT250-M Maintenance Mobile Response Kit 150 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 250L
RX-SCKIT130-O Oil Only Mobile Response Kit 50 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 136L
RX-SCKIT250-O Oil Only Mobile Response Kit 150 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 250L
RX-SCKIT130-C Chemical Mobile Response Kit 50 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 136L
RX-SCKIT250-C Chemical Mobile Response Kit 150 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags Up to 250L
Available in:
nn Pads
nn Rolls
nn Socks
nn Pillows
nn Spunbound cover offers high abrasion resistance when wiping rough surfaces
nn Dimple bonded for added strength and faster, easier clean up of spills
nn Static resistant, offering greater safety when handling flammable liquids
nn Available in two different weights
nn Virtually lint-free
RX®
PERFORM+ Maintenance Range
nn Designed to adsorb chemical and other hazardous liquids
nn Ideal for use in laboratories, hospitals and chemical storage areas
nn Spunbound cover offers high abrasion resistance and added strength when wiping
rough surfaces
nn Dimple bonded for added strength and faster, easier clean up of spills
nn Static resistant, offering greater safety when handling flammable liquids
RX®
PERFORM+ Maintenance Range Available in:
nn Pads
nn Rolls
nn Socks
nn Pillows
nn All models available in oil only, Maintenance and Chemical Versions
nn Adsorption capacity up to 250 litres
nn Wheels give mobility indoors and outdoors
RX®
Spill Control Mobile Response Kits Adsorption
Capacity:
nn 136 Litre
nn 250 Litre

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
216 Safety Gloves
Part No Glove Size
RX-PG-CR5N7 7
RX-PG-CR5N8 8
RX-PG-CR5N9 9
RX-PG-CR5N10 10
RX-PG-CR5N11 11
Part No. Size
W93L-50057 6
W93L-50059 7
W93L-50058 8
W93L-50056 9
W93L-50055 10
RX Safety Gloves
RX®
Safe5 Cut Resistant Glove
Seamless knitted high cut resistant liner with a nitrile palm coating that offers
outstanding protection.
nn The seamless construction provides an exceptional level of comfort, whilst the
open back style allows excellent breathability
nn This lightweight glove attains to the maximum EN388 standard offering the
wearer an excellent level of protection
nn The nitrile palm coating is incredibily resilient and flexible, allowing for good
gripping ability
nn Elasticated, for a snug fit. The knitted wrist is extra long for optimal wrist
protection
nn Suitable applications include: component handling, assembly, electronics and
construction
nn Sold in packs of 12 pairs
RX®
Dyneema®
Safe3 Cut Resistant Glove
Seamless knitted Dyneema® glove with polyurethane coating.
nn The seamless construction provides an exceptional level of comfort, whilst
the open back style allows excellent breathability
nn This lightweight glove with Dyneema®
provides excellent resistance to cuts,
abrasion and tears
nn The glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity
for the most tactile of operations
nn Elasticated, for a snug fit. The knitted wrist is extra long for optimal
wrist protection
nn Suitable applications include: component handling, assembly, electronics
and cutting activities

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
217
Part No. Size
W93L-50067 6
W93L-50066 7
W93L-50039 8
W93L-50041 9
W93L-50064 10
Part No. Size Colour
W93L-50048 6 Black
W93L-50051 7 Black
W93L-50053 8 Black
W93L-50054 9 Black
W93L-50047 10 Black
W93L-50049 6 White
W93L-50046 7 White
W93L-50050 8 White
W93L-50052 9 White
W93L-50044 10 White
RX®
Top-Flex PU Precision Gloves
Seamless knitted nylon glove with polyurethane coating.
nn The glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity for
the most tactile of operations
nn Knitted elasticated wrist for a snug fit
nn Suitable applications include: component handling, assembly, electronics and
light engineering
nn Available in black or white versions
RX®
Nitri-4-Grip Safety Gloves for Extra Grip
Seamless knitted nylon glove with a light porous breathable foam nitrile coating.
nn The snug fit provides maximum dexterity for the most tactile of applications
nn As well as providing excellent dry grip, Nitri-4 Grip channels oils and liquids
away from the surface ensuring superb wet grip
nn Suitable applications include; component handling and assembly

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
218 Thormas Safety Gloves
Part No Glove Size
THMS2420031 6
THMS2420032 7
THMS2420033 8
THMS2420034 9
THMS2420035 10
Part No Glove Size
THMS2420036 6
THMS2420037 7
THMS2420038 8
THMS2420039 9
THMS2420040 10
Part No Glove Size
THMS2420011 6
THMS2420012 7
THMS2420013 8
THMS2420014 9
THMS2420015 10
Thormas Safety Gloves
Precision Handling PU
Second Skin fit gloves are light but strong with an exceptionally tactile feel and snug
fit. They have a close-fitting knitted wrist with a white polyurethane coated palm on a
seamless knitted white nylon liner. Hard-wearing and excellent dexterity for applications
where fine handling is important. Perfect for inspection jobs where the use of white gloves
is desirable. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1
Precision Handling PU
Second Skin fit gloves are light but strong with an exceptionally tactile feel and snug fit.
They have a close-fitting knitted wrist with a black polyurethane coated palm on a seamless
knitted black nylon liner. Hard-wearing and excellent dexterity for applications where fine
handling is important. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1
Precision Grip NIT
High quality grey nitrile foam palm coating on a seamless 13g white nylon liner for extra
comfort. Open back style allows excellent breathability. Tight fitting to for maximum
dexterity for the most tactile of applications. Elasticated knitted wrist for a snug fit. Conform
to EN 388: 4.1.2.1

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
219
Part No Glove Size
THMS2420021 6
THMS2420022 7
THMS2420023 8
THMS2420024 9
THMS2420025 10
Part No Glove Size
THMS2420026 6
THMS2420027 7
THMS2420028 8
THMS2420029 9
THMS2420030 10
Part No Glove Size
THMS2420016 6
THMS2420017 7
THMS2420018 8
THMS2420019 9
THMS2420020 10
Precision Grip NIT
Designed and developed as a breathable glove, the Ultimate Flex has a 15g nylon/spandex
grey liner with a black nitrile foam palm coating. Ideal glove for precision handling in dry
environments. Suitable for a wide variety of applications such as packaging, logistics and
warehousing, using tools and instruments, wiring operations, automotive and construction.
Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1
Precision Grip NIT
The Ultimate Flex Pro glove offers cutting edge technology nitrile micro-foam with a black
palm coating on a 15g grey nylon/spandex liner. Extremely comfortable for prolonged wear.
Excellent dexterity, sensitivity, tactility and fit. Superior grip and abrasion resistance. Good
for both wet and dry applications such as handling oily components. Conform to EN 388
4.1.3.1
Cut protection pu3
The HPPE 13g cut resistant grey liner is super-lightweight and flexible for optimum
comfort and dexterity. Grey polyurethane palm coating gives excellent handling
performance in wet or oily environments as it channels liquids away from the glove surface.
Cut level 3 protection for applications with medium cut risk.
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
220
With best practice
machine-specific procedures,
software to easily create and
evaluate them, and the tools
to isolate any machine from its
energy supply, you can avoid
accidents during machine
interventions and push your go for
zero programme to the next level!
www.bradyeurope.com/LOTOservices
GO FOR
ZEROWITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
Request the Lockout/
Tagout guide book
“Safer machine
interventions”!
Lockout/Tagout
Guide Book
SAFERMACHINE INTERVENTIONS
ENABLE
Reduce accidents,
increase productivity
Print lean safety signs on-site
Brady offers durable visual workplace labels, including
amongst others lean and 5S labels, floor marking, storage
area labels, level indicators, gauge labels, equipment
identification labels and logistics labelling.
These labels can be printed on-site
when needed with a Brady printer.
Discover the advantages of visual
workplace signs with our complete
range of sign label printers.
www.bradyeurope.com/diy BRADY UK
Wildmere Industrial Estate,
Banbury, Oxon OX16 3JU
Discover our printers!
With best practice
machine-specific procedures,
software to easily create and
evaluate them, and the tools
to isolate any machine from its
energy supply, you can avoid
accidents during machine
interventions and push your go for
zero programme to the next level!
www.bradyeurope.com/LOTOservices
GO FOR
ZEROWITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
Request the Lockout/
Tagout guide book
“Safer machine
interventions”!
Lockout/Tagout
Guide Book
SAFERMACHINE INTERVENTIONS
ENABLE
Reduce accidents,
increase productivity
Print lean safety signs on-site
Brady offers durable visual workplace labels, including
amongst others lean and 5S labels, floor marking, storage
area labels, level indicators, gauge labels, equipment
identification labels and logistics labelling.
These labels can be printed on-site
when needed with a Brady printer.
Brady

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
221
Part No Description
W15D-54376 BMP21-PLUS Label Printer
W15D-57633 19.05mm Vinyl Tape Cartridge - Black on White
W15D-57647 19.05mm Vinyl Tape Cartridge - Black on Yellow
Part No Description
W15D-52690 Portable Metal Group Lock Box Blue
W15D-53302 Portable Metal Group Lock Box Yellow
W15D-53312 Portable Metal Group Lock Box Red
Label Printers and
Lock Boxes
BMP™ 21-Plus Label Printer
Once you experience the BMP™21-PLUS Label Printer’s unstoppable labelling power,
you’re not going to want to share. It combines a tough exterior with smart printing
capabilities for wires, cables and flat surfaces.
nn Drop-lock-and-print cartridges
nn Super rugged with moulded rubber bumpers
nn Rechargeable lithium-ion battery
nn 7 durable continuous materials with widths from 6 to 38.10 mm
nn Automatic label formatting for wire wraps, terminal blocks, patch panels and cable
flags and general banner labels
nn 104 symbols for electric, smart home, safety and datacom
nn Label grabber, printer holds label after cutting
nn Standard 2 year warranty
BBP™ 31 Sign and Label Printer
The BBP™31 Sign Label Printer is exactly how a printer is supposed to be. It’s easy to
use. It’s packed with functionality. And best of all, it’s got so many material options that this
one printer can handle all the labelling needs in your facility.
Group Lock Box
For group lockout situations involving a large number of workers and equipment
nn After machine or process is locked out, the key or keys of the machine are placed in a
lock box.
Each authorized work team member places a personal lock or tagout device in the
group lock box.
nn Ensures that no single employee has access to the box
unless ALL employees have removed their locks or tags.
Part No Description
W15D-62522 BBP31 Sign Label Printer QWERTY - UK
W15D-57302 101mm Indoor/Outdoor Vinyl Tape - White
W15D-57302 101mm Indoor/Outdoor Vinyl Tape - Yellow

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
222 Metal Cutting Tools
HSS Tap and Drill Set
nn Brand new 14pc set
nn Features E500 straight flute taps
and A002 TiN coated jobbers
nn Ideal for a wide range of general
purpose machining applications
nn Contains M3-M12 taps and
equivalent pre-tapping dril sizes
Part No
DORL115NO101
90° Countersink Set
nn Metric set (Plastic case)
containing G136 HSS 90 degree
straight shank countersinks
nn For production of 90° countersinks
in most materials
nn Can also be used as a
de-burring tool
nn Bright finish, 3 flute, ground all over
Part No
DORG236-1
A002 TiN Tipped Jobber Drill
Numerous aspects of Dormer’s renowned A002’s design
contribute to its outstanding all-round capabilities
nn Special 118° four facet point enables excellent centring
nn Titanium Nitride (TiN) coating not only resists wear but also
reduces friction.
nn Thick web design optimises the structural strength of the drill
Part No
DORA002-XX
Burrs
Dormer’s range of carbide
burrs is a high quality,
comprehensive program which
includes designs and shapes
to offer a solution for the
majority of applications in all
major industry segments.
nn Cut styles include aluminium and double cut
nn Toughened and hardened steel shanks
nn Special brazing elements provide excellent braze strength
nn Ball Nose Geometry, skip flute grinding
nn TiAIN Coating
nn For all general internal and external turning operations
nn Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand
nn D style holder with top clamp for increased security
nn Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges
Negative Turning Holders and Boring Bars
Part No
DCLNR PCLNR PCKNR PCBNR
Metal Cutting Tools

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
223
Negative Turning Inserts
Part No
CNMG 09/12/16/19
DNMG 11/1504/1506
RNMG 12/15/19
SNMG 12/15/19
TNMG 16/22
VNMG 16
WNMG 06T3/0604/08
Positive Turning Holders and Boring Bars
Part No
SCLCR SDNCN SRDCN
Positive Turning Inserts
nn Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 1.6mm
nn Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and
machining conditions
nn Toolholders and Boring Bars available
Part No
CCGT/MT 06/08/09/12
DCGT/MT 07/11
RCGT/MT
06/08/10/12/16/20
SCMT 09/12
TCGT/MT 09/11/16
VBMT 11/16
VCGT/MT 07/11/13/16
nn Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 1.6mm
nn Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining
conditions
nn Toolholders and Boring Bars available
nn For all general internal and external
turning operations
nn Tool holders and boring bars available
in left hand or right hand
nn D style holder with top clamp
for increased security
nn Available in styles that enable the
use of all insert edges

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
224 Metal Cutting Tools
Parting Grooving
Part No Holder Inserts
W24A-71384 XLCFN 2602 J 3.00 (x1) LFMX 3.1-.20TNF2 T8330 (x10)
W24A-71385 XLCFN 2603 J 4.00 (x1) LFMX 4.1-.20SNF2:T8330 (x10)
W24A-71386 XLCFN 3202 M 3.00 (x1) LFMX 3.1-.20TNF2 T8330 (x10)
W24A-71387 XLCFN 3203 M 4.00 (x1) LFMX 4.1-.20SNF2:T8330 (x10)
Milling
Part No
ADMX 07/11/16
U-Drills
nn Available in diameters 15mm - 58mm, in lengths 2D, 3D, 4D 5D.
nn High drill body stability with low friction coating
nn Versatile with high application security
Part No
SCET
05/06/07/09/12/15
XPET
05/06/07/09/
11/12/15/19
Strong square insert in Grades and Chip Breakers to suit all materials and machining conditions
2D 3D 4D 5D
nn Versatile range of cutters for face
milling, shoulder milling, slot milling,
plunge milling, ramping and helical
interpolation.
nn End Mills, Helical End Mills and Face
mills available
nn For radial parting and grooving
applications
nn Single edge inserts for production of
deeper grooves
nn Back stop incorporated within insert for
improved depth control
nn 4 different kits available
Each kit comes with a blade and a
packet of 10 x LFMX inserts (T8330
Grade)
Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining
conditions
Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 3.0mm
Metal Cutting Tools

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
225
Metric Unified Threading Kits
nn For the production of external and internal metric threads in most materials
nn Tool holders for both conventional and partial profile inserts
nn Left hand holders and inserts also available
nn Suitable for a wide range of materials
A087201 A08910 L700N781
nn A002 TiN coated jobber drills with self
centering point
nn Excellent performance in a wide range
of materials
nn Supplied in robust, attractive plastic
case
Contains
nn 19 PC A002 TiN coated jobber drills
for general purpose drilling in a wide
range of materials
nn 1.00mm - 10.0mm x 0.5mm
nn 5 PC A002 TiN coated jobber drills with
self centering point
nn Excellent performance in a wide range
of materials
nn Supplied in robust, attractive plastic
case
Contains
nn A002 HSS TiN Coated Jobber Drills:
nn 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 8.00 10.00mm
nn HSS METRIC COARSE STRAIGHT
FLUTE TAP SET (M3-M10)
nn Metric coarse taps set for maintenance
repair and overhaul
nn Manufactured from premium quality
HSS
nn For increased hardness toughness and
improved strength
nn Bright finish universally suitable for
many materials
nn Manufactured to Din standards with
chamfer form C for blind and through
holes
Part No Style
W24A-71388 External
W24A-71389 External
W24A-71390 Internal
W24A-71391 Internal

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
226
Norbar Torque Wrenches
Torque Screwdrivers
Versatile, accurate and easy torqueing for smaller fasteners and restricted
spaces
TT Torque Wrenches
For no-nonsense torqueing – comfortable, accurate and easy to use
NorTorque®
Utilises Norbar’s proven mechanism and internal components and incorporates
them into a purposeful and attractive torque wrench
Norbar
Part No Details
NOR13475 TTs1.5 0.3 – 1.5 N�m screwdriver
NOR13476 TTs 3.0 0.6 – 3 N�m screwdriver
NOR13509 TTs 6.0 1.2 – 6 N�m screwdriver
Part No Details
NOR13285 TTi 20 1/4 1 – 20 N�m, 10 -180 lbf�in
NOR13640 TTi 20 3
/8 1 – 20 N�m, 10 -180 lbf�in
NOR13658 TTi 50 3
/8 8 – 50 N�m, 6 – 35 lbf�ft
NOR13659 TTi 50 ½ 8 – 50 N�m, 6 – 35 lbf�ft
Part No Details
NOR130101+
NorTorque®
model 60 3
/8 12 - 60 N�m, 10 - 45 lbf�ft
NOR130103*
NorTorque®
model 100 ½ 20 - 100 N�m, 15 - 75 lbf�ft
NOR130104 NorTorque®
model 200 ½ 40 - 200 N�m, 30 - 150 lbf�ft
model 300 ½ 60 - 300 N�m, 45 - 220 lbf�ft
model 340 ½ 60 - 340 N�m, 45 - 250 lbf�ft
nn Accuracy exceeds the requirement of
ISO 6789:2003
nn Tool 'slips' when torque is achieved
removing the possibility of 'over-
tightening'
nn Supplied with a 1/4 hexagon bit holder
designed using a 4mm hexagon stem
nn Bit holder can be removed and replaced
with widely available screwdriver bits
nn All tools feature a lock to prevent
accidental adjustment of set torque
nn Easy torque adjustment without the
need of additional specialist tools
nn Traceable calibration certificate for the
clockwise direction supplied with all
adjustable tools
nn Accurate to ±3% of reading which
meets and exceeds ISO 6789:2003
nn Micrometer scale for simple and error
free setting
nn All models feature a lock to prevent
accidental adjustment of the set torque
nn Handle and lens materials resistant to
commonly used industrial chemicals
nn Adjustment over the entire scale can
quickly be achieved and with minimal
effort in approximately ten complete
turns
nn Each wrench is supplied with a traceable
calibration certificate
nn Push/pull lock is fast and intuitive to use
and prevents accidental adjustment of
the set torque
nn Light and fast adjustment saves operator
time and effort
nn Micrometer scale applying to the primary
torque units (N·m on a dual scale
wrench) for simple and error free setting
nn Tough ratchets with narrow engagement
angles for easy positioning in confined
spaces
nn Convenient hanger feature for tool
storage also aids wrench unlocking and
adjustment
nn Supplied with traceable calibration
certificate.
+
Supplied with a 1/2 sq. dr. adaptor
* Supplied with a 3
/8 sq. dr. adaptor

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
227
Professional Torque Wrenches
Norbar’s Professional torque wrench range has become one of the most
popular wrench ranges available worldwide
Industrial Torque Wrenches
For ultimate torque control in heavy duty applications
HandTorque®
Designed for use where it is necessary to provide higher torques than would
otherwise be possible due to limitations of space or operator strength. Input
to the multiplier is via a ratchet torque wrench set to one fifth of the desired
output torque.
Part No Details
NOR15002 Pro 50 3
/8 10 – 50 N�m, 7.5 – 37.5 lbf�ft
NOR15003 Pro 100 ½ 20 – 100 N�m, 15 - 75 lbf�ft
NOR15004 Pro 200 ½ 40 – 200 N�m, 30- 150 lbf�ft
NOR15005 Pro 300 ½ 60 – 300 N�m, 50 – 220 lbf�ft
NOR15006 Pro 340 ½ 60 – 340 N�m, 50 – 250 lbf.ft
NOR15007 Pro 400 ½ 80 – 400 N�m, 60 – 300 lbf�ft
Part No Details
NOR12001 3AR 3/4 100 – 500 N�m, 70 – 350 lbf�ft
NOR12006 4R 1 150 – 700 N�m, 100 – 500 lbf�ft
NOR12007 4AR 3/4 200 – 800 N�m 150 – 600 lbf�ft
NOR12009 5R 3/4 300 – 1000 N�m 200 – 750 lbf�ft
NOR12012 5AR 1 700 – 1500 N�m 500 – 1000 lbf�ft
Part No Details
NOR180260 HT3-1000 N�m Kit, ½ input, 3/4 output
NOR17220 HT3 1300 N�m Kit, ½ input, 3/4 output
NOR17221 HT3 2700 N�m Kit, 3/4 input, 1 output
nn Large scale for better visibility and more
accurate setting
nn Fast scale adjustment reducing the
effort required to adjust
nn Ergonomic new handle with a high
proportion of soft-feel, high grip material
nn Handle material and lens resist all
chemicals in common automotive,
industrial and aviation use
nn Unique on a torque wrench, the
TimeStrip®
gives a visual indication that
the wrench is due for re-calibration
nn Supplied with a traceable calibration
certificate
nn Unique ‘break action’ mechanism gives
unparalleled control over the applied
torque
nn Perfect for wheel nuts and many other
applications
nn Accurate to ±4% of reading
nn Supplied with traceable calibration
certificate
nn 5:1 multiplication, accuracy ±4%
nn Small and compact design
nn Robust construction means minimal
maintenance and long life
nn 1300 N.m version has a spare 3/4 output
square included in the kit

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
228
RÖHM Live Centres, Chucks and
Compact Vices
Live Centres
The requirement for high cutting capacities and high working precision demands an
additional support by a revolving live centre for many workpieces due to their shape
and length.
Thanks to their precision bearings, RÖHM live centres offer optimal force absorption
and a maximum concentricity deviation of up to 0.003 mm. Thanks to the lifetime
lubrication, the centre points are maintenance free.
nn Maximum concentricity and optimal force absorption thanks to proven precision bearings
nn Special lubrication for long service life and little required maintenance
nn Minimum interference contour thanks to slender housing shape
Key Bar Chucks With Quick-Acting
Jaw Change System
The RÖHM key bar chucks with quick-acting jaw change system are used successfully
in areas where extremely high clamping forces, high concentricity and reliable long-
term repeatability are required.
Thanks to the quick-acting jaw change system, the jaws can be quickly and easily
turned, changed or offset over the entire clamping range within a few seconds.
nn Maximum clamping forces thanks to direct force transfer via the key bar system
nn Maximum concentricity and axial run-out tolerance
nn High user-friendliness thanks to quick-acting jaw change system
NC-Compact Vices
NC-compact vices are particularly suited for use on machining centers, milling
machines and are ideal for 5-axis machining.
These premium vices are very impressive with their stable and compact design for
maximum clamping accuracy and optimal workpiece accessibility.
By simply turning the clamping force presetting, a clamping force of up to 60 kN can
be achieved. With workpieces that are sensitive to deformation, the force amplification
can be disabled.
nn Large clamping range and precise positioning due to fixed clamping jaw
nn The compact design resists deformation for the greatest possible clamping precision
nn Consistent clamping force and maximum repeatability of 0.01 mm
RÖHM

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
229
High Performance
LUBRICATION
DID YOU KNOW...
36% of rolling
bearings fail
due inadequate
lubrication
Product Range
nn Lubricants; grease, oil, pastes, dry film
lubricants and cleaners
nn Lubricators
nn Lubrication Systems
nn Equipment and accessories including
grease guns and storage systems
Services
nn Application and selection advice
nn Lubricant management contracts
nn Oil sampling
nn Condition Monitoring
Products from all the Leading Brands
LUBRICATION Technology
An effective lubrication service does more
than keep machinery functioning smoothly,
it can improve reliability, lengthen machinery
life, increase efficiency and enhance
productivity.
We offer lubricants for every industry
and every requirement including special
lubricants for the Food and Beverage and
Pharmaceutical industries to meet the very
highest legislative requirements.
We bring our experience, our know-how
and our passion for technology and we
apply them not just at your machinery’s
lubrication points but at every stage of
your process.
We can recommend products across one brand or a range
of brands, ensuring the best performance and best value,
regardless of supplier.
229

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
230
White
Grease Spray
Part No
RX-WHITEGREASE-400ML
High
Temperature
EP2 Bearing
Grease
Part No
OKS422-400ML
ERIKS Lubrication Essentials
Open Gear
Grease
Spray
Part No
ROC-TUFGEAR SPRAY
Wire Rope
Spray
Part No
ROC-WIRE ROPE SPRAY
Multi-Purpose
Grease EP2
Part No
EP2-400G-RX
Multi-Purpose
Lithium
Complex
Grease
Part No
EP2-HP-400G-RX
Wide
Temperature
Range EP2
Grease
Part No
OKS404-400ML
Food Grade
EP2 Bearing
Grease
Part No
OKS479-400ML
Marine
Grease
Part No
OKS403-400ML
Food Safe
Silicone
Grease
Part No
OKS1110-80ML
OKS110-500G
OKS-1111-400ML
DON’T FORGET
Side Lever
Grease Gun
Suitable for use with 400ml cartridges
Part No: OKS5500
Bearing Greases and Technical Lubricants
Bearing Greases
ERIKS Lubrication Essentials,
featured across pages 220-223,
is a range of high quality, readily
available items designed to meet the
most common industrial lubrication
and maintenance applications. ERIKS Lubrication EssentialsYour core lubrication rangeERIKS Lubrication Essentials
Your core lubrication range

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
231
High
Temp
Chain Oil
Part No
OKS352-5LTR
Chain Oil
Food
Grade
Gear Oil
Part No
OKS3720-5LTR
OKS3720-25LTR
Food Grade
Chain Spray
Part No
OKS3751-500ML
Compressor
Oil
Part No
CAS-AIRCOLPD100-20LTR
Food
Grade
Hydraulic
Oil
Part No
OKS3770-5LTR
Gear Oil
Part No
CAS-ALPHASP220-20LTR
CAS-ALPHASP320-20LTR
Synthetic
Gear Oil
Part No
CAS-ALPHASYNPG320-20KG
Chain
Spray
Part No
OKS671-400ML
Premium
Hydraulic
Oil
Part No
CAS-HYSPINAWS32-20LTR
CAS-HYSPINASW46-20LTR
Hydraulic
Oil
Part No
EP32-25LTR-RX
Dry Film
Part No
OKS571-400ML
Silicone Oil
Part No
OKS1361-500ML
Gear Oil
Chain Oil Hydraulic Oil
Hydraulic Oil
Feedback from our customers has
indicated two common problems
with lubricant supply...
Problem 1
The ever expanding plethora of different
lubricants, additives and performance
claims is becoming impossible to keep
up with. Also, it’s easy to become blinded
by the “science” of performance claims
which sound too good to be true, but
how do you cut through the jargon and
find out if it is really the right product for
your application?
Problem 2
When surveying customer stores we
regularly encounter several stocked
items which all do exactly the same
job, multiplying our customers stock
values and wasting their time managing
excessive inventory.
WHY LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS?

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
232
Anti-Seize
Air Duster
Part No
AMB-AIRDUSTER-400ML
Jointing
Compound
Part No
ROC-HYLOMAR-100G
Rust
Remover
Part No
OKS611-400ML
Cutting Oil
Part No
OKS391-400ML
Leak
Detector
Spray
Part No
OKS2801-400ML
Belt
Dressing
Spray
Part No
OKS2901-400ML
Moly Paste
(and Spray)
Part No
OKS221-400ML
Copper
Anti-Seize
Paste
Part No
OKS245-250G
Multi-
Purpose
WD Spray
Part No
WD40-400ML
Multi-Purpose
Maintenance
Spray with
PTFE
Part No
TRIFLOW-500ML
High
Perfromance
Maintenance
Spray
Part No
OKS641-400ML
Food Grade
Maintenance
Spray
Part No
OKS371-400ML
Maintenance Sprays
Workbox Essentials
Workbox Essentials
Maintenance and Workbox Essentials
WHY LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS?
The Concept
With this in mind we set out to define a
core range of items with excellent stock
availability, hand picked, by our lubrication
engineers to cover as wide a range of
applications as possible while always
maintaining the very best in performance
and compliance.
The Products
ERIKS Lubrication Essentials range
meets the widest variety of applications
imaginable from around 50 core items.
These are amongst our most popular
products and are proven in hundreds of
applications across as wide a variety of
industrial sectors imaginable.

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
233
Temporary
Protective
Film, Wax
Based
Part No
OKS2101-400ML
Food
Grade,
Anti-Seize
Paste
Part No
OKS252-250G
Corrosion Protection
Zinc
Galvanising
Spray,
Permanent
Part No
OKS2511-400ML
Zinc Spray
Part No
RX-ZINCSPRAY-400ML
Automatic Lubricator
Single-point
Automatic Lubricator
Part No
SIMASL24 Multi Purpose Grease
SIMASL10 Food Industry Grease
SIMASL01 Water Resistant
SIMASL14 Chain Oil
SIMASL15 High Temperature Chain Oil
SIMASL18 Food Industry Oil
n Proven
Performance
n Simplify and Reduce
Inventory
n Excellent Availability
n Ensure Compliance
Bio-
degradeable
Cleaner
Part No
OKS2650-500ML
Electrical
Contact
Cleaner
Part No
OKS2621-400ML
Fast
Drying
Cleaner
Part No
AMB-AMBERKLFE10-400ML
Industrial
Degreaser
Food Safe
Part No
AMB-INDDEGREASERFG-500ML
Universal
Cleaner
Part No
RX-DEGREASER-400M
High
Performance
Universal
Cleaner
Part No
OKS2611-500ML
Multi-Foam
Cleaner
Part No
OKS2631-400ML
Cleaners
LUBRICATION
ESSENTIALS
ERIKS Lubrication EssentialsYour core lubrication range
Brake
Cleaner
Part No
RX-BRAKECLEANER-500ML
Anti-Seize

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
234
Because my bearings are worth it!
maintenance products
smart technologies
Lubricators
The simalube lubricator provides automatic
lubrication over a period of one month to
a year and can be adjusted in an infinitely
variable manner. simalube supplies eve-
ry lubricating point with the ideal amount
of lubricant – be it oil or grease – so that
subsequent manual lubrication is no longer
needed and maintenance costs are reduced
in the long term.
Induction Heaters
simatherm induction heaters heat circular
metal parts, such as roller bearings, in a
very short amount of time, so they can be
installed quickly and efficiently. The induc-
tive heating of metallic workpieces makes
sense from both an economical and ecolo-
gical perspective. simatec is the world’s lea-
ding manufacturer of these types of heaters.
Tools
The simatool toolkits enable the fast installati-
on and removal of roller bearings and seals.
They are used all over the world in machine
and maintenance workshops within all indust-
ries.
Simatec Maintenance Products and Multi-Use Lubricants

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
235
WD-40 Multi-Use Product Bulk
nn Cleans, protects, penetrates, lubricates
and displaces moisture
nn Prevents rust and corrosion
nn Silicone free
nn Easy to use
nn Versatile
Part No Size
WD40-5LTR 5ltr
WD40-25LTR 25ltr
WD-40 Multi-Use Product
WD-40 Multi-Use Product is still ‘the’ maintenance spray for use in Industry for good
reason. It helps to keep plant efficiency and operating costs down whilst solving
problems and helping to maintain equipment along the way.
WD-40 Multi-Use Product stops squeaks and noise, it is designed to drive out water, it cleans and
protects equipment prevents corrosion.
This is especially relevant for machinery and appliances exposed to the elements, it leaves
a protective coating with a dielectric strength of ~38kV, and it penetrates to loosen rusted,
seized parts.
A useful problem solver for a lot of the tasks faced by technicians and engineering staff today,
simply taken care of from one quick convenient application of WD-40 Multi-Use Product.
WD-40 Multi-Use Product Aerosols
nn Cleans, protects, penetrates, lubricates and displaces moisture
nn Prevents rust and corrosion
nn Silicone free
nn Easy to use
nn Versatile
nn Smart straw variant available
Part No Size
WD40-100ML 100ml
WD40-SMARTSTRAW-300ML 300ml
WD40-SMARTSTRAW-450ML 450ml
WD40-600ML 600ml

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
236 Maintenance Sprays
The new range of RX Maintenance Sprays is a
complete line-up of readily available products designed
to cover the most common industrial applications.
Less is More with
RX®
Maintenance Sprays
With an ever-increasing choice of maintenance sprays
on the market today, it can be challenging to identify
the most compatible solutions for your requirements.
Keeping up to date with the latest technology, additives
and performance claims can be equally confusing.
It is with this in mind that we have developed the
RX Maintenance range, which allows you to source
all the core products your workshop needs from a
single supplier.
Each product in this series has been handpicked by
ERIKS lubrication engineers to cover as wide a range
of applications as possible across a variety of industrial
sectors, whilst always maintaining the very best in
performance and compliance.
Because sometimes less is more.
Order your RX®
Maintenance Sprays today.
Call 0800 006 6000 or visit www.eriks.co.uk

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
237
Multi-Purpose
Spray with
PTFE
Multi-purpose
oil aerosol spray
with PTFE
White
Grease
High-grade
white grease
aerosol spray
with PTFE
Zinc Spray
High purity zinc
aerosol spray for
protecting metal
surfaces
Silicone
Spray
High-grade
silicone oil
aerosol spray
Super
Industrial
Degreaser
Solvent degreaser
aerosol spray
removes oil,
grease and dirt
Part No
RX-WHITEGREASE-400ML
Part No
RX-MULTIOIL+PTFE-400ML
Part No
RX-FOAMCLEANER-500ML
Part No
RX-BRAKECLEANER-500ML
Part No
RX-BIOCLEANER-500ML
Part No
RX-ZINCSPRAY-400ML
Part No
RX-SILICONESPRAY-400ML
Part No
RX-DEGREASER-400ML
RX Oil, Grease and Maintenance Sprays
Foam
Cleaner
Foaming aerosol
spray cleaner for
universal use
Brake
Cleaner
Fast-drying
aerosol spray
cleaner for brake
and clutch parts
Biological
Small Parts
Cleaner
Biological
cleaner trigger
spray
RX Lubricants
The range of RX products has
been developed by ERIKS over
many years of practical applica-
tion engineering and develop-
ment, this knowledge and
understanding is designed into
all of our products with the aim
to increase your performance
and extend reliability.
Hydraulic Oil Bearing Grease
Hydraulic
Oil EP32
EP32
hydraulic oil
formulated
with mineral
oil
Part No
EP32-25LTR-RXL
Maintenance Sprays
Part No
EP2-400G-RX
Part No
EP2-HP-400G-RX
Multi-
Purpose
Grease EP2
EP2 lithium soap
based highly
refined mineral oil
Multi-
Purpose
Lithium
Complex
EP2 lithium
complex grease

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
238
Trust in TOTAL Lubricants
Food Grade Lubricants and Gear Oils
Developing your productivity
TOTAL are at your side to help you get
the best from your machinery and to
accompany your development at both
local and international levels.
Industry specific solutions
Each industrial sector has a specific
operating environment, their knowledge
and experience of industrial applications
means that our products are suited
perfectly to meet your requirements.
Mineral Gear Oils
CARTER EP 68 - 1000 For industrial gears, bearings under high loads and high
temperatures. Extends oil drain intervals. Protects against micropitting.
Part Number Description Size
TOTAL-CARTEREP100-208LTR Total Carter EP 100 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
Synthetic Gear Oils
CARTER SH For Gears subjected to very high loads and high temperatures
in difficult environments, especially gears for wind turbine. Excellent protection
against corrosion, wear and micropitting. Extended oil service life due to
excellent thermal stability. Can operate outdoors thanks to a very low pour
point.
CARTER SY For severe temperature conditions and high loads; gears,
slideways, plain bearings and (roller) bearings. Excellent level of equipment
protection. Extension of oil drain intervals. Extended equipment service life.
TOTAL-CARTERSH1000-208L Total Carter SH 1000 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
TOTAL-CARTERSH1000-20LTR Total Carter SH 1000 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 Litre
TOTAL-CARTERSY150-208LTR Total Carter SY 150 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
TOTAL lubricants offer a comprehensive
range of oils, greases and special
products for industries such as:
n Chemicals
n Energy
n Metals
n Automotive
n Original Equipment Manufacturers
n Building, Mining and Construction
n Papermaking
n Food Processing Industry
Innovative products
Innovation is priority for TOTAL, with
several research centres, where chemical
and mechanical engineers and specialists
in tribology work together. Their close
relations with equipment manufacturers
enable the formulation and testing of
tomorrow’s products, and guarantee
optimal performance and protection of
your machines.

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
239
NEVASTANE Food Grade Lubricants
A range of products adapted to your needs, the NEVASTANE range spans a
wide array of products that have been completely reformulated to meet the latest
requirements of industrial equipment suppliers. Offering improved performance
NEVASTANE products protect your equipment and extend its working life, even in the
most difficult working conditions and across wide temperature ranges.
TOTAL-FINAVEST360B-20LTR Total Finavestan A 360B White Oil 20ltr 20 Litre
TOTAL-FINAVESTA360B-208L Total Finavestan A 360B White Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
TOTAL-FINAVESTANA80B-20L Total Finavestan A 80B White Oil 20ltr 20 Litre
TOTAL-LUNARIASH46-208LTR Total Lunaria SH 46 Food Grade Compressor Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANEAF-205LTR Total Nevastane Food Grade Antifreeze 205ltr 205 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANEAW22-208LTR Total Nevastane AW 22 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANECHAINXT-20L Total Nevastane Chain Oil XT Food Grade Chain Oil Xt 20ltr 20 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANEEP100-20LTR Total Nevastane EP 100 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANEHTF-208LTR Total Nevastane HTF Food Grade Heat Transfer Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANESDO-10LTR Total Nevastane SDO Food Grade Sugar Dissolving Oil 10ltr 10 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANESH100-20LTR Total Nevastane SH 100 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 Litre
TOTAL-N/STANESIL-207ML Total Nevastane Food Grade Silicone Safe Guard 207ml 207 ml Aerosol
TOTAL-N/STANESPGRE-300ML Total Nevastane Food Grade Grease Aerosol 300ml 300 ml Aerosol
TOTAL-N/STANESPLUB-300ML Total Nevastane Food Grade Lube Aerosol 300ml 300 ml Aerosol
TOTAL-N/STANESY220-25KG Total Nevastane SY 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 25kg 25 Kg
TOTAL-N/STANEXMF0-16KG Total Nevastane XMF 0 Food Grade Grease 16kg 16 Kg
TOTAL-N/STANEXMF2-375G Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease 375g 375 g Cartridge
TOTAL-N/STANEXMF2LS-375G Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease Lube Shuttle Cartridge 375g 375 g Cartridge
TOTAL-N/STANEXS320-400G Total Nevastane XS 320 Food Grade Grease 400g 400 g Cartridge
TOTAL-N/STANEXS80-16KG Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease 16Kg 16 Kg
TOTAL-N/STANEXS80-400G Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease 400g 400 g Cartridge
TOTAL-N/STANEXS80LS-400G Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease Lube Shuttle Cartridge 400g 400 g Cartridge
TOTAL-N/STANEXSH150-208L Total Nevastane XSH 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr 208 Litre
nn Registered NSF H1
nn Free of any compound of animal origin
nn GMO free
nn Allergen free
nn Manufactured in ISO 21469-certiﬁed
plants
nn Innovative packaging
Safe and environmentally friendly
They have made a commitment to safety,
health and respect for the environment.
Their RD teams integrate from the initial
design stage of new products parameters
conducive to the reduction of toxicity risks
and VOC emissions, biodegradability,
recycling or disposal of the products.
High added value services
We bring our expertise to help you to
optimize the productivity of your machinery
and improve your competitiveness. You
benefit from our specialist knowledge
and high-level after-sales services that
include: rationalization and organization of
lubrication operations, maintenance and
laboratory analyses of the fluids in service,
training of your personnel.
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
240 Lubricants and Site Safety Paint Solutions
Food Grade Lubricants
Our market-leading FOODLUBE® food grade products are widely recognised
for their pioneering new technologies.
FOODLUBE Extreme
nn Extreme resistance to water wash-off
nn Prevents wear and protects under high load
conditions
nn Anti-microbial additives protect grease from
deterioration and odour
nn Significantly extends bearing life
nn NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher
certified
FOODLUBE Premier 1
nn Multi-purpose EP grease
nn Highly resistant to water wash-off
nn Outstanding corrosion protection
nn Excellent oxidation stability increases service
life of the grease, extending re-lubrication
intervals
certified
STAINLESS STEEL
CLEANER Spray
nn Effectively removes grease, grime and
dirt
nn Leaves clean, smear free, polished
surface
nn NSF A7 registered: used for non-food
contact surfaces
FOODLUBE
Anti-Seize
An advanced next-generation anti-seize
grease designed specifically for the
challenges of the food processing industry.
It prevents galling and seizure of joints
and fasteners in high temperature / humid
environments and those with regular
wash-down with chemical cleaning agents.
nn Advanced non-drying formula holds
lubricating agents in place to allow
controlled assembly or disassembly of
machinery over extended periods
nn Consistent coefficient of friction makes
allowances for minor variations in
engineering tolerance:
nn Increases precision of assembly for critical
equipment
nn Allows more accurate bolt tension; particularly
important for pressurised and gasketed joints
nn Optimised for use on stainless steel
certified
Product Description Pack Volume/Weight
ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-18KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme 18kg
ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-380G ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme Shuttle Cartridge 380g
ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-4KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme 4kg
ROC-FOODLUBE-EXTSC-380G ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme Shuttle Cartridge 380g
ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-18KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 18kg
ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-380G ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 380g
ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-4KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 4kg
ROC-FOODLUBE-ANTISEIZE ROCOL FOODLUBE Anti-seize 500g
ROC-SS-CLEANER-400ML ROCOL STAINLESS STEEL CLEANER Spray 400ml

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
241
BIOGEN WIRESHIELD®
ROCOL BIOGEN WIRESHIELD is a VGP compliant lubricant for wire ropes and
ROV umbilicals, proven to excel in the most corrosive of atmospheres.
nn Market leading corrosion protection ensures extended rope and umbilical life
nn Extreme resistance to water wash off-reduces re-lubrication intervals
nn Non-melting formulation; suitable for use in high temperature environments
nn Environmentally Acceptable Lubricant (EAL) and Vessel General Permit (VGP) Compliant; can be
used in US waters
nn BIOGEN®
range also includes fluid and spray
BIOGEN TUFLUBE
ROCOL BIOGEN TUFLUBE is an extreme heavy duty, biodegradable jacking and
open gear grease. Designed to protect heavily loaded, slow moving mechanisms in
the wettest and most corrosive conditions, it is the ideal lubricant for the protection of
critical assets in the marine, offshore and freshwater environments.
nn Extreme pressure: unique additive package protects against metal wear
nn Extreme adhesion: blend of Hi-Tac boosters ensures staying power, even when submerged
nn Extreme temperatures: ideal for use in the hottest and coldest climates
nn HOCNF classification ‘E’: certified for use in the North Sea
nn VGP compliant: can be used in US waters
ROC-BIO-WIRESHIELD-160KG ROCOL BIOGEN WIRESHIELD 160kg
ROC-BIO-WIRESHIELD-18KG ROCOL BIOGEN WIRESHIELD 18kg
ROC-BIOGENTUFLUBE-18KG ROCOL BIOGEN TUFLUBE 18kg
ROC-BIOGEN-SPRAY ROCOL BIOGEN Spray 400ml
ROC-EASYLINE-BLUE-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Blue
ROC-EASYLINE-EDGE-APP EASYLINE EDGE Applicator
ROC-EASYLINE-EDGE-PLATES EASYLINE EDGE Spare Masking Plates 2 Sets
ROC-EASYLINE-FLYEL-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Fl. Yellow
ROC-EASYLINE-GREEN-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Green
ROC-EASYLINE-GREY-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Grey
ROC-EASYLINE-ORANGE-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Orange
ROC-EASYLINE-RED-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Red
ROC-EASYLINE-WHITE-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml White
ROC-EASYLINE-YELLOW-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Yellow
Line Marking Paint
EASYLINE® EDGE
The world’s leading aerosol line marking system
nn Simple and effective, with consistent results
nn Unrivalled clean, sharp line edge definition
with 3 line widths
nn EASYLINE EDGE paint is touch dry in 10
minutes
nn Easy to use, simple set up, ready to paint
straight out of the box
nn Intuitive applicator with adjustable height
settings
nn No need for contractors-professional quality
line
nn Durable, thick and long lasting coating
nn Marks up to 100 meters with a 50mm line
width*
nn EASYLINE EDGE paint is UV stable-
powerful colour even after 2000 hours
nn Environmentally Safe
nn Non-toxic, non-irritant and non-harmful to
the environment**
*May vary due to surface conditions
** Classified in accordance with Regulation EC No.
1272/2008

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
242
A Freudenberg Group Company
OKS High Perfomance Lubricants and Multi-Use Lubricants

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
243
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricants
Tri-Flow Lubricant is ideal for preventive and corrective maintenance in industrial
applications. Tri-Flow will keep equipment in service longer and reduce costly
breakdowns caused by worn and grimy parts.
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant, 200ml
nn For general applications
nn Formulated with PTFE
nn High temperature range (-53°C to
+246°C)
nn Extends machinery service life
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant 500ml
nn For general applications
+246°C)
nn Improves machinery performance
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant Precision
Spray (NEW) 500ml
nn For hard to reach applications
+246°C)
nn Reduces operating costs
nn Protects against moisture and
corrosion
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant 4ltr
nn For larger volume users
+246°C)
nn Ideal for use on closed system
industrial machinery
Part No Size
TRIFLOW-200ML 200ML
Part No Size
TRIFLOW-500ML 500ML
Part No Size
TRIFLOW-PREC-500ML 500ML
Part No Size
TRIFLOW-4LTR 4LTR
Also Available*
Tri-Flow Lubricant Drip Bottle, 59ml
nn For precision applications
nn High temperature range (-53C to +246C)
nn Ideal for use on nuts, bolts, locks and hinges
nn Penetrates inaccessible areas to displace contaminants
Part No Size
TRIFLOW-DRIP BOTTLE 20Z 59ML
*available on extended lead time

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
244
Position Sensors
Kplus Sensor
Constant correction factor
Kplus sensors have the same sensing range for all types of metals. They are for
example perfectly suited for the detection of aluminium, where conventional sensors
show a considerably reduced sensing range. The high switching frequencies enable
the monitoring of fast changing switching states.
The resistant stainless steel sleeve allows reliable use in oil and coolant applications.
The wide temperature range as well as the high protection ratings enable universal use
of the new Kplus sensors.
IFM Position Sensors
M8 connector · 3 wire DC PNP ·
Output function normally open
Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current Part no.
length range frequency load
(mm) (mm) [Hz] [mA]
M8 40 3 flush 2000 100 IFIES200
M8 40 6 non-flush 2000 100 IFIES201
M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP
Output function normally open
(mm) (mm) [Hz] [mA]
M12 45 4 flush 2000 100 IFIFS297
M12 45 8 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS298
M12 45 10 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS299
M12 60 4 flush 2000 100 IFIFS304
M12 60 8 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS305
M12 60 10 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS306
M18 45 8 flush 2000 100 IFIGS287
M18 45 12 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS288
M18 45 15 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS289
M18 60 8 flush 2000 100 IFIGS290
M18 60 12 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS291
M18 60 15 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS292
M30 45 15 flush 2000 100 IFIIS281
M30 60 15 flush 2000 100 IFIIS282
M30 60 22 non-flush 2000 100 IFIIS283
M30 60 30 non-flush 2000 100 IFIIS284
nn Uniform sensing range for the reliable
detection of all metals
nn Compact dimensions for use in the
smallest of space
nn Electromagnetic field immune sensor
technology to prevent incorrect switching
nn High-quality stainless steel housing
nn High reliability thanks to protection
rating from IP 65 / IP 69KK
Further technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Reverse polarity protection •
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
Protection IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
Protection class III
Ambient temperature [°C] -guatda.com/cmx.p40...85
Housing materials sensing face High-grade
stainless steel
(316L) sensing
face LCP
Switching status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°)

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
245
Electromagnetic field immune Kplus sensors
Use in harsh welding applications The inductive Kplus sensors withstand harsh
operating conditions and reliably detect metal objects even in case of soiling. The
sensor housing and the fixing nuts have a non-stick coating to prevent sticking of weld
slag.
Strong magnetic fields occur in welding processes. The new sensor technology
prevents incorrect switching. The quick connection with the connector and matching
cable from the ecolink range is the ideal basis for permanent use
Output function normally open · stainless steel (316L) anti-spatter
(mm) (mm) [Hz] [mA]
M8 40 3 flush 2000 100 IFIEW200
M8 40 6 non flush 2000 100 IFIEW20
Output function normally open · brass anti-spatter
(mm) (mm) [Hz] [mA]
M12 65 4 flush 2000 100 IFIFW204
M18 65 8 flush 2000 100 IFIGW202
M30 65 15 flush 2000 100 IFIIW202
nn Uniform sensing range for the reliable
detection of all metals
nn Robust design with non-stick coating
nn Electromagnetic field immune sensor
technology to prevent incorrect
switching
nn Wide temperature range for universal
use
nn High protection ratings up to IP 68 /
IP 69K
Further technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Current consumption [mA] 20
Reverse polarity protection •
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
Protection IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
Protection class II
Ambient temperature [°C] -guatda.com/cmx.p40...85
Housing materials sensing face LCP
Switching status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°)

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
246
Part No
LEDL7298
LEDL7297 non-rechargeable
Part No
LED9407
Part No
LEDL8404
Part No
LEDL9405R
Part No
LEDL9802QCTP
Torches and Headlamps
Ledlenser®
P7.2
This best-selling medium-sized LED torch is made from
uncompromisingly tough, aircraft-grade aluminium for protection
against knocks and shocks, It weighs 175g and measures 130mm
in length. Delivers up to 320 lumens brightness, a maximum beam
distance of 260 metres and as long as 50 hours burn time.
nn Advanced Focus System™ Optics
nn Speed Focus™ enables smooth single-handed beam focusing
nn Corrosion resistant gold plated contacts for better conductivity
nn Dynamic Switch™
Ledlenser®
P5R.2 - Rechargeable
A small, slimline LED hand torch with a durable aluminium body
and a high-end CREE LED generating 270 lumens of bright
white light for up to 240 metres.
nn Recalibrated lens for wide light beam angle
nn Robust, yet lightweight aircraft-grade aluminium housing
nn Corrosion resistant gold plated contacts for better conductivity
nn Smart Light Technology™ - choose from Power, Low Power
and Defence Strobe
Ledlenser®
SEO3
This stylish LED head torch makes light work of any hands-free
illumination task, providing superior comfort and excellent light
distribution for the user.
nn Advanced Focus System™ Optics
nn Three Smart Light Technology light functions – Power, Low
Power, Signal
nn White CREE LED + glare-free red LED for night vision
Ledlenser®
T2QC
This clever T7QC hand torch offers instant white, red, green or
blue light from a single multi-coloured CREE Power LED light
chip. A prismatic diffuser inside the lens helps optimise light
distribution across all colours up to 140 lumens brightness.
nn Four colours: white, red (night vision technology and stop
signal), green (go signal) and blue (crack detection)
nn Prismatic diffuser for optimum light and colour performance
nn Quick flick changes light colour instantly
nn Fixed focus beam
nn Durable metal body
Ledlenser®
H7R.2 - Rechargeable
Up to 300 lumen output on Boost mode combined with up to
60 hours burn time on Low Power (20 lumens), makes this
a seriously versatile hands-free lighting companion for any
environment.
nn Rechargeable Head Lamp packed full of smart technologies
and outstanding optics
nn Multi-function Dynamic ‘wheel’ switch
nn Rear safety light – either red or
blinking options
Ledlenser®
P4BM
This slim, metal-bodied pen torch is frequently used by engineers,
mechanics and technicians, who like to have on hand a top
quality inspection instrument that can throw light into narrow or
inaccessible areas.
nn Blue Moon Focus System™ delivers a brighter, whiter beam
nn Speed Focus™ enables smooth single-handed beam focusing
nn Superior rear tail cap switch
Part No Colour
LEDL6103 Orange
LEDL6104 Green
Torches and Headlamps

Tools,Safety
Maintenance
247
VARIABOX
CEENORM VARIABOX
One for all: the VARIABOX meets all requirements for a modern distributor housing and can be individually
configured in five different sizes. With versions S, M, L, XL and XXL, as surface-mounting or mobile combination,
we always have the right distributor for your needs
nn Housing made of high-grade, impact-resistant plastic
nn Top and bottom can be sealed together
nn Modular expansion on all 4 sides
nn Fuse elements arranged below transparent, lockable
operating window with userfriendly OTC mechanism (one
touch close)
nn All CEE sockets with screwless, maintenance free
QUICK-CONNECT technology
nn The mounting dimension of the panel mounting socket outlets
is not manufacturer-specific (standard dimension)

Know-How
Tools,Safety
MAintenance
248 Centro Industrial Essentials

249Index
Ball Busings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Bearing Fitting Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Condition monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-28, 32
Cylindrical Roller Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Deep Groove Ball Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Housed Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13
Housings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Linear Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Linear Motion and Actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Lubricators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Needle Roller Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Radial Ball Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rotary Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Self-Lube® Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SNT Split Plummer Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Spherical Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Split Roller Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Super Precision Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-21
Tapered Roller Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Test and Measurement Tools. . . . . . . . . . . 29-31
Y-Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pneumatics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82-98
Air Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-87
Compact Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Cylinders and Actuators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Push-in Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-85
Safety Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-97
Suction Cups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Vacuum Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-91
Hydraulics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-122
Adaptors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-110
Ball Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Bladder Accumulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Components and Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . 106-108
EMB Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
High Pressure Hoses and Couplings. 103-104
Hose Assemblies and Components. . . . . . . 105
Hydraulic Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111-112
Hydraulic Valves and Cylinders. . . . . . 116-119
Hydraulics Course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Lifeguard Sleeves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Oil Transfer Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Repair, Replace Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . 120-122
Self Assembly Starter Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123-134
Filtration Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Fluid Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124-125
Fluid Level Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131
Panel and Bag Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-129
Water Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-126
Fluid Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-123
Oil Cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Panel Bag Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126-127
Water Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124-125
Industrial Hose . . . . . . . . . 135-146
Camlocks and Bellows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141
Chemical and Pharmaceutical Hose. . . . . . 145
Commodity Hose and Clips. . . . . . . . . . 136-137
Food and Beverage Hose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Industrial Hose Reels and Cable Reels. . . . 146
Metal Hose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138-139
Rubber Hose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Steam Hose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Fluid Power
Pg 79-146
Bearings
Pg 1-32
Power
Transmission
Pg 33-78
Adapter Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Chain Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Classic Vee Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-55
Drives and Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-67
Electric Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 68-69
Emergency Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-39
Gearboxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-77
High Performance Wedge Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71-73
Performance Special Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-63
Pulleys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-47
Ribbed Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Roller Chain and Sprockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-57
Shaft Fixings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-51
Speed Reducer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Tensioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Timing Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-45, 48
Total Cost of Ownership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Vibration Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Wedge Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-41
Thousands of
products available
to order on
ERIKS
WEBSHOP
SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
SHOP.ERIKS
.CO.UKSHOP
.ERIKS.CO.UK

Know-How
250
Adhesives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208-209
Gloves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216-219
Line Marking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Live Centres, Chucks Vices. . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Lock Boxes and Labelling. . . . . . . . . . . 220-221
Lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229-243
Metal Cutting Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222-225
Non-Sparking Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Position Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244-245
Respiratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Safety Eyewear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Safety Footwear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Spill Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214-215
Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-207
Torches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Torque Wrenches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-227
Variabox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wiping Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-205
Tools, Safety
Maintenance
pg 201-248
Sealing
Polymer
pg 147-170
Sealing Technology. . . . . 147-161
Bonded Washer Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Circlips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Clamp Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Component Mechanical Seals. . . . . . . 160-161
Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Hydraulic Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157-159
O-rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-153
Shaft Sleeves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
V-Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Gasket Technology. . . . . . 162-169
Elastograph Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Gasket Sheeting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162-163
Gland Packings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Graphite Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Ring Type Joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Soft Cut Flange Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Spiral Wound Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Index
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172-177
Ball Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Butterfly Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Econ® Partner Brands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Gate, Globe and Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Knife Gate Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177-200
Cavity Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Coolant Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Diaphragm Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184-185
DOC 3 Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
End Suction Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Gorman-Rupp Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Grundfos Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186-187
Hose Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Hydra-cell Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-193
Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps. . . . . . . . 181, 194
Munsch Chemical Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Petrol Driven Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Submersible Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190-191
Wobble Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Flow
Technology
pg 171-200

251

order online SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
call 0845 006 6000
CallLocal08450066000Issue15
Product Service Know-How
0845 006 6000
Issue15
Your quick guide to our
PRODUCTS SERVICES
Tools, Safety
Maintenance
Flow
Control
Sealing
Polymer
Fluid Power,
Transfer
Control
Power
Transmission
Bearings
TechDirect

Tech Direct issue 15

More Related Content

What's hot (12)

Similar to Tech Direct issue 15 (20)

More from ERIKS UK (20)

Recently uploaded (20)

Tech Direct issue 15